Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 11, 2016.

Registration No. 333-211779

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

IMPINJ, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3577   91-2041398

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

400 Fairview Avenue North, Suite 1200

Seattle, Washington 98109

(206) 517-5300

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Chris Diorio, Ph.D.

Chief Executive Officer

400 Fairview Avenue North, Suite 1200

Seattle, Washington 98109

(206) 517-5300

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Patrick J. Schultheis

Michael Nordtvedt

Jeana S. Kim

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

Professional Corporation

701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100

Seattle, Washington 98104

(206) 883-2500

 

Yukio Morikubo

General Counsel

Impinj, Inc.

400 Fairview Avenue North, Suite 1200

Seattle, Washington 98109

(206) 517-5300

 

Jeffrey R. Vetter

James D. Evans

Ran D. Ben-Tzur

Fenwick & West LLP

1191 Second Avenue, 10th Floor

Seattle, Washington 98101

(206) 389-4510

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
 

Amount to be

Registered (1)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

per Share (2)

  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1) (2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee (3)

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  5,290,000   $14.00   $74,060,000   $7,458

 

 

(1)  

Includes the additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase from the registrant, if any.

(2)  

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(3)

The registrant previously paid $6,042 of the registration fee in connection with the initial filing of this registration statement on June 2, 2016.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information contained in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 11, 2016

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

4,600,000 Shares

 

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

 

We are offering 4,600,000 shares of our common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We expect the initial public offering price to be between $12.00 and $14.00 per share. Our common stock has been approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PI.”

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     PER
SHARE
     TOTAL  

Public Offering Price

   $                    $                

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions

   $         $     

Proceeds to Impinj, Inc. Before Expenses

   $         $     

Delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on or about                     , 2016. We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase an additional 690,000 shares of our common stock.

 

 

 

RBC Capital Markets   

Pacific Crest Securities

a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets 

   Piper Jaffray

 

Needham & Company    Canaccord Genuity

Prospectus dated                     , 2016


Table of Contents

LOGO

1 Cumulative Impinj stationary readers, reader ICs and gateways shipped through March 31, 2016 2 Cumulative Impinj tag ICs shipped through March 31, 2016 ITEM INTELLIGENCE 1 MILLION Connectivity Points 1 13 BILLION Endpoints 2 Software Connectivity Endpoints Impinj TM Our Platform Connects Everyday Items Identity Location Authenticity


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consumable Authentication Luggage Tracking Inventory Management Omnichannel Fulfillmentr Experience Consumer Experience Race Timing impinj™ Digital Life for Everyday Items If you’ve purchased apparel from a major retailer like Macy’s or Zara, run a race like the New York City Marathon, enjoyed a drink from a Coca-Cola Freestyle soda fountain, hit a ball at Topgolf or checked bags at airports worldwide like Las Vegas McCarran then you’ve probably interacted with the Impinj Platform. Our platform enables wireless connectivity to billions of everyday items such as apparel, race bibs, golf balls and luggage tags and delivers each item’s unique identity, location and authenticity to enterprise and consumer applications.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     12   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

     45   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     47   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     48   

CAPITALIZATION

     49   

DILUTION

     51   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     53   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     56   

BUSINESS

     78   

MANAGEMENT

     91   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     99   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     115   

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     118   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     122   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     128   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

     131   

UNDERWRITING

     135   

LEGAL MATTERS

     144   

EXPERTS

     144   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     144   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. We are offering to sell shares of our common stock, and seeking offers to buy shares of our common stock, only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Until and including                     , 2016, 25 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

For investors outside of the United States: neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

Unless the context indicates otherwise, as used in this prospectus, the terms “Impinj,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Impinj, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. We use Impinj, the Impinj logo, the Powered by Impinj shield logo, Monza, Indy, Speedway, xArray, ItemSense, the checkered flag logo and other marks as trademarks in the United States and other countries. This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other entities’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other entity.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. Before you decide to invest in our common stock, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In this prospectus, unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise indicates, references to “Impinj,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar references refer to Impinj, Inc. and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.

IMPINJ, INC.

If you’ve purchased apparel from a major retailer like Macy’s or Zara, run a race like the New York City Marathon, enjoyed a drink from a Coca-Cola Freestyle soda fountain, hit a ball at Topgolf or checked bags at airports worldwide like Las Vegas McCarran then you’ve probably interacted with the Impinj Platform. Our platform enables wireless connectivity to billions of everyday items such as apparel, race bibs, golf balls and luggage tags and delivers each item’s unique identity, location and authenticity to enterprise and consumer applications.

Overview

Our vision is digital life for everyday items. Our mission is to provide wireless connectivity for these everyday items and to deliver, to the digital world, each item’s unique identity, location and authenticity. Our platform connects billions of everyday items such as apparel, medical supplies, automobile parts, drivers licenses, food and luggage to applications such as inventory management, patient safety, asset tracking and item authentication, delivering real-time information to businesses about items they create, manage, transport and sell. We believe connecting everyday items and delivering real-time information about them is the essence of the Internet-of-Things, or IoT.

The Impinj Platform delivers Item Intelligence, an item’s unique identity, location and authenticity, to enterprise and consumer applications through both hardware and software elements:

Endpoints

 

   

Tag integrated-circuit, or IC, radios that attach to and uniquely identify items. We refer to an item and its attached tag IC as an endpoint.

Connectivity

 

   

Reader ICs that enable wireless, bidirectional communications with tag ICs.

 

   

Stationary or mobile readers that read, write, authenticate or otherwise engage tag ICs.

 

   

Gateways that integrate stationary readers with scanning antennas to locate and track tagged items.

Software

 

   

Software that aggregates and transforms data from endpoint reads, delivers Item Intelligence to enterprise and consumer applications and configures, manages and controls readers and gateways.

We believe we are the only company selling a platform spanning endpoints, connectivity and software. In 2015, we had leading market share with 65% and 61% of the tag and reader IC unit volume, respectively, based on our calculations derived from research conducted by IDTechEx, an information-technology research firm. We believe we continue to have leading market share in the tag IC and reader IC markets. We estimate we enable approximately 70% unit volume of the stationary reader market inclusive of our readers and readers powered by our reader ICs. We also believe the majority of handheld readers use our reader ICs.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

End users in a variety of industries including retail, healthcare, automotive, industrial and manufacturing, consumer experience, government, food, datacenter, travel and banking have deployed part or all of the Impinj Platform. We have sold more than 13 billion tag ICs to date, including approximately 2.6 billion and 3.8 billion in the 12 months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. To date, our intellectual property portfolio includes 197 issued and allowed U.S. patents, 40 pending U.S. patent applications and two pending international patent applications.

Our total revenue was $63.8 million and $78.5 million for 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $16.1 million and $21.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. We incurred losses since our inception in 2000 until we first became profitable in 2013. Our net income was $297,000 and $900,000 for 2014 and 2015, respectively. Our adjusted EBITDA was $4.9 million and $4.8 million for 2014 and 2015, respectively. See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA” for additional information and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA. We had an accumulated deficit of $187.6 million as of March 31, 2016.

Industry Background

We live in a connected world. Smartphones, tablets and other electronic devices share ever-more information over ever-more interconnected radio links, transforming our lives and unlocking unprecedented industry efficiencies. Advancements in wireless technology, cloud computing, search, and storage have paved the way for this IoT era.

According to industry research, approximately 16 billion wireless devices were connected to networks and the Internet in 2014. However, these devices form only a tiny subset of the items in the physical world, the vast majority of which are now connectable but remain unconnected. Apparel, shoes, jewelry, pharmaceuticals, medical supplies, documents, automotive parts, sporting items and food are among the more than a trillion such everyday items connectable to the digital world. But despite the fact that today’s digital infrastructure can process, analyze and use data from such items, the physical infrastructure and processes required to capture and deliver item-level data has historically been nonexistent or labor-intensive, expensive, time-consuming and ineffective, so these items remain unconnected. For example, retailers have not historically had an automated way to track in-store inventory so they resort to infrequent and labor-intensive manual counts. Similarly, hospitals have not historically had an automated, timely way to track biospecimens so they resort to labor-intensive barcode scanning. In these and numerous other examples a lack of real-time information about item identity and location increases inventory carrying costs, reduces operating efficiencies, and consumes labor and time.

Our Solution

We connect everyday items using RAIN, a radio-frequency identification technology we pioneered. We spearheaded development of the RAIN radio standard, lobbied governments to allocate frequency spectrum and cofounded the RAIN Industry Alliance along with Google, Intel and Smartrac. Today, our industry uses the RAIN radio standard nearly exclusively. RAIN spectrum is freely available in 78 countries representing roughly 96.5% of the world’s GDP and the RAIN Alliance has more than 115 member companies worldwide.

We sell a platform that includes tag ICs, reader ICs, readers and gateways that enable wireless connectivity to everyday items, and software that delivers Item Intelligence from endpoint reads. Our platform is secure, easy to deploy and manage, flexible to meet end user needs across a range of industries including retail and healthcare, and scalable from a single location, store or hospital to large enterprises.

Our tag ICs are ideally suited for wirelessly connecting billions of everyday items. They power themselves from a reader’s radio waves so do not need batteries, are readable to 30 feet without line-of-sight yet sell for pennies. Each tag IC uniquely identifies its host item and may include additional functionalities such as item authentication, data storage, security, loss prevention and consumer privacy.

Our reader ICs, readers and gateways communicate bidirectionally with tag ICs, identifying and locating more than 1,000 items-per-second while also supporting the additional functionalities that tag ICs provide. Our reader ICs sell for tens of dollars and our readers and gateways sell for hundreds to thousands of dollars.

 



 

2


Table of Contents

Our software, introduced in 2015, extracts Item Intelligence from the wireless item data, delivers it to the cloud, and exposes it to existing and new enterprise and consumer applications through query- and event-based application program interfaces, or APIs. A single software instance can connect and manage hundreds of readers or gateways. We view our software as an operating system that links the physical and digital worlds, enabling end users to access and leverage Item Intelligence.

Industry Use Cases

A variety of industries use RAIN and Item Intelligence. The following use cases are representative of what we believe to be a massive worldwide opportunity, which we believe is still significantly underpenetrated today.

Retail

Retailers such as Macy’s and Zara have turned to RAIN and Item Intelligence, consuming billions of tags each year. These and other retailers drive competitive advantages by tagging individual apparel items to:

 

   

Improve Inventory Visibility. U.S. apparel retailers historically inferred store inventory using manual counts, store-receipt data and point-of-sale data, typically resulting in 65% visibility based on industry sources. From measured data, RAIN offers apparel retailers better than 95% real-time inventory visibility.

 

   

Reduce Out-of-Stocks and Markdowns. Item Intelligence helps retailers increase revenue by enabling them to stock shelves accurately, reducing inventory costs, out-of-stocks and overstock markdowns.

 

   

Enable Omnichannel Fulfillment. Item Intelligence allows retailers to optimize logistics and increase selling opportunities using omnichannel fulfillment, offering online shoppers next-day, direct-from-store delivery or in-store pickup.

 

   

Enhance Shopping Experiences. Item Intelligence enables retailers to engage shoppers with interactive fitting rooms and product displays. It can also provide retailers real-time data on shopper preferences.

 

   

Identify and Prevent Loss. Item Intelligence can help retailers deter theft and uniquely identify stolen items for replenishment.

We sell our products and platform to retailers, fulfilling through our partner channel comprising distributors, system integrators, value-added resellers, or VARs, and software solution partners.

Healthcare

Under the Affordable Care Act, Medicare links hospital reimbursement to patient quality-of-care, increasing pressure on hospitals to have real-time data about assets, inventory, staff and patients. The Veterans Affairs Hospitals, Northwestern Memorial Hospital, North York General and the University of Tennessee Medical Center use the Impinj Platform, fulfilled through our partner ecosystem, to obtain these data. Applications include biospecimen tracking, asset management, automated billing and replenishment of medical consumables, and authentication and visibility of pharmaceutical inventory.

Other Industries

Other industries such as automotive, industrial and manufacturing, consumer experience, food, datacenter, travel and banking are deriving business value from Item Intelligence. A few examples of end users in these industries that have deployed part or all of the Impinj Platform include:

 

   

Automotive. Audi tags parts and cars for assembly and delivery. Love’s Travel Stops uses vehicle windshield tags to enable automatic, cashless fueling.

 



 

3


Table of Contents
   

Industrial and Manufacturing. Boeing, Bell Helicopter and Eurocopter tag items for aircraft assembly. Carrier Corporation uses RAIN to improve their warehouse operations.

 

   

Consumer Experience. Foot races such as the New York Marathon track runners though tags in race bibs. NASCAR tags tires for team compliance, and Topgolf tags golf balls to score participants’ shots.

 

   

Food. Coca-Cola uses our tag and reader ICs in its Freestyle soda fountains. The Hy-Vee supermarket chain tags items for cold-chain monitoring. Cheeky’s restaurant patrons self-dispense beverages using tagged access cards. McDonald’s uses our gateways to enable direct-to-table food service.

 

   

Datacenter. Cisco and Hewlett-Packard pre-tag servers and other equipment for asset tracking. Intel links our tag ICs with their microprocessors to enable processor-secured storage.

 

   

Travel. Las Vegas, Hong Kong, Amsterdam and other airports use RAIN-enabled luggage tags. Washington offers tagged drivers licenses to speed border crossings.

 

   

Banking. Bank of America and Wells Fargo tag information technology equipment. The Agricultural Bank of China tags money bundles.

Our Opportunity

We believe our market opportunity is massive. Not only are the numbers of tagged items large and growing but so is the infrastructure, in both scale and investment, that produces, encodes, applies, reads and extracts business value from these tagged items. According to industry research, RAIN tag IC volumes grew at a 27% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, from 2010 to 2015, reaching 5.3 billion in 2015 and are expected to grow to over 20 billion in 2020. The chart below shows yearly worldwide RAIN tag IC sales volumes and our yearly tag IC shipments in billions:

 

 

LOGO

Our addressable market in the two largest RAIN opportunities, retail and healthcare, is large and growing. Frost & Sullivan, a market research firm, forecasts the retail opportunity will grow at a 39% CAGR between 2014 and 2020, reaching $5.4 billion by 2020. Transparency Market Research, another market research firm, forecasts the healthcare opportunity will grow at a 14% CAGR between 2014 and 2020, reaching $5.3 billion by 2020. We have additional opportunities in automotive, industrial and manufacturing, consumer experience, government, food, datacenter, travel and banking.

RAIN market adoption has historically been slower than anticipated or forecasted by us and industry sources. For additional information related to RAIN market adoption, please see the section of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors.”

 



 

4


Table of Contents

Our Strengths

We lead the market in connecting and delivering Item Intelligence for everyday items. We believe we can maintain and extend our leadership position as the market grows by leveraging our competitive strengths, including:

Comprehensive Platform . End users who deploy the Impinj Platform gain performance, reliability and ease-of-use we believe is unequaled by “mix-and-match” systems cobbled-together from competitors’ components.

Market Leadership . Our leading market share in tag ICs, reader ICs and stationary readers gives us economies of scale relative to our competitors.

Broad Partner Ecosystem . Our strategy of selling to end users with fulfillment through our worldwide partner ecosystem gives us market reach, penetration and scalability we believe few, if any, of our competitors enjoy.

Technology Leadership . Our intense focus on RAIN and Item Intelligence has enabled us to be first-to-market with innovative, high quality products.

Trusted Brand . We believe our industry leadership, name recognition and reputation for innovative, high-performing and quality products have significantly contributed to our leading market position.

Our Growth Strategy

To further our mission of connecting and delivering Item Intelligence for everyday items, we plan to focus on the following strategic areas:

Continue Investing in Our Platform . Since 2003, we have invested more than $160 million developing our platform. We plan to continue investing in platform functionality, software/hardware linkages, broadening our software capabilities, supporting enhanced tag features and enhancing our gateway functionalities. Since 2003, investment in our platform comprised: $150 million in research and development expense, $9 million in costs for development agreements and $1 million in capitalized internal-use software.

Drive End-User Adoption . We plan to expand our engagements with end users in retail and healthcare, accelerating their adoption of the Impinj Platform, and also intend to target other industries such as automotive, industrial and manufacturing, consumer experience, government, food, datacenter, travel and banking.

Cross-Sell and Up-Sell Our Platform within our Installed Footprint . We believe the majority of RAIN deployments today use one or more of our products, positioning us for future platform cross-sell and up-sell opportunities.

Expand within our Existing Customer Base . We will seek to generate additional revenue from existing end users of our platform by expanding their deployment scope and adding new use cases.

Enable Ubiquitous Reading . We plan to invest in next-generation reader ICs to improve functionality, reduce costs, and make Impinj-based readers ubiquitous in industrial and consumer devices and facilities infrastructure.

Recent Developments

We anticipate that total revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2016 will range between $25.3 and $26.3 million, compared to total revenue of $19.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2015. We anticipate that net (loss)/income for the three months ended June 30, 2016 will range between $(1.8) million and $400,000,

 



 

5


Table of Contents

compared to net income of $974,000 for the three months ended June 30, 2015. We anticipate that adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended June 30, 2016 will range between $(200,000) and $2.0 million, compared to adjusted EBITDA of $1.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2015. See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA” for additional information regarding adjusted EBITDA. We have not provided a reconciliation between estimated adjusted EBITDA and estimated net (loss)/income because we have not yet finalized the specific items required to reconcile between net (loss)/income and adjusted EBITDA.

We are in the process of finalizing our financial results for the three months ended June 30, 2016 and therefore final results are not yet available. These preliminary expectations regarding total revenue, net (loss)/income and adjusted EBITDA are the responsibility of management and are subject to management’s review and to review by our independent registered public accounting firm. Consequently, the results may change and those changes may be material. Our expectations regarding total revenue, net (loss)/income and adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended June 30, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of results expected in future periods.

The above preliminary financial results have been prepared by, and are the responsibility of, our management. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has not audited, reviewed, compiled or performed any procedures with respect to these preliminary financial results. Accordingly, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business and ability to execute our strategy are subject to many risks that you should be aware of before you buy our common stock. We describe these risks more fully in the prospectus section captioned “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12. These risks include, among others:

 

   

if adoption of the RAIN market stalls or develops slower than we expect, our business will suffer;

 

   

our market is very competitive;

 

   

our growth prospects depend, in part, on others developing business analytics tools to derive business value from the Item Intelligence the Impinj platform delivers;

 

   

we rely on third-party distributors, system integrators, VARs, and software solution partners to sell our products;

 

   

we have limited marketing and sales resources, and because we fulfill through third parties, our visibility to end-user demand is limited and uncertain;

 

   

we rely on a small number of third parties to manufacture, assemble and test our products and some of our suppliers are sole-source; and

 

   

our executive officers, directors, principal stockholders, and their affiliates, who after this offering will hold more than 53.0% of our outstanding common stock, will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in April 2000. Our principal executive office is located at 400 Fairview Avenue North, Suite 1200, Seattle, Washington 98109. Our telephone number is (206) 517-5300. Our website is www.impinj.com. Information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock to be offered

4,600,000 shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

17,596,013 shares (or 18,286,013 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full)

 

Option to purchase additional shares

690,000 shares

 

Use of proceeds

We expect to use $5.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering to repay indebtedness under our mezzanine credit facility and the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire, license, and invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses; however, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

NASDAQ Global Select Market symbol

“PI”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 12,918,669 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016, and excludes:

 

   

1,914,625 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options, as of March 31, 2016 with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.82 per share;

 

   

54,537 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock which were issued in April and May 2016, with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.64 per share;

 

   

1,641,106 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under stock-based compensation plans, including (1) 1,096,234 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus, and any future automatic increase in shares reserved for issuance in accordance with the terms of such plan; (2) 365,411 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and any future automatic increase in shares reserved for issuance in accordance with the terms of such plan; and (3) 179,461 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2016, which shares (plus any shares returned due to award termination) will be added to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, upon effectiveness of such plan (which reserve does not reflect (a) the options to purchase shares of common stock granted after March 31, 2016 and (b) an increase to the reserve of 500,000 shares of common stock in April 2016);

 

   

45,128 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock underlying warrants with an exercise price of $9.318 per share (which will convert into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 56,409 shares

  of common stock in connection with the offering) which exclude shares underlying the warrants described below that are being net exercised in connection with this offering; and

 



 

7


Table of Contents
   

25,000 shares of our common stock underlying a warrant with an exercise price of $2.52 per share.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

a 1-for-12 reverse stock split of our common and preferred stock, which became effective July 8, 2016;

 

   

the conversion of all our outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 8,522,837 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of options or warrants outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, except warrants to purchase 218,523 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock, which will, if the initial per share price to public exceeds the exercise price of the warrants, be net exercised automatically for 77,344 shares of common stock at an assumed initial price to public of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

   

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 



 

8


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following table sets forth a summary of our historical financial data as of and for the periods indicated. We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2016 from unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly our results of operations and financial position. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The summary of our consolidated financial data set forth below should be read together with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included in this prospectus, as well as the sections captioned “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2015     2015     2016  
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

            

Revenue

   $ 42,832      $ 55,491      $ 63,763      $ 78,479      $ 16,065      $ 21,631   

Cost of revenue (1)

     24,454        27,040        30,032        37,505        8,015        10,475   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     18,378        28,451        33,731        40,974        8,050        11,156   

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development expense (1)

     10,517        10,479        13,889        17,005        4,058        5,171   

Sales and marketing expense (1)

     9,700        9,592        10,662        14,343        3,004        4,922   

General and administrative expense (1)

     5,872        5,864        6,765        8,025        1,721        2,931   

Offering costs (1)

     —          —          1,959        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     26,089        25,935        33,275        39,373        8,783        13,024   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (7,711     2,516        456        1,601        (733     (1,868

Interest income (expense) and other, net

     (3,060     (2,183     (63     (535     (153     (447
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before tax expense

     (10,771     333        393        1,066        (886     (2,315

Income tax expense

     (96     (98     (96     (166     (19     (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (10,867   $ 235      $ 297      $ 900      $ (905   $ (2,330
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders :

            

Basic

   $ 114,349 (3)     $ (11,066   $ (11,004   $ (10,401   $ (3,730   $ (5,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (15,706   $ (11,066   $ (11,004   $ (10,401   $ (3,730   $ (5,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 



 

9


Table of Contents
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
    2012     2013     2014     2015     2015     2016  
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

           

Basic

  $ 37.45 (3)     $ (3.52   $ (3.30   $ (2.67   $ (1.01   $ (1.21
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (2.19   $ (3.52   $ (3.30   $ (2.67   $ (1.01   $ (1.21
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

           

Basic

    3,053        3,144        3,338        3,893        3,686        4,267   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    7,158        3,144        3,338        3,893        3,686        4,267   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

           

Basic

        $ 0.02        $ (0.19
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

        $ 0.01        $ (0.19
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

           

Basic

          12,416          12,790   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          13,689          12,790   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other Financial Information:

           

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

  $ (5,734   $ 4,316      $ 4,918      $ 4,751      $ (13   $ (821

 

(1)  

Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

 

    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
    2012     2013     2014     2015         2015             2016      
    (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

  $ 46      $ 45      $ 49      $ 31      $ 13      $ 5   

Research and development expense

    377        339        362        305        103        69   

Sales and marketing expense

    378        148        413        692        144        205   

General and administrative expense

    387        275        313        150        46        55   

Offering costs

    —          —          38        —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 1,188      $ 807      $ 1,175      $ 1,178      $ 306      $ 334   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2)  

See note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculation of our net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted, and our pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted.

(3)

2012 net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders and net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted was impacted by the recapitalization of previously outstanding preferred stock.

 



 

10


Table of Contents
(4)  

See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA” for additional information and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA.

 

     AS OF MARCH 31, 2016  
     ACTUAL     PRO
FORMA (1)
    PRO
FORMA  AS
ADJUSTED (2)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,822      $ 14,822      $ 63,149   

Working capital

     15,421        15,421        64,341   

Total assets

     60,530        60,530        107,869   

Total long-term debt

     23,583        23,583        18,665   

Warrant liability

     2,811        —          —     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     100,788        —          —     

Accumulated deficit

     (187,645     (187,645     (187,727

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (89,770     13,829        66,679   

 

(1)  

Reflects the (a) automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2016 into an aggregate of 8,522,837 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (b) conversion of the preferred stock warrants classified as liabilities to common stock warrants, assuming no exercise, and (c) effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(2)  

Reflects the pro forma adjustments set forth in the immediately preceding note and (a) the sale and issuance by us of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial price to public of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, (b) the automatic net exercise of warrants to purchase 218,523 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock which will, if the initial per share price to public exceeds the exercise price of the warrants, be net exercised automatically for              shares of common stock at an assumed initial price to public of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and (c) the application of such proceeds as described in the section captioned “Use of Proceeds.” The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial price to public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $4.3 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $12.1 million, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions.

 



 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, which we believe are the material risks of our business and this offering. Our business, financial condition, operating results or growth prospects could be harmed by any of these risks. In such an event, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing these risks, you should also refer to all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

RAIN market adoption is uncertain. If RAIN market adoption does not continue to develop, or develops more slowly than we expect, our business will suffer.

The RAIN market is relatively new and, to a large extent, unproven. RAIN technology and product adoption, including that of the Impinj Platform and Item Intelligence, will depend on numerous factors, including:

 

   

whether end users embrace the benefits we believe RAIN offers, and if so whether RAIN will achieve and sustain high demand and market adoption;

 

   

whether end users perceive that the benefits of RAIN adoption outweigh the cost and time to install or replace their existing systems and processes; and

 

   

whether the technological capabilities of RAIN products and applications meet end users’ current or anticipated needs.

The adoption of RAIN technology and products has historically been slower than anticipated or forecasted by us and industry sources. Our industry has also experienced periods of accelerated adoption that were not sustained. For example, RAIN adoption accelerated in late 2010 and early 2011, but then decelerated, in part, we believe, due to a patent infringement lawsuit filed by Round Rock Research in 2011 against several large retailers and other end users. Round Rock settled with RAIN suppliers in late 2013, however the end users that were parties to the lawsuit did not finalize their settlements with Round Rock until early 2015. Near-term RAIN adoption depends on large organizations with market influence, particularly in the retail industry, continuing to deploy RAIN solutions. Long-term RAIN market growth will depend on adoption by other industries and government agencies. End users and our prospective customers may not be familiar with our products or RAIN in general, or may use other products and technologies to identify, locate, authenticate, engage, track and prevent loss of their items. Additionally, even if prospective customers are familiar with RAIN, our products or Item Intelligence, a negative perception of, or experience with, RAIN or a competitor’s RAIN products may deter them from adopting RAIN or our products. Before they adopt RAIN, businesses, government agencies and other organizations may need education on the benefits of using RAIN in their operations. These educational efforts may not be successful, and organizations may decide that the costs of adopting RAIN outweigh the benefits. Failure of organizations to adopt RAIN generally, and the Impinj Platform specifically, for any reason will hurt the development of our market and, consequently, impair our business and prospects.

Fluctuations in the adoption of RAIN may affect our ability to forecast our future operating results, including revenue, gross margins, cash flows and profitability. Moreover, to ensure adequate inventory supply, we must forecast inventory needs and expenses and place orders sufficiently in advance with our suppliers and contract manufacturers based on our estimates of future demand for particular products. Our failure to accurately forecast demand for RAIN solutions may cause us to experience excess inventory levels or a shortage of products available for sale.

If RAIN adoption by retailers does not continue at the rate we expect, our business will be adversely affected.

The retail apparel industry leads RAIN adoption, and end users in the retail industry were the largest consumers of our products in 2015. We believe the retail industry is a leading indicator of the market adoption of RAIN

 

12


Table of Contents

solutions and if large apparel retailers in particular continue to adopt the Impinj Platform adoption within the retail industry and in other industries will accelerate. As such, the retail industry is our key strategic focus.

If retailers or other early adopters fail to realize demonstrable benefits from RAIN or delay or abandon their deployments, overall RAIN market acceptance may be materially and adversely affected. For example, in July 2012, J.C. Penney Company, Inc. announced plans to tag every item in their stores by February 2013; however, they subsequently stopped the RAIN deployment after experiencing challenging financial results and a change in senior management. Any widespread delay, slowdown or failure by retailers or other organizations to implement RAIN-based systems generally, and our products and the Impinj Platform specifically, will materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and long-term prospects.

We have a history of losses and only recently achieved profitability. We cannot be certain that we will increase or sustain profitability in the future.

We have incurred losses since our inception in 2000 and only first became profitable in 2013. Although we had net income of $297,000 and $900,000 for 2014 and 2015, respectively, we had an accumulated deficit of $187.6 million as of March 31, 2016. Our ability to increase or sustain profitability depends on numerous factors, many of which are out of our control, including continued RAIN adoption, our market share and our margins. We expect significant expenditures to support operations, product development, and business and headcount expansion in sales, engineering, and marketing as a public company. If we fail to increase our revenue or manage our expenses, we may not increase or sustain profitability in the future.

Fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results may adversely affect our business, prospects and stock price.

You must consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and difficulties we encounter in the uncertain and rapidly evolving RAIN market. Because this market is new and evolving, predicting its future growth rate and size is difficult. The rapidly evolving nature of the markets in which we sell our products, as well as other factors that are beyond our control, reduce our ability to accurately evaluate our future prospects and forecast quarterly or annual performance.

End users drive demand for our products. Because we sell nearly all of our products through channel partners, our ability to determine end-user demand is limited. In addition, we rely on our channel partners to integrate our products with end-user information systems and this integration has been uneven and unpredictable in scope, timing and implementation. In the past, both we and other industry participants have overestimated the RAIN market size and growth rates. To date, we have had limited success in accurately predicting future sales of our products and platform. We expect that for the foreseeable future our visibility into future sales, including both volumes and prices, will continue to be limited. This poor visibility may cause fluctuations in our operating results, particularly on a quarterly basis, that we are unable to predict as well as failure to achieve our expected operating results.

In addition, if tag IC sales (one indicator of market adoption) exceed expectations or if we discount prices to win a particularly large opportunity, our revenue and profitability may be positively affected, but gross margins may be negatively affected depending on product mix for the applicable period. If research analysts or investors perceive such product mix shift negatively, the trading price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

Numerous other factors, many of which are outside our control, may cause or contribute to significant fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results. These fluctuations may make financial planning and forecasting difficult. In addition, these fluctuations may result in unanticipated decreases in our available cash, which could negatively affect our business and prospects. Factors that may contribute to fluctuations in our operating results and revenue include:

 

   

variations in RAIN adoption and deployment delays by end users;

 

13


Table of Contents
   

fluctuations in demand for our products, the Impinj Platform or Item Intelligence, including by tag manufacturers and other significant customers on which we rely for a substantial portion of our revenue;

 

   

fluctuations in the available supply of our products;

 

   

variations in the quality of our products and return rates;

 

   

declines in selling prices for our products;

 

   

delays in our product-shipment timing, customer or end-user sales or deployment cycles, or work performed under development contracts;

 

   

intellectual property disputes involving us, our customers, end users or other participants in our industry;

 

   

adverse outcomes of litigation or governmental proceedings;

 

   

timing variability in product introductions, enhancements, services, and technologies by us and our competitors and market acceptance of these new or enhanced products, services and technologies;

 

   

unanticipated excess or obsolete inventory as a result of supply-chain mismanagement, introduction of new products, quality issues or otherwise;

 

   

changes in the amount and timing of our operating costs, including those related to the expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

 

   

changes in business cycles or seasonal fluctuations that may affect the markets in which we sell;

 

   

changes in industry standards or specifications, or changes in government regulations, relating to RAIN, the Impinj Platform, or Item Intelligence;

 

   

late, delayed or cancelled payments from our customers; and

 

   

unanticipated impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill.

A substantial portion of our operating expenses are fixed for the short-term, and as a result fluctuations in revenue or unanticipated expenses can have a material and immediate impact on our profitability. The occurrence of any one of these risks could negatively affect our operating results in any particular period, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Our market is very competitive. If we fail to compete successfully, our business and operating results will suffer.

We face significant competition from both established and emerging competitors. We believe our principal current competitors are: in readers and gateways, Zebra Technologies Corporation, Alien Technology Corporation, or Alien; in reader ICs, AMS AG and Phychips Inc.; and in tag ICs, NXP B.V., or NXP, and Alien. Our channel partners, including distributors, system integrators, VARs, and software solution partners, may enter our market and compete with us rather than purchase our products, which would not only reduce our customer base but also increase competition in the market, adversely affecting our operating results, business and prospects. In addition, companies in adjacent markets or newly formed companies may decide to enter our market.

Competition for customers is intense. Because the RAIN market is evolving rapidly, winning customer and end-user accounts at an early stage in the development of the market is critical to growing our business. End users that instead use competing products and technologies may face high switching costs, which may affect our and our channel partners’ ability to successfully convert them to our products. Failure to obtain orders from customers and end users, for competitive reasons or otherwise, will materially adversely affect our operating results, business and prospects.

 

14


Table of Contents

Some of our competitors have longer operating histories and much greater financial, research and development, marketing and other resources than we have. Consequently, some of these competitors may be able to devote more resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their products. These competitors may also be able to discount their product pricing, or bundle their products with other products, to gain market share. For example, certain providers could bundle near-field communication, or NFC, products with RAIN products, or could bundle stationary readers with handheld readers. In addition, new competitors could enter the gateway market or develop RAIN platforms or solutions. Larger or more established companies may deliver and directly compete with our Item Intelligence. Smaller companies could launch new products and applications we do not offer and could gain market acceptance quickly. Moreover, consolidation in the RAIN industry could intensify the competitive pressures that we face. Many of our existing and potential competitors may be better positioned than we are to acquire other companies, technologies or products.

Some of our customers have policies requiring diverse supplier bases to enhance competition and maintain multiple RAIN product providers. They do not have an interest in purchasing exclusively from one supplier or promoting a particular brand. Our ability to increase order sizes from these customers and maintain or increase our market share is constrained by these policies. In addition, any decline in quality or availability of our products or any increase in the number of suppliers that such a customer uses may decrease demand for our products and adversely affect our operating results, business and prospects.

We cannot assure you that our products will continue to compete favorably or that we will be successful in the face of increasing competition from new products, or enhancements introduced by our existing competitors, or new companies entering our market. In addition, we cannot assure you that our competitors do not have, or will not develop, processes or product designs that currently or in the future will enable them to produce competitive products at lower costs than ours. Any failure to compete successfully will materially adversely affect our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

Downturns in the industries we serve, particularly retail, may adversely affect our business.

Worldwide economic conditions have exhibited significant fluctuations in recent years, and market volatility and uncertainty remain widespread. As a consequence, we and our customers have had extreme difficulty forecasting and planning future business activities accurately. These economic conditions could cause our customers or end users to reduce their capital-expense budgets, which could decrease spending for our products resulting in delayed and lengthened deployment, a decrease in sales or a loss of sales opportunities. The retail industry is subject to volatility, especially during uncertain economic conditions. A downturn in the retail industry in particular may disproportionately affect us because retailers comprise a significant portion of the RAIN end users. We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown or recovery, whether global, regional or within specific markets. If the conditions of the general economy or markets in which we operate worsen, our business could be harmed.

If we fail to obtain quality products in adequate quantity and in a timely and cost-effective manner, our operating results and growth prospects will be adversely affected.

We do not own or operate manufacturing facilities. Currently, all our tag ICs are manufactured by Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited, or TSMC, and primarily post-processed by our subcontractor Stars Microelectronics (Thailand) Public Company Limited, or Stars; all our reader ICs are manufactured by Tower Semiconductors Ltd., or TowerJazz; and all our readers and gateways are manufactured by Plexus Corp., or Plexus, or Western Corporation. We also use subcontractors for post-processing, assembly and testing. We do not control our manufacturers’ or subcontractors’ ability or willingness to meet our supply requirements.

Currently, we do not have long-term supply contracts with TSMC, TowerJazz, Plexus or Western Corporation, and neither they nor our subcontractors are required to supply us with products for any specific period or in any specific quantity. Suppliers can allocate production capacity to other companies’ and reduce deliveries to us on short notice. Our suppliers may allocate capacity to other companies, which could impair our ability to secure sufficient product supply for sale.

 

15


Table of Contents

We place orders with some of our suppliers five or more months before our anticipated product delivery dates to our customers. We base these orders on our customer-demand forecasts. If we inaccurately forecast this customer demand then we may be unable to obtain adequate and cost-effective foundry or assembly capacity to meet our customers’ delivery requirements, or we may accumulate excess inventory.

Manufacturing capacity may not be available when we need it or at reasonable prices. For example, in 2010 we experienced significant shortages in tag IC delivery from TSMC relative to our submitted purchase orders because of high demand for foundry capacity in the semiconductor industry. Such shortages adversely affected our ability to meet our obligations to our customers and, in some cases, caused customers to cancel orders, qualify alternative suppliers or purchase from our competitors. In response to any future shortages, our customers may act similarly or, alternatively, may overbuy our products, which could artificially inflate sales in near-term periods while leading to sales declines in future periods as our customers consume their accumulated inventory.

At times, our suppliers ask us to purchase excess products to ensure we do not face a subsequent shortage. For example, in the second quarter of 2014, we purchased more ICs from TSMC than required, which affected our available cash for the quarter. If we are unable to sell the additional inventory we purchased, or if we must sell it at lower prices due to obsolescence, our operating results may be adversely affected.

If our suppliers fail to deliver products at reasonable prices or with satisfactory quality levels then our ability to bring products to market and our reputation could suffer. For example, if supplier capacity diminishes, including from a catastrophic loss of facilities or otherwise, we could have difficulty fulfilling our orders, our revenue could decline and our growth prospects could be impaired. We anticipate requiring three to 18 months to transition our assembly services or foundries to new providers. Such a transition would likely require a qualification process by our customers or end users, which could also adversely affect our ability to sell our products and our operating results.

If we are unsuccessful introducing new products and enhancements, our operating results will be harmed.

To keep pace with technology developments, satisfy increasingly stringent end-user requirements and achieve market acceptance, we plan to introduce new products and solutions. We commit significant resources to developing these new products and solutions while improving performance, reliability and reducing costs. For example, we are investing substantial resources to develop and enhance our platform software but do not expect to realize material revenue from this software in the near future. The market for our software is nascent, and we need to create market awareness of its benefits to drive end-user adoption. Creating market awareness includes promoting our software as a useful platform on which end users, software developers, consultants, system integrators and others can develop applications that can deliver tailored functionality and thereby accelerate adoption. We may find that our software does not meet the current or anticipated needs of our channel partners or end users. In addition, we have limited experience developing and selling software products and cannot be certain that our proposed pricing model or sales strategy will be successful. We rely on and must train our channel partners to sell, develop applications for and integrate our software with end users’ systems, but we cannot guarantee that we or they will be successful doing so. We believe that we must continue to dedicate a significant amount of resources to our development efforts to maintain our competitive position. We also cannot be certain that our software will generate revenue from these investments for several years, if it all, or that such revenue will exceed the investment we are committing to develop and deploy our software.

The success of a new or enhanced product is impacted by accurate forecasts of long-term market demand. For example, our xArray gateway is a relatively new product that incorporates enhanced technological features, but we cannot be certain whether demand for xArray will develop as forecasted. We may also fail to anticipate or meet market requirements for new features and functionality. By focusing on certain new products and industries, we may miss opportunities for other products and applications that may be more widely adopted.

In addition, we enter into non-recurring engineering, or NRE, development agreements which typically include initial funding with a requirement for us to meet certain milestones in order to receive additional funding for the

 

16


Table of Contents

NRE engagement. If we are unable to meet such milestones, we may not realize the full benefits of the NRE engagement.

If we fail to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely fashion to meet our channel partners’ or end-users’ needs or do not achieve the milestones in our NRE engagements then we will lose market share and our revenue and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

If we are unable to develop new products using new or enhanced technologies, our competitive position will be adversely affected.

In the future, we may not succeed in developing the underlying technologies or processes necessary to create new or enhanced products or license or otherwise acquire these technologies from third parties. We may be unable to develop commercially viable products using new or enhanced technologies, such as more advanced silicon process geometries for ICs or new materials or designs for readers and gateways. The success of a new or enhanced product depends on future technological developments, as well as on various implementation factors, including:

 

   

our timely and efficient completion of the design process;

 

   

our timely and efficient implementation of manufacturing, assembly and testing procedures;

 

   

product performance;

 

   

product certification;

 

   

the quality, reliability and selling price of the product; and

 

   

effective marketing, sales and service.

If we are unable to develop new products or features to compete effectively, our market share will be adversely affected, which would harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

An inability or limited ability of enterprise systems to exploit RAIN information may adversely affect the market for our products.

A successful end-user RAIN deployment requires not only tags and readers or gateways, but integration with information systems and applications that derive business value from tag data. Unless technology providers continue developing and advancing business-analytics tools, and end users install or enhance their information systems and applications to use these tools, deployments of RAIN products and applications could stall. Our efforts to foster development and deployment of these tools by providing software that delivers Item Intelligence could fail. In addition, our guidance to business-analytics tool providers for integrating our products with their tools could prove ineffective.

Solution providers and systems integrators form an essential part of the RAIN market by providing deployment know-how to end users who are unable to deploy RAIN solutions on their own. Our efforts to train and support these solution providers and systems integrators could fail. Further, integrating our products with end-user information systems could prove more difficult or time consuming than we or they anticipate, which could delay deployments. If end users are unable to successfully exploit RAIN data, or if we are unable to support solution providers or systems integrators adequately, or if deployments of our platform are delayed, we could see a material adverse impact on our business, operating results, financial condition or prospects.

Our reliance on a small number of customers could adversely affect our business and operating results.

We sell our tag ICs direct, primarily to inlay and tag original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, and original design manufacturers, or ODMs. In 2015, sales to Avery Dennison Corporation, or Avery, Shang Yang RFID Technology Yangzhou Co. Ltd., or Shang Yang, and Smartrac NV, or Smartrac, accounted for 23%, 22% and

 

17


Table of Contents

20% of our tag IC revenue, and 16%, 15% and 14% of our total revenue, respectively. We sell our reader ICs primarily through distribution to reader OEMs and ODMs. In 2015, distributor sell-thru to our top two reader IC partners each accounted for 23% of our reader IC revenue, but neither accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue. We sell our readers and gateways primarily through distribution to VARs and system integrators, or SIs. In 2015, we had one distributor, BlueStar, Inc., that accounted for 39% of our readers and gateway revenue and 10% of our total revenue, but no end customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue. We have experienced in the past and may again experience in the future purchasing delays or disruptions by some of these channel partners due to conditions within their organizations that are independent of market demand for our products or the RAIN market generally. Although our strategy is to diversify our channel-partner base by pursuing increased orders from smaller partners, add new partners, and increase end-user pull for our products from their diverse customer base, we cannot assure you we will succeed in doing so. The number of tag manufacturers may decrease by consolidation or otherwise. Even if we are successful in obtaining and retaining new channel partners, our small number of existing large tag manufacturers, reader and gateway OEMs and distributors may continue to account for a substantial portion of our future sales. Changes in markets, channel partners, end-user customers, products, negative economic or financial developments, or poor or limited credit availability may adversely affect the ability of our tag manufacturers, reader and gateway OEMs and distributors to bring our products to market.

Our future performance will depend, in part, on our ability to attract new tag manufacturers, reader and gateway OEMs and distributors that use, market and support our products effectively, especially in market segments where we have not sold products previously. If we cannot retain our current tag manufacturers, reader and gateway OEMs and distributors or establish new relationships, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed. In addition, our competitors’ strategic relationships with or acquisitions of these tag manufacturers, reader and gateway OEMs or distributors could disrupt our relationships with them. Any such disruption could impair or delay our product sales to end users and increase our costs of distribution, which could adversely affect our sales or operating results.

Our reliance on distributors, system integrators, VARs and software solution providers to sell and distribute our products to end users could harm our business and revenue.

We rely on our partner ecosystem to sell and distribute our products to end users. Our revenue depends on their ability to successfully market, sell, install and provide technical support for the solutions in which our products are integrated or to sell our products on a stand-alone basis. Our revenue will decline if our channel partners fail. Further, faulty or negligent implementation and installation of our products by systems integrators may harm our reputation.

Because we fulfill through channel partners, our ability to determine end-user demand is constrained. End users drive demand for our products and because we are often at least one step removed from these end users, we may be unable to rectify damage to our reputation caused by our channel partners who have more direct contact with these end users. For strategic or other reasons, our channel partners may choose to prioritize the sale of our competitors’ products over our products. Furthermore, some of our channel partners may offer some products that compete with our products and may limit sales of our competing products. If reader IC OEMs are unable to obtain components for products in which our products are included, our product sales could be adversely affected. If our distributors, system integrators, VARs or software solution providers are unable to sell an adequate amount of our products in a given quarter or if they choose to decrease their inventories of our products for any reason, our sales to these channel partners and our revenue will decline.

Many of our channel partners provide us with customer referrals and cooperate with us in marketing our products; however, our relationships with them may end at any time. If we fail to successfully manage our relationships with our channel partners, our ability to sell our products into new industries and to increase our penetration into existing industries may be impaired and our business will be harmed.

 

18


Table of Contents

If our channel partners do not properly forecast end users’ demand for our products then they may carry excess product inventory, which could adversely affect our revenue and operating results.

If some or all of our channel partners purchase more of our products than they need to satisfy end-user demand in any particular period, inventories held by the channel partners will grow during that period. The channel partners are then likely to reduce future orders until they realign inventory levels with end-user demand, which could adversely affect our product revenue in a subsequent period. Distributors may also return our products in exchange for other products, subject to time and quantity limitations. Our reserve estimates for products stocked by our distributors are based principally on reports provided to us by our distributors, typically on a monthly basis. To the extent this resale and channel-inventory information is inaccurate or we do not receive it in a timely manner, we may not be able to make accurate reserve estimates for future periods, which could adversely affect our operating results.

Our growth strategy depends in part on the success of strategic relationships with third parties and their continued performance and alignment.

To continue our growth, we are investing in our relationships with system integrators, VARs and software solution providers that have product offerings that complement our platform and through which we will fulfill sales. Our business will be harmed if we fail to successfully develop and implement such strategic relationships. For example, operating results may suffer if our efforts towards developing our go-to-market relationships consume resources and incur costs, but do not result in a commensurate increase in revenue. In addition, such relationships may involve exclusivity provisions, additional levels of distribution, discount pricing or investments in other companies. The cost of developing and maintaining such relationships may go unrecovered or unrewarded and our efforts may not generate a correspondingly significant increase in revenue.

Selling prices of our products could decrease substantially, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and gross margins.

Historically, our market has experienced price erosion. The average selling prices, or ASPs, of our products has decreased as the RAIN market has developed. We may experience substantial fluctuations in future operating results due to further ASP reductions.

From time-to-time we have reduced the selling price of our products due to competitive pressures, to encourage adoption, to address macroeconomic conditions and for other reasons. We expect to do so again in the future. If we are unable to offset ASP reductions with increased sales volumes or reduced product costs then our revenue and gross margins will suffer. Further, our customers may be slow to migrate to new, higher margin products. Some competitors have significantly greater resources than we have and may be better able to absorb the negative impact on operating results as a result of such trends.

Rapid market innovation, which we continue to experience, can drive intense pricing pressure, particularly for older products or products using older technology. Short product life cycles cause our channel partners and end users to replace older products with newer ones on a regular basis. When demand for older products declines, ASPs may drop, in some cases precipitously. To profitably sell our products we must continually improve our technology, processes, and reduce costs in line with the lower selling prices. If we and our third-party suppliers and manufacturers cannot advance process technologies or improve efficiencies to a degree sufficient to maintain required margins, we may not be able to sell our products profitably. Should our cost reductions fail to keep pace with reductions in market prices, our business, financial condition and operating results will be materially adversely affected.

Changes in our product mix could cause our overall gross margin to decline, adversely affecting our operating results and financial condition.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain our historical gross margins. Our gross margins depend strongly on product mix. A shift in sales mix away from our higher margin products to lower margin products

 

19


Table of Contents

will adversely affect our gross margins. A majority of our revenue is generated by sales of our tag ICs, which have lower gross margins than our other products, and we expect tag IC revenue to increase as a percentage of our total revenue over time. If tag IC revenue continues to grow relative to our other products, our company-wide gross margin will decline. NRE developments generally also have a higher margin than tag ICs, and their impact on our gross margin may vary. For example, in the second half of 2013 and first half of 2014 we generated a substantially larger percentage of our revenue from NRE engagements, which resulted in a higher gross margin for such periods. Additionally, competitive alternatives to our products, overall increased competition, weaker than expected demand and other factors may lead to lower prices, revenue and margins in the future, adversely affecting our operating results and financial condition.

We generate most of our revenue from our tag ICs, and a decline in sales of these products could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, a majority of our product revenue from our tag ICs. In addition, the continued adoption of our tag ICs derives in part from our ability to sell our reader ICs, readers and gateways. We are particularly vulnerable to fluctuations in demand for our tag ICs, and if demand for them declines, our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

Our products must meet exacting technical and quality specifications. Defects, errors or interoperability issues with our products, or the failure of our products to operate as expected, could affect our reputation, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our products.

Our products may contain defects or errors or may not operate as we or our channel partners or end-user customers expect, which could materially and adversely affect our reputation, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our products in the future. Our products must meet demanding specifications for quality, performance and reliability. Our products are highly technical and designed to be deployed in large, complex systems under a variety of conditions. Channel partners and end users may discover errors, defects or incompatibilities only after deploying our products. For example, harsh environments or radio-frequency interference may negatively affect gateway performance. In addition, our channel partners or end users may experience compatibility or interoperability issues between our products and their enterprise software systems or networks, or between our products and other RAIN products they may use.

We may experience quality problems with our products combined with or incorporated into products from other vendors, such as tags produced by our tag manufacturers using our tag ICs, readers or gateways assembled by OEMs using our reader ICs. We may have difficulty identifying and correcting the source of problems when third parties are combining, incorporating or assembling our products.

If we are unable to fix errors or other problems, we could experience:

 

   

loss of customers or customer orders;

 

   

lost or delayed market acceptance and sales of our products;

 

   

loss of market share;

 

   

damage to our brand and reputation;

 

   

impaired ability to attract new customers or achieve market acceptance;

 

   

diversion of development resources;

 

   

increased service and warranty costs;

 

   

replacement costs;

 

   

legal actions by our customers; and

 

   

increased insurance costs.

 

20


Table of Contents

Although our agreements typically contain provisions that purport to limit our liability for damages resulting from defects in our products, such limitations and disclaimers may not be enforceable or otherwise effectively protect us from claims. We may be required to indemnify our customers against liabilities arising from defects in our products or in their solutions that incorporate our products. These liabilities may also include costs incurred by our channel partners or end users to correct problems or replace our products.

The costs we incur correcting product defects or errors may be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results. Although we test our products for defects or errors prior to product release and during production, our customers still occasionally catch defects or errors that we miss. Such defects or errors have occurred in the past and may occur in the future. To the extent product failures are material, they could adversely affect our business, operating results, customer relationships, reputation and prospects. Also, we assert that our products conform to the UHF Gen2 protocol. Compatibility issues between our products and the protocol, or among different products that each nominally conform to the protocol, could disrupt our customers’ operations, hurt our customer relations and materially adversely affect our business and prospects.

We will lose market share and may not be successful if end users or customers do not design our products into their products and systems.

End users often undertake extensive pilot programs or qualification processes prior to placing orders for large quantities of our products, in particular for gateway products, because these products must function as part of a larger system or network or meet certain other specifications. We spend significant time and resources to have our products selected by a potential end user or customer, which is known as a “design-in.” In the case of gateway products, a “design-in” means that the gateway product has been selected to be designed into the end user’s system and, in the case of a tag, may mean the tag has met certain unique performance criteria established by the end user or customer. If we fail to develop new products that adequately or competitively address the needs of potential end users, they may not select our products to be designed into their systems, which could adversely affect our business, prospects and operating results.

Our business is dependent upon our brand recognition and reputation, and if we fail to maintain or enhance our brand recognition or reputation, our business could be harmed.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing our brand and our reputation are critical to our relationships with our customers and end users and to our ability to attract new customers and end users. We also believe that our brand and reputation will be increasingly important as competition in our market continues to develop. Our success in this area will depend on a wide range of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including the following:

 

   

the efficacy of our marketing efforts;

 

   

our ability to continue to offer high-quality, innovative and defect-free products;

 

   

our ability to maintain the security and privacy of our customer’s sensitive and proprietary information;

 

   

our ability to retain existing customers and obtain new customers;

 

   

our ability to maintain high customer satisfaction;

 

   

the quality and perceived value of our products;

 

   

our ability to successfully differentiate our products from those of our competitors;

 

   

actions of competitors and other third parties; and

 

   

positive or negative publicity.

If our brand promotion activities are not successful, our operating results and growth may be harmed.

 

21


Table of Contents

Furthermore, negative publicity, whether or not justified, relating to events or activities attributed to us, employees, channel partners or others associated with any of these parties, may tarnish our reputation and reduce the value of our brand. Damage to our reputation and loss of brand equity may reduce demand for our products and platform and have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Moreover, any attempts to rebuild our reputation and restore the value of our brands may be costly and time consuming, and such efforts may not ultimately be successful.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property then our business could be adversely affected.

Our success depends in part upon our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce patents, trade secrets, trademarks and other intellectual property rights and to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others or having third parties infringe, misappropriate or circumvent the rights we own or license. We rely on a variety of intellectual property rights, including patents in the United States and copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets in the United States and foreign countries. Because most RAIN products are used in or imported into the United States, we have historically focused on filing U.S. patent applications. We have filed a small number of foreign patent applications, but do not yet have any issued or allowed patents in any foreign country. By seeking patent protection primarily in the United States, our ability to assert our intellectual property rights outside the United States is limited. We have registered trademarks and domain names in selected foreign countries where we believe filing for such protection is appropriate. Regardless, some of our products and technologies may not be covered adequately by any patent, patent application, trademark, copyright, trade secret or domain name.

We cannot guarantee that:

 

   

any of the patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights we presently employ in our business will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged or abandoned;

 

   

our intellectual property rights will provide competitive advantages to us;

 

   

our ability to assert our intellectual property rights against potential competitors or to settle current or future disputes will not be limited by our agreements with third parties;

 

   

any of our pending or future patent applications will be issued or have the coverage we originally sought;

 

   

our intellectual property rights will be enforced, particularly in jurisdictions where competition may be intense or where legal protections may be weak;

 

   

we will not lose the ability to assert our intellectual property rights against, or to license our technology to, others and collect royalties or other payments; or

 

   

we will retain the right to ask for a royalty-bearing license in relation to ratification of a standard for which we participate in the standards process if we fail to file an intellectual property declaration pursuant to such standards process.

In addition, our competitors or others may design around our patents or protected technologies. Effective intellectual property protection may be unavailable or more limited in one or more relevant jurisdictions relative to those protections available in the United States. If we pursue litigation to assert our intellectual property rights, an adverse decision in any legal action could limit our ability to assert our intellectual property rights, limit the value of our technology or otherwise negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property may have already occurred or may occur in the future. Our failure to identify unauthorized use or otherwise adequately protect our intellectual property could adversely affect our business. Moreover, any litigation could be time consuming, and we could be forced to incur significant costs and divert our attention and the efforts of our employees, which could, in turn, result in lower revenue and higher expenses.

 

22


Table of Contents

Some of our know-how or technology is not patented or patentable and may constitute trade secrets. To protect our trade secrets, we have a policy of requiring our employees, consultants, advisors and other collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements. We also rely on customary contractual protections with our channel partners, suppliers and end users, and we implement security measures intended to protect our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. However, we cannot guarantee we have entered into appropriate agreements with all parties that have had access to our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. We also cannot assure you that those agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use or disclosure. Our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information could be obtained by third parties as a result of breaches of our physical or electronic security systems or our suppliers, employees or consultants could assert rights to our intellectual property.

Finally, our use of overseas manufacturers may involve particular risks. The intellectual property protection in countries where our third-party contractors operate is weaker than in the United States. If the steps we have taken and the protection provided by law do not adequately safeguard our intellectual property rights then we could suffer losses in profits due to the sales of competing products that exploit our intellectual property rights.

We may face claims of intellectual property infringement which could be time consuming, costly to defend or settle, result in the loss of significant rights, and adversely affect RAIN adoption generally.

Many companies in our industry hold large numbers of patents and other intellectual property rights and may vigorously pursue, protect and enforce their intellectual property rights. We have in the past, and may in the future, receive invitations to license patent and other intellectual property rights to technologies that are important to our business. We may also receive assertions against us, our channel partners or end users claiming that we or they infringe patent or other intellectual property rights. Claims that our products, processes, technology or other aspects of our business infringe third-party intellectual property rights, regardless of their merit or resolution, could be costly to defend or settle and could divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel. If we decline to accept an offer, the offering party may allege that we infringe such patents, which could result in litigation.

Intellectual property disputes affecting our industry may adversely affect RAIN adoption. For example, in 2011 Round Rock Research filed lawsuits against 11 end users, including Walmart and Macy’s, for patent infringement in the RAIN products these retailers use. We believe these lawsuits materially and adversely affected demand for our products by retailers and others from 2011 to 2014. In 2013, Round Rock Research entered into licensing settlement agreements with a substantial number of RAIN vendors, including us; in early 2015, they reached a settlement agreement with the last of the end-user defendants. We, our channel partners, suppliers or end users could be involved in similar disputes in the future which would materially and adversely affect our operating results and growth prospects.

On May 31, 2016, Adasa Inc. filed a lawsuit in U.S. District Court for Oregon against us and we understand that it filed similar lawsuits against Alien and NXP. The complaint against us alleges that our Monza 6 tag ICs infringe U.S. Patent No. 9,272,805, which was issued on March 1, 2016, because such tag ICs allegedly use multi-vendor chip-based serialization. The complaint seeks both damages and a permanent injunction against us. Based upon our preliminary investigation of the patent identified in the complaint, we do not believe that our products infringe valid or enforceable claims, if any, of this patent. Nevertheless, litigation is inherently uncertain and any judgment entered against us or any adverse settlement could adversely impact operating results. In addition, the costs associated with any actual, pending or threatened litigation could negatively impact our operating results regardless of the actual outcome.

Many of our agreements require us to indemnify and defend our channel partners and end users from third-party infringement claims and pay damages in the case of adverse rulings. Moreover, we may not know whether we are

 

23


Table of Contents

infringing a third party’s rights due to the large number of RAIN-related patents or to other systemic factors. For example, patent applications in the United States are maintained in confidence for up to 18 months after filing or, in some instances, for the entire time prior to patent issuance. Consequently, we may not be able to account for such rights until after publication. Competitors may also have filed patent applications or received patents and may obtain additional patents and proprietary rights that block or compete with our patents. Claims of this sort could harm our relationships with our channel partners or end users and might deter future customers from doing business with us. We do not know whether we will prevail in any such future proceedings given the complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property litigation. If any pending or future proceedings result in an adverse outcome then we could be required to:

 

   

cease the manufacture, use or sale of the infringing products, processes or technology;

 

   

pay substantial damages for infringement;

 

   

expend significant resources to develop non-infringing products, processes or technology;

 

   

license technology from the party claiming infringement, which license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all;

 

   

cross-license our technology to a competitor to resolve an infringement claim, which could weaken our ability to compete with that competitor; or

 

   

pay substantial damages to our channel partners or end users to cause them to discontinue their use of, or replace, infringing products with non-infringing products.

Any of the foregoing results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We have limited visibility into the length of the sales and deployment cycles for our products.

Because we have limited sales history for our products, we have limited visibility into the lengths of the product sales and deployment cycles, and from time-to-time these cycles have been longer than we anticipated. For new types of products, such as our xArray gateway or ItemSense software, our visibility into the sales and deployment cycle lengths is even more limited. Numerous factors can contribute to uncertainties in the cycle lengths, including the time channel partners and end users spend evaluating our products and our time educating them on the products’ benefits. The length and uncertain timing of the sales and deployment cycles can lead to delayed product orders. In anticipation of product orders, we may incur substantial costs before the sales cycle is complete and before we receive any customer orders or payments. If a sale is not completed or is cancelled or delayed, we may incur substantial expenses, which could hinder our ability to achieve or maintain profitability or otherwise negatively affect our financial results.

We are subject to order and shipment uncertainties. Inaccuracies in our estimates of end-customer or channel-partner demand and product mix could negatively affect our inventory levels, sales and operating results.

We derive revenue primarily from purchase orders rather than from long-term purchase commitments. To ensure product availability, we typically manufacture from channel-partner forecasts in advance of received purchase orders. Because the RAIN-solutions market is relatively new, many of our channel partners have difficulty accurately forecasting their product requirements and estimating the timing of their new product introductions, which ultimately affects demand for our products. In some cases we build products according to our demand estimates, which requires us to make forecast assumptions. Demand uncertainties, by our channel partners and us, cause significant forecast inaccuracies. Further, our channel partners can cancel purchase orders or defer product shipments, in some cases with little or no advance notice to us. Additionally, we sometimes receive soft commitments for larger order sizes which do not materialize. Because of these reasons, and because we fulfill

 

24


Table of Contents

through channel partners, our visibility into end-user demand is limited, which may adversely affect our ability to plan purchases or manufacturing.

Our estimates of channel-partner and end-user demand have historically been inaccurate. Some of the inaccuracies have been material, leading to excess inventory with associated costs or product shortages with its concomitant loss of revenue and gross margin. For example, we believe our 2014 operating results were adversely affected when some retail apparel end users delayed their tag purchases as the result of unexpected extended patent litigation negotiations between certain domestic end users and Round Rock Research. We may experience similar forecasting inaccuracies in the future.

When we release new products we may carry higher inventories or have slower inventory turnover depending on our ability to anticipate market acceptance. High inventory levels and increased obsolescence could result in unexpected expenses or increases in reserves that could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. If we underestimate customer demand or if sufficient manufacturing capacity is unavailable, we could miss revenue opportunities, potentially lose market share and damage our customer relationships. Any significant product-order cancellations or deferrals or the return of previously sold products could materially and adversely impact our profit margins, increase our write-offs due to product obsolescence and restrict our ability to fund our operations.

If we do not successfully attract and complete custom engineering projects, our products’ market adoption could be delayed and our market position compromised.

To extend our products’ capabilities and reach, and to encourage market adoption, we may perform NRE product, tool or software developments. If we do not successfully complete our NRE projects then our customer relationship could deteriorate and we could lose business and opportunities to expand our market. Because NRE-based developments can take more than a year to complete, our time to product revenue can be long. Additionally, a customer may choose to cancel or delay the development, reducing potential revenue. In addition, we compete with other companies to win these NRE engagements and, in the future, we may not be able to compete successfully. Some developments grant time-bounded exclusivity to the customer who paid for the NRE engagement, which may limit our ability to capitalize on the knowledge and experience we gain in connection with the NRE engagement. If a competitor develops and markets a similar product that we are unable to compete due to the time-bounded exclusivity then we could lose business, market share and revenue opportunities.

We are subject to risks inherent in foreign operations, including social, political and economic flux and compliance with additional U.S. and international laws, including those related to anti-bribery and anti-corruption, and may not be able to successfully maintain or expand our international operations.

In 2015, 73% of our total revenue was derived from sales outside the United States. We anticipate growing our business, in part, by continuing to expand our international operations, which involves a variety of risks, including:

 

   

changes, some unexpected or unanticipated, in regulatory requirements, taxes, trade laws, tariffs, export quotas, custom duties or other trade restrictions;

 

   

lack of established, clear, or fairly implemented standards or regulations with which our products must comply;

 

   

greater difficulty in enforcing contracts, judgments and arbitration awards in international courts, and in collecting accounts receivable and longer payment and collection periods;

 

   

difficulty in supporting and localizing our international products;

 

   

different or unique competitive pressures as a result of, among other things, the presence of, or preference for, local businesses and market players;

 

25


Table of Contents
   

challenges in managing employees, some foreign nationals, over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits and compliance programs;

 

   

limited or unfavorable intellectual property protection;

 

   

misappropriation of our intellectual property;

 

   

inflation and fluctuations in foreign-currency exchange rates and interest rates;

 

   

withholding taxes or other taxes, or changes thereof, on our foreign income;

 

   

restrictions, or changes thereof, on foreign trade or investment, including currency exchange controls;

 

   

changes in a country’s or region’s political, regulatory, legal or economic conditions;

 

   

political uncertainty, strife, unrest, or conflict;

 

   

differing regulations with regard to maintaining operations, products and public information;

 

   

inequities or difficulties obtaining or maintaining export and import licenses;

 

   

differing labor regulations, including where labor laws may be more advantageous to employees than in the United States;

 

   

restrictions on earnings repatriation;

 

   

corrupt or unethical practices in foreign jurisdictions that may subject us to exposure under applicable anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or and the United Kingdom Bribery Act of 2010 or U.K. Bribery Act; and

 

   

regulations, and changes thereof, relating to data privacy and the unauthorized use of, or access to, commercial and personal information, particularly in Europe.

Various foreign regulatory or other governmental bodies may issue rulings that invalidate prior laws, regulations, or legal frameworks in manners that may adversely impact our business. The European Court of Justice in October 2015 issued a ruling immediately invalidating the U.S.-EU Safe Harbor Framework, which facilitated personal data transfers to the United States in compliance with applicable EU data protection laws. EU and U.S. political authorities reached political agreement on February 2, 2016, regarding the U.S.-EU Privacy Shield, which would provide a new mechanism for companies to transfer EU personal data to the United States. It is unclear, however, whether the U.S.-EU Privacy Shield will be formally adopted or whether it will be appropriate for us to rely upon the U.S.-EU Privacy Shield. While we do not rely upon the U.S-EU Safe Harbor Framework to transfer EU personal data to the U.S., and it is unclear that we would make use of the U.S.-EU Privacy Shield, were it to be formally implemented, there is significant regulatory uncertainty surrounding the future of data transfers from the European Economic Area to the United States. In addition, the European Commission recently adopted a new data protection regulation, effective in May 2018, that will impose more stringent data protection requirements than the present regulatory regime in the European Union and provide for greater penalties for noncompliance.

We opened an office in Shanghai, China in 2011. We are exposed to risks associated with changes in the laws and policies governing Chinese operations and, to a lesser extent, changes in U.S. laws and regulations relating to foreign trade and investment. To date, legal, policy or regulatory changes have not had a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition, but we cannot assure you they will not in the future. We may experience increased costs for, or significant impact to, our Chinese operations in the event of changes in Chinese government policies or political unrest or unstable economic conditions in China. The nationalization or other expropriation of private enterprises by the Chinese government could result in total loss of our China investment. Any of these matters could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Failure to comply with anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws in our foreign activities could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences. Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their

 

26


Table of Contents

employees and intermediaries from making payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business, securing an advantage or directing business to another person, and require companies to maintain accurate books and records and a system of internal accounting controls. Under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, U.S. companies may be held liable for corrupt actions taken by directors, officers, employees, agents, or other strategic or local partners or representatives. If we, our intermediaries or our solution providers, system integrators, OEMs, VARs, distributors, tag manufacturers, and other channel partners fail to comply with FCPA requirements or similar legislation, government authorities in the United States and elsewhere could seek to impose civil or criminal fines and penalties which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial conditions. Moreover, China is an area of heightened exposure regarding compliance with anticorruption laws such as the FCPA and the U.K. Bribery Act. We intend to increase our international sales and business there and, as such, our risk of violating laws such as the FCPA or U.K. Bribery Act also increases.

We have limited experience marketing, selling and supporting our products and services abroad and may not be able to increase or maintain international market demand for our products. In addition, regulations or standards adopted by other countries may require us to redesign existing products or develop new products for those countries. For example, foreign governments may impose regulations or standards with which our current products do not comply, or may require operation in frequency bands in which our products do not operate. Furthermore, if we are unable to expand international operations in a timely and cost-effective manner in response to increased demand, we could miss sales opportunities and our revenue may decline, adversely affecting our operating results, business and prospects. If we invest substantial time and resources but are unable to expand our international operations successfully and in a timely manner, our business, prospects and operating results will suffer.

We generally conduct our China operations through a wholly owned subsidiary. We generally report our taxable income in worldwide jurisdictions based on our business operations in those jurisdictions. The relevant taxing authorities may disagree with our determinations as to the income and expenses attributable to the jurisdiction or subsidiary. In the event of a disagreement, if our position was not sustained, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties, which could result in tax charges, higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows and lower overall profitability.

Significant U.K. or European developments stemming from the U.K.’s referendum on membership in the European Union could have a material adverse effect on us.

On June 23, 2016, the United Kingdom held a referendum and voted in favor of leaving the European Union. This has created political and economic uncertainty, particularly in the United Kingdom and the European Union, and this uncertainty may last for years. Our business in the United Kingdom, the European Union, and worldwide could be affected during this period of uncertainty, and perhaps longer, by the impact of the United Kingdom’s referendum. There are many ways in which our business could be affected, only some of which we can identify as of the date of this prospectus.

The referendum, and the likely withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union it triggers, has caused and, along with events that could occur in the future as a consequence of the United Kingdom’s withdrawal, including the possible breakup of the United Kingdom, may continue to cause significant volatility in global financial markets, including in global currency and debt markets. This volatility could cause a slowdown in economic activity in the United Kingdom, Europe or globally, which could adversely affect our operating results and growth prospects. In addition, our business could be negatively affected by new trade agreements between the United Kingdom and other countries, including the United States, and by the possible imposition of trade or other regulatory barriers in the United Kingdom. Furthermore, we currently operate in Europe through an Impinj subsidiary based in the United Kingdom, which currently provides us with certain operational, tax and other benefits. The United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union could adversely affect our ability to realize those benefits and we may incur costs and suffer disruptions in our European operations as a result. These possible negative impacts, and others resulting from the United Kingdom’s actual or

 

27


Table of Contents

threatened withdrawal from the European Union, may adversely affect our operating results and growth prospects.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets.

The U.S. and various foreign governments have imposed controls, export license requirements and restrictions on the import or export of certain products, technologies and software. We must export our products in compliance with U.S. export controls, including the Commerce Department’s Export Administration Regulations and various economic and trade sanctions established by the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. We may not always be successful in obtaining necessary export licenses, and our failure to obtain required import or export approval for our products or limitations on our ability to export or sell our products imposed by these laws may harm our international and domestic sales and adversely affect our revenue. Noncompliance with these laws could have negative consequences, including government investigations, penalties and reputational harm.

Changes in our products or changes in export, import and economic sanctions laws and regulations may delay our introduction of new products in international markets, prevent our customers from deploying our products internationally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to or from certain countries altogether. While we are not aware of any current or proposed export or import regulations that will materially restrict our ability to sell our products, any change in export or import regulations or legislation, shift or change in enforcement, or change in the countries, persons or technologies targeted by these regulations, could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential customers with international operations. In such event, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Political unrest, as well as changes in the political, social, business or economic conditions in Thailand, could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

We post-process many of our IC wafers, including testing, dicing and other wafer operations, using subcontractors in Bangkok, Thailand. Deterioration in the political, social, business and economic conditions in Thailand could have a material effect on our business. Thailand has experienced ongoing political and social upheaval over the past two decades, such as in May 2014 when the Royal Thai Army staged a military coup, banned demonstrations and enforced monitoring of civilian activities. In August 2014, Thailand’s national assembly appointed the coup leader as prime minister. We do not know what direction the political situation may take or if subsequent issues will affect us. Any changes to tax regimes, laws, exchange controls or political action in Thailand may harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Instability in Thailand could prevent wafer shipments from entering or leaving the country and disrupt our ability to test or post-process wafers in Thailand. In such an event, we could be forced to transfer our testing and dicing activities to more stable, and potentially more costly, regions and find alternative sources for testing and dicing, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Intellectual property licensing from or to others, including competitors, may subject us to requirements or limitations that could adversely affect our business and prospects.

We have intellectual property license agreements that give us access to certain patents and intellectual property of others. We have not licensed our patents or intellectual property to others except as necessary for our customers to practice their business using our products and as required pursuant to agreements we have entered into in connection with our participation in the development of GS1 EPCglobal protocols and International Standards Organization, or ISO, standards. In the course of our participation in the development of GS1 EPCglobal protocols, including UHF Gen2, UHF Gen2 V2, tag data standards, or TDS, low-level reader protocol, or LLRP, and others, we have agreed to license on a royalty-free basis those of our patents that are necessarily infringed by the practice of these protocols to other GS1 EPCglobal members, subject to reciprocal

 

28


Table of Contents

royalty-free rights from those other members. Because it may not be clear whether a member’s intellectual property is necessary or optional to the practice of a protocol, disputes could arise among members, resulting in our inability to receive a license on royalty-free terms. Further, some GS1 EPCglobal members declined to provide licenses to some of their intellectual property under royalty-free terms, instead choosing reasonable and non-discriminatory, or RAND, terms. Disputes or confusion may arise about whether we may invoke our necessary intellectual property if these members choose to assert their RAND intellectual property, potentially causing or at least complicating any ensuing litigation and harming our business, financial condition and operating results.

In the course of our participation in the development of certain ISO standards we have agreed to grant to all users worldwide a license to those of our patents that are necessarily infringed by the practice of those standards, including at frequencies other than UHF, on RAND terms, again subject to reciprocity. As a result, we are not always able to limit to whom and, to a certain extent, on what terms we license our technologies, and our control over and our ability to generate licensing revenue from some of our technologies may be limited. We may choose to license our patents or intellectual property to others in the future. We cannot guarantee that any patents and technology that we provide in such future licenses will not be used to compete against us.

We rely on third-party license agreements; impairment of those agreements may cause production or shipment delays that could harm our business.

We have licensing agreements with other entities for patents, software and technology used in our manufacturing operations and products. For example, we license tools from design-automation software vendors to design our silicon products. Third-party licenses for patents, software and other technology important to our business may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Loss of any such licenses could cause significant manufacturing interruptions, delays or reductions in product shipments until we can develop, license, integrate, and deploy alternative technologies, if even possible, which would materially harm our business and operating results.

Our use of open-source software may expose us to additional risks and harm our intellectual property.

Our products, processes and technology sometimes use or incorporate software that is subject to an open-source license. Open-source software is typically freely accessible, usable and modifiable, and is made available to the general public on an “as-is” basis under the terms of a non-negotiable license. Use and distribution of open-source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software. Certain open-source software licenses require a user who intends to distribute the open-source software as a component of the user’s software to disclose publicly part or all of the user’s source code. In addition, certain open-source software licenses require the user of such software to make derivative works of the open-source code available to others at low or no cost. Consequently, open-source licensing can subject our previously proprietary software to open-source licensing terms, which could enable our competitors to create similar offerings with lower development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of sales. In addition, open-source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of their code, opening us to business risks that could materially harm our operating results.

We may face claims alleging noncompliance with open-source license terms or infringement or misappropriation of proprietary software. These claims could result in litigation, require us to purchase a costly license, or require us to devote research and development resources to change our software, any of which would have a negative effect on our business and operating results. Few courts have interpreted open-source licenses, and these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our offerings. In addition, if there are changes in the licensing terms for the open-source software we use, we may be forced to re-engineer our solutions, incur additional costs or discontinue sale of our offerings. We cannot guarantee that we have incorporated all open-source software in our software in a manner that is consistent with our current policies and procedures, or in a manner that will not subject us to liability.

 

29


Table of Contents

Privacy and security concerns relating to RAIN could damage our reputation and deter current or potential customers from using our products.

Privacy advocates and others have raised and may continue raising concerns about RAIN compromising consumer privacy or facilitating theft. These concerns include unauthorized parties collecting personally identifiable information, tracking consumers, stealing identities or causing other privacy-related issues. Consumers may be subject to unauthorized gateways surreptitiously identifying and tracking their RAIN tags to gain information a consumer considers private, even if the consumer employs protective measures. Retailers may inadvertently or perhaps even intentionally read consumers’ tags to gain information, such as shopping behavior, that may be illegal to collect, or if not illegal, may be considered intrusive by consumers. Unauthorized readers or gateways could gain access to sensitive information stored in tags despite measures designed to thwart such unauthorized access. For example, criminals seeking to divert or steal high-value pharmaceutical products could seek to identify these products by looking for tags with Electronic Product Codes, or EPCs, corresponding to these products. If such concerns increase, or if actual malicious or inadvertent breaches of privacy or theft occur, then our reputation could be damaged, our business and prospects may suffer, and we could incur significant liability.

In addition to concerns over privacy or theft, it may be possible for those with malicious intent to misuse RAIN in ways that actually facilitate theft or damage the public trust, such as by changing the EPC on a narcotic to misrepresent it as an over-the-counter product. It may even be possible to embed computer viruses or other malicious code into tags so that by reading tag memory, the malicious code can be inserted into end-user systems. If a breach occurs, our customers could be the target of regulatory actions or private lawsuits. In such cases, a customer might allege that our products did not function as promised and may sue us for breach of contract, breach of warranty, negligence or another cause of action. Additionally, if our customers’ security measures are breached, even if through means beyond our control, our reputation may be damaged, we may be subject to litigation and our business and prospects could suffer. Moreover, concerns about security and privacy risks, even if unfounded, could damage our reputation and operating results and could delay the development of the overall RAIN industry. Security breaches could expose us to litigation and possible liability. Even if our products meet new standards or regulations, if our security measures are breached as a result of third-party action, our error or criminal act or otherwise, and, as a result, someone obtains unauthorized access to customer or end-user data, our reputation could be damaged, our business and prospects may suffer, and we could incur significant liability.

Government regulations and guidelines relating to consumer privacy may adversely impact adoption of our products, require us to make design changes or constrain our ability to implement new and desired product features.

Our customers are subject to laws and regulations related to collecting, storing, transmitting and using personal information, as well as additional laws and regulations that address privacy and security issues related to radiofrequency identification, or RFID. For example, some U.S. states have enacted statutes specifically governing the use of RFID, including prohibitions on mandatory implantation of an RFID IC, unauthorized skimming of information from ID cards and documents, unauthorized personnel tracking using RFID and improper use of RFID tags in drivers’ licenses or on vehicles. Because RAIN uses RFID technology, we believe these statutes and regulation apply to RAIN systems.

The European Commission, or EC, has issued guidance to address privacy concerns about RFID. In May 2009, the EC issued a recommendation that retail companies in the EU inform their customers when RFID tags are either on or embedded within products. In April 2011, the EC signed a voluntary agreement with private and public stakeholders to develop privacy guidelines for companies using RFID in the EU. The agreement requires companies to conduct privacy impact assessments of new RFID applications and to take measures to address risks identified by the assessment before the RFID application is deployed. While compliance with the guidelines is voluntary, our customers that do business in the EU may have a preference for products that comply with the guidelines. If our RAIN products do not provide the necessary functionality to allow customers to comply with the guidelines then our business may suffer.

 

30


Table of Contents

The data security and privacy legislative and regulatory landscape in the United States and European Union, or EU, and other foreign jurisdictions is evolving, and changes in laws and regulations may adversely impact our business, including our ability to develop future products. If we fail to develop products that implement end-user privacy requirements then end users may choose not to use our products in certain applications, which would harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Although the Gen2 V2 protocol described below includes features for addressing consumer privacy and authenticating a tag, a third party may still breach these features, including as implemented in our products, in which case our reputation could be damaged and our business and prospects may suffer.

Alternative technologies or standards, or changes in existing technologies or standards, may adversely affect RAIN market growth.

Technology developments may affect our business in ways we cannot anticipate. Breakthroughs in legacy RFID technologies or markets, including those using low frequency or high frequency technology, could adversely affect RAIN market growth generally and demand for our products in particular. For example, NFC technology, which today addresses a different market than RAIN, could, with breakthrough innovations, compete with RAIN in item tagging. Likewise, new technologies such as organic transistors may allow lower-cost ICs than our current silicon-based technology allows. These competing technologies could use intellectual property that is either not royalty free or to which we do not have access. If we are unable to innovate using new or enhanced technologies or processes, or are slow to react to changes in existing technologies or in the market, or have difficulty competing with advances in new or legacy technologies, then our development of new or enhanced products could be materially impacted and potentially result in product obsolescence, decreased revenue and reduced market share.

To encourage widespread RAIN market adoption, we have participated in the development of industry standards, and we have designed our products to comply with these standards. In 2013, GS1 EPCglobal ratified “UHF Gen2 Version 2” or simply “Gen2 V2,” a new version of the protocol that underlies RAIN communications. In the future, we could lose our position in GS1 EPCglobal or we could lose our project-editorship role for UHF Gen2. If one of our competitors introduces a Gen2 V2 product that gains market adoption before we do, we could lose market share and face difficulty selling our products. The introduction of new industry standards, or changes to existing industry standards, could make our products incompatible with the new or changed standards and could cause us to incur substantial development costs to adapt to these new or changed standards, particularly if they were to achieve, or be perceived as likely to achieve, greater penetration in the marketplace. If Gen2 V2 diverges significantly from our or the RAIN market’s needs then our products may likewise fail to keep pace with the market, our competitors’ products and end-user requirements, in which case end users could delay RAIN adoption. Moreover, the adoption or expected adoption of new or changed standards could slow the sale of our existing products before products based on the new or changed standards become available. New industry standards or changes to existing standards could also limit our ability to implement new features in our products if those features do not meet the new or changed standards. The lost opportunities as well as time and expense required for us to develop new products or change our existing products to comply with new or changed standards could be substantial, and we cannot assure you that we could successfully develop products that comply with new or changed standards. If we are not successful in complying with any new or changed industry standards, then we could lose market share, causing our business to suffer.

We are a founding member of the RAIN Alliance and our chief executive officer is presently its chairman. Board membership and chairmanship are both elected positions that we could lose in future elections. They provide industry stature and attendant benefits but are not without risk. If the RAIN market falters, or if the RAIN Alliance falters, then we could be blamed, our reputation and industry position could be impacted, and our business could suffer.

 

31


Table of Contents

Compliance with, and changes in, government spectrum regulations could adversely affect our ability to sell products and impair our operating results.

Government radio regulations require that our readers and gateways be certified for spectral compliance in jurisdictions where they are sold or operated. Our readers and gateways are collectively certified for use in more than 40 countries worldwide, including the United States, Canada, Mexico, China, Japan, South Korea and each country in the EU. If one of our reader or gateway products is found to be noncompliant despite having such certification then we could be required to modify field-deployed readers or gateways to regain certification and could spend significant resources as well as miss sales opportunities in the process. Our revenue could decline, adversely affecting our operating results, financial condition, business and prospects. Additionally, government regulations may change, requiring us to redesign our products to the new regulations or constraining our ability to implement new and desired features into our products, thereby causing us to incur significant expenses or forego opportunities to improve our products, potentially delaying time-to-market, adversely affecting our operating results, financial condition, business and prospects.

Our products may cannibalize revenue from each other, which could harm our business.

Sales of some of our products enables our channel partners to develop their own products that compete with other of our products. For example, sales of our reader ICs allow ODMs and technology companies to build and sell readers and gateways that compete with our products. Similarly, sales of our readers and gateways allows our channel partners to build and sell xPortal- or xArray-like products that compete with our xPortal or xArray. We even see cannibalization within our own product line—for example, our xArray sometimes competes with our xPortal. In the future, we may see one product line expand at the expense of another, or we may be asked by channel partners to disadvantage or divest a product line. We cannot predict whether we can manage such conflicts in the future, or retain channel partners despite conflicts. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Acquisitions could result in operating difficulties, dilution and other harmful consequences.

We have evaluated, and expect to continue evaluating, potential strategic transactions, and we may pursue one or more transactions, including acquisitions. We have limited experience executing acquisitions. Any transaction could be material to our financial condition and operating results. Integrating an acquired company, business or technology may create unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. Acquisition-related risks include:

 

   

diverting management time and focus from operating our business to acquisition integration;

 

   

difficulties integrating acquired products into our strategy and product plans;

 

   

customers switching from us to new suppliers because of the acquisition;

 

   

inability to retain employees from the business we acquire;

 

   

challenges associated with integrating employees from the acquired company into our organization;

 

   

difficulties integrating accounting, management information, human resource and other administrative systems to permit effective management of the business we acquire;

 

   

potential requirements for remediating controls, procedures and policies appropriate for a public company in the acquired business that prior to the acquisition lacked these controls, procedures and policies;

 

   

potential liability for past or present environmental, hazardous substance, or contamination concerns associated with the acquired business or its predecessors;

 

   

possible write-offs or impairment charges resulting from the acquisition; and

 

   

unanticipated or unknown liabilities relating to the acquired business.

 

32


Table of Contents

Foreign acquisitions involve additional risks beyond those above, including related to integrating operations across different cultures and languages, currency risks and the economic, political and regulatory risks associated with other countries. Also, the anticipated benefit of any acquisition, domestic or foreign, may not materialize. Future acquisitions or dispositions could result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, debt incurrence, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses or goodwill write-offs, any of which could harm our financial condition. Future acquisitions may require us to obtain additional equity or debt financing, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all.

Our business could be adversely affected if one or more members of our executive management team departed.

Our success depends, in large part, on the continued contributions of our executive management team including Chris Diorio, Ph.D., our chief executive officer; Eric Brodersen, our chief operating officer; and Evan Fein, our chief financial officer. None of our executive management team is bound by employment contracts to remain with us for a specified period. The loss of any member of our executive management team could harm our ability to implement our business strategy and respond to the rapidly changing market conditions in which we operate.

If we are unable to attract, train and retain qualified personnel, especially technical, sales and marketing personnel, then we may not be able to effectively execute our business strategy.

Our success depends on our ability to attract, motivate and retain qualified personnel. Our technical personnel, the source of our technical and product innovations, and our sales and marketing personnel that drive our go-to-market initiatives are especially important. There is no guarantee we can attract and retain such personnel as we continue to pursue our business strategy. The availability of, and competition for, qualified personnel in the Seattle area, where we are headquartered, constrains our ability to attract qualified personnel. The loss of the services of one or more of our key employees, or our inability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Pricing and other provisions in our customer agreements could adversely affect our operating results.

In the ordinary course of business we enter into agreements containing pricing terms; in some instances the terms, whether advertently or inadvertently, may adversely affect our operating results and gross margins. For example, some contracts specify future reader, gateway or IC pricing, or contain most-favored customer pricing for certain products. As another example, some agreements contain exclusivity terms that prevent us from pursuing certain business with other customers during the exclusivity period. Further, reducing prices or offering other favorable terms to one customer could adversely affect our ability to negotiate favorable terms with other customers. We may decide for competitive or strategic reasons to enter into similar types of agreements in the future, and such agreements could impair our operating results.

We and our suppliers are subject to environmental laws and regulations that could impose substantial costs on us and may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Some of our facilities, including those devoted to research and development, are regulated under federal, state, local, foreign and international environmental laws. Those laws govern pollutant discharge into air and water; managing, disposing, handling, labeling, and exposure to hazardous substances/wastes; and contaminated site cleanup. We could incur costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions; third-party property damage or personal-injury claims; or could be required to pay substantial investigation or remediation costs, if we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws. Liability under certain environmental laws can be joint and several and without regard to comparative fault. In addition, some of our products contain hazardous substances and are subject to requirements that regulate their content, such as the European Union’s Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive, or RoHS, and analogous regulations elsewhere. Although we design our products to be compliant with environmental regulations and require our third-party contractors to comply, we

 

33


Table of Contents

cannot guarantee that we or our products will always be in compliance with these requirements. Environmental laws also tend to become more stringent over time, and we cannot predict the ultimate costs under environmental laws or the timing of these costs. Failure to comply with these and other environmental laws could result in fines, penalties and decreased revenue, which could adversely affect our operating results.

If our third-party contractors fail to operate in compliance with environmental requirements, properly dispose of wastes associated with our products, or comply with requirements governing the hazardous-substance content of our products, we could be held liable or suffer reputational harm.

We may not sustain or effectively manage our growth.

We have experienced significant revenue growth in a short period of time. We may not experience similar growth rates in future periods. You should not rely on our operating results for any prior periods as an indication of our future operating performance. If we are unable to maintain adequate revenue growth then our financial results could suffer and our stock price would decline.

To manage our growth and the responsibilities of being a public company, we believe we must effectively:

 

   

recruit, hire, train and manage qualified engineers for our research and development activities;

 

   

add sales and marketing personnel and expand our customer-support offices;

 

   

implement and improve administrative, financial and operational systems, procedures and controls;

 

   

integrate and train new employees quickly and effectively; and

 

   

coordinate growth among our executive, engineering, finance, marketing, sales, operations and customer-support organizations.

All the above activities add to our organizational complexity and increase our operating expenses.

We may have insufficient management capabilities or resources to manage our growth and business effectively. As a consequence of our small management team we may be unable to pursue all commercial opportunities. Accordingly, we may require significant additional resources as we increase the complexity and scale of our business operations. We cannot assure you that we will have adequate resources when we need them or that we will have sufficient capital to fund our resource needs. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to exploit market opportunities or develop new products, and we may fail to satisfy customer requirements, maintain product quality, execute our business plan or respond to competitive pressures.

Our management has limited public-company experience. As a consequence of becoming a public company, we will be subject to additional regulatory compliance requirements, including Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls then we may not be able to accurately report our consolidated financial results or prevent fraud. In the course of preparing our consolidated financial statements we previously identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting.

We have never operated as a public company. Most of our management team, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, have never managed a publicly traded company and have little to no experience complying with the increasingly complex and changing laws pertaining to public companies. In addition, several members of our management team have only joined us in the last year as part of our investment in the expansion of our business. Our entire management team as well as other company personnel will need to devote substantial time to compliance, and may not effectively or efficiently manage our transition into a public company. We will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company.

 

34


Table of Contents

We expect rules and regulations such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to increase our legal and finance compliance time and costs, and also to increase the time and costs of other activities. For example, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that management report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. Section 404 compliance will divert resources and take significant time and effort to complete. We may be unable to successfully complete the procedures and certification and attestation requirements of Section 404 by the time we are required to do so. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requirements may be modified, supplemented or amended from time to time. Implementing the changes may take significant time and may require additional employee compliance training. We may discover internal controls that need improvement. Our or our independent registered public accounting firm’s discovery of a material weakness, even if quickly remedied, could reduce the market’s confidence in our financial statements and harm our stock price. Any inability to provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud could harm our business.

We may be unable to effectively implement, or effectively implement in a timely manner, the necessary controls and employee training to ensure continued compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other regulatory and reporting requirements. Our growth will challenge our ability to maintain the internal control and disclosure standards applicable to public companies. If we fail to successfully complete the procedures and certification and attestation requirements of Section 404, or if in the future our chief executive officer, chief financial officer or independent registered public accounting firm determines that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective as defined under Section 404, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, or by other regulatory authorities. Investor perceptions of our company may suffer, likely causing a decline in our stock’s market price. We cannot assure you that we will be able to fully comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or that management or our independent registered public accounting firm will conclude that our internal controls are effective in future periods. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our stated operating results and harm our reputation.

In the course of preparing our consolidated financial statements in prior years, we, in conjunction with our independent registered public accounting firm, identified an error in the accounting treatment for the recapitalization of our company in 2012 and the impact of the recapitalization on earnings per share that resulted in the restatement of our previously issued financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. Also, in 2015, we, in conjunction with our independent registered public accounting firm, identified an error related to the cash flow statement presentation of lease incentives in our consolidated interim financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. These financial statement errors, combined with other identified control deficiencies, were considered to indicate a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to the accounting and financial statement disclosure over complex accounting matters. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. We have taken and continue to take steps to remediate the material weakness, including increasing the depth and experience within our accounting and finance organization, as well as designing and implementing improved processes and internal controls. As of December 31, 2015, this material weakness has not been remediated. Our remediation of this material weakness in future periods may not be effective or prevent future material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting.

If we fail to hire additional finance personnel or fail to strengthen our financial reporting systems and infrastructure then we may be unable to timely and accurately report our financial results or comply with the requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and SEC reporting requirements, which in turn could significantly harm our reputation and our business.

We intend to hire personnel with financial reporting and Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance expertise. Any impact to our plan such as an inability to hire, a delay in hiring, or a delay in training such personnel could adversely

 

35


Table of Contents

impact our ability to timely and accurately prepare our financial statements. Further, our ability to retain employees with the requisite experience could adversely affect our financial statements because new employees require time and training to learn our business and operating procedures. If our finance and accounting organization is unable for any reason to meet the increased demands of being a public company then the quality and timeliness of our financial reporting may suffer, which could result in material weaknesses in our internal controls. The consequences of inaccuracies or delays in our reported financial statements could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline and could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

We may need to raise additional capital which may not be available on favorable terms, if at all, causing dilution to stockholders, restricting our operations or adversely affecting our ability to operate our business.

In the course of running our business we may need to raise capital, diluting our stockholders. If our need is due to unforeseen circumstances or material expenditures or if our operating results are worse than expected then we cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if at all, and these additional financings could cause additional dilution to our stockholders. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions such as incurring additional debt, expending capital, or declaring dividends, or which impose financial covenants on us that limit our ability to achieve our business objectives. If we need but cannot raise additional capital on acceptable terms then we may not be able to meet our business objectives, our stock price may fall, and you may lose some or all of your investment.

Our debt obligations contain restrictions that impact our business and expose us to risks that could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

We have a loan and security agreement, or senior credit facility, with Silicon Valley Bank. The senior credit facility provides for a $10.5 million term loan, up to $2.0 million of equipment loans and a revolving line of credit that allows us to borrow revolving loans of up to the lesser of $15.0 million and a borrowing base tied to the amount of our eligible accounts receivable and inventory. At March 31, 2016, we had $10.4 million of outstanding indebtedness under the revolving line of credit and $8.5 million of outstanding indebtedness under the term loan facility. We also have a mezzanine loan and security agreement, or mezzanine credit facility with SG Enterprises II, LLC. At March 31, 2016, we had $5.0 million of outstanding indebtedness under the mezzanine credit facility.

Our credit facilities contain customary covenants, which limit our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness or guarantee indebtedness of others;

 

   

create liens on our assets;

 

   

enter into mergers or consolidations;

 

   

dispose of assets;

 

   

pay dividends and make other distributions on our capital stock, and redeem and repurchase our capital stock;

 

   

make investments, including acquisitions; and

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates.

Our credit facilities also include customary affirmative covenants, tangible net worth and liquidity ratio covenants under the senior credit facility and a minimum revenue covenant under the mezzanine credit facility.

The credit facilities contain customary events of default, subject to customary cure periods for certain defaults, that include, among others, non-payment defaults, covenant defaults, material judgment defaults, bankruptcy and insolvency defaults, cross-defaults to certain other material indebtedness, a material adverse change default and inaccuracy of representations and warranties.

 

36


Table of Contents

If we experience a decline in cash flow due to any of the factors described in this “Risk Factors” section or otherwise, we could have difficulty paying interest and principal amounts due on our indebtedness and meeting the financial covenants set forth in our credit facilities. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or otherwise obtain the funds necessary to make required payments under our credit facilities, or if we fail to comply with the requirements of our indebtedness, we could default under our credit facilities. Any such default that is not cured or waived could result in the acceleration of the obligations under the credit facilities, an increase in the applicable interest rate under the credit facilities, and termination of the revolving line of credit under the senior credit facility, and would permit our lenders to exercise remedies with respect to all of the collateral that is securing the credit facilities, including substantially all of our assets, other than intellectual property. Any such default could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition.

Even if we comply with all of the applicable covenants, the restrictions on the conduct of our business could adversely affect our business by, among other things, limiting our ability to take advantage of financings, mergers, acquisitions and other corporate opportunities that may be beneficial to the business.

A breach of our security systems could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We use security systems to maintain our facility’s physical security and to protect our proprietary and confidential information, including that of our customers, suppliers and employees. Accidental or willful security breaches or other unauthorized access to our facilities or information systems, or viruses, loggers, or other malfeasant code in our data or software, could compromise this information. The consequences of such loss and possible misuse of our proprietary and confidential information could include, among other things, unfavorable publicity, damage to our reputation, difficulty marketing our products, customer allegations of breach-of-contract, litigation by affected parties and possible financial liabilities for damages, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, reputation and relationships with customers and partners. We also rely on third-party providers of corporate infrastructure services relating to, among other things, human resources, electronic communication services and some financial functions, and we are therefore dependent on the security systems of these providers. Any security breaches or other unauthorized access to our service-providers’ systems or viruses, loggers, or other malfeasant code in their data or software could expose us to information loss and misappropriation of confidential information. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or sabotage security systems change frequently and are often not recognized until after an attack, we may be unable to anticipate the techniques or implement adequate preventative measures, thereby exposing us to material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition.

Our operations could be disrupted by natural disasters.

An earthquake, fire, flood or other natural or manmade disaster could disable our facilities, disrupt operations, or cause catastrophic losses. We have facilities in areas with a known history of seismic activity, such as our headquarters in Seattle, Washington. We also have facilities in areas with a known history of flooding, such as our office in Shanghai, China. We have a wafer testing and dicing subcontractor in Thailand, a region with a known, and quite recent, history of flooding. A loss at or of any of these or other of our or our suppliers’ facilities could disrupt operations, delay production and shipments, reduce revenue and engender potentially large expenses to repair or replace the facility. As a specific example, in 2011 and 2012 floods in Thailand disrupted our subcontractor’s facility for approximately six months. During that time, we relied on a secondary subcontractor that had longer lead times for, and decreased yield of, our tag IC wafers. We do not carry insurance policies that cover potential losses caused by earthquakes, floods or other disasters.

Our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be limited.

As of December 31, 2015, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of $97.0 million and federal research and experimentation credit carryforwards of $7.5 million which we may use to reduce future taxable income or offset income taxes due. The NOLs start expiring in 2023 and fully expire in 2035. The credit

 

37


Table of Contents

carryforwards start expiring in 2020 and fully expire in 2035. Insufficient future taxable income will adversely affect our ability to deploy these NOLs and credit carryforwards. In addition, under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, a corporation that experiences a more-than 50% ownership change over a three-year testing period is limited in its ability to use its pre-change NOLs and other tax assets to offset future taxable income or income taxes due. Our existing NOLs and credit carryforwards may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes; if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering then our ability to use our NOLs and credit carryforwards could be further limited by Section 382 of the Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, the causes of which may be outside our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. Our NOLs may also be impaired under state law. As a result of these limitations, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of, or possibly any of, the NOLs and credit carryforwards.

We could be subject to additional income tax liabilities.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions. We use significant judgment in evaluating our worldwide income-tax provision. During the ordinary course of business, we conduct many transactions for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. For example, our effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated in countries where we have higher statutory rates; by changes in currency exchange rates; by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities; or by changes in the relevant tax, accounting and other laws, regulations, principles and interpretations. We are subject to audit in various jurisdictions, and such jurisdictions may assess additional income tax against us. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits and any related litigation could be materially different from our historical income-tax provisions and accruals. The results of an audit or litigation could have a material effect on our operating results or cash flows in the period or periods for which that determination is made.

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect sales and use, value-added or similar taxes, and we could be subject to liability with respect to past or future sales, which could adversely affect our operating results.

We do not collect sales and use, value-added or similar taxes in all jurisdictions in which we have sales, based on our belief that such taxes are either not applicable or an exemption from such taxes applies. Sales and use, value-added and similar tax laws and rates vary greatly by jurisdiction. Certain jurisdictions in which we do not collect such taxes may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties and interest, and we may be required to collect such taxes in the future, including as a result of a change in law. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest or future requirements may adversely affect our operating results.

We will be subject to SEC rules regarding the use and disclosure of conflict minerals, which we expect will increase our operating and compliance costs and could potentially harm our reputation, causing a decline in our stock price.

As a public company, we will be subject to the requirements under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, that will require us to diligence, disclose and report whether our solutions contain conflict minerals. The rule requires us to submit forms and reports to the SEC by May 31, 2018 and annually thereafter to disclose our determinations and due-diligence measures regarding conflict minerals. Although we do not directly purchase conflict minerals, tracing the minerals our suppliers use back to country of origin is a complex task that requires us to, among other things, survey our supply chain to understand what programs our suppliers have for tracing the source of minerals used in products supplied to us and ensure these suppliers have performed reasonable due diligence. We have not determined how many or, if any, of our suppliers use conflict minerals. In addition to the increased administrative expense required to comply with these requirements, some of our customers are also subject to this rule, and we have been and will continue

 

38


Table of Contents

to be asked as part of their supply chain to comply with their requirements as part of their compliance with the rule. Moreover, we may face a limited pool of suppliers who can provide “conflict-free” products, and we may not be able to obtain conflict-free products or supplies in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices for our operations. We may be required to disclose our products as not being “conflict free,” which could adversely affect our reputation and may harm relationships with business partners and customers, and our stock price could suffer as a result.

Risks Relating to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, and the value of your investment could decline significantly.

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering. The initial price to public for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. Investors who purchase common stock in this offering may not be able to sell their shares at or above the initial price to public. Securities of companies similar to ours experience significant price and volume fluctuations. The following factors, in addition to other risks described in this prospectus, may have a significant effect on our common stock price:

 

   

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

   

changes in operating performance, stock market valuations, and volatility in the market prices of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

 

   

actual or anticipated quarterly variations in our results of operations or those of our competitors;

 

   

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

   

delays in end-user deployments of RAIN systems;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, new products, significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments;

 

   

supply interruptions;

 

   

developments with respect to intellectual property rights;

 

   

our ability to develop and market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;

 

   

commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation;

 

   

major changes in our board of directors or management;

 

   

changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals;

 

   

the trading volume of our stock;

 

   

limited public float;

 

   

any future sales of our common stock or other securities;

 

   

failure of financial analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

   

fluctuations in the values of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

 

   

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections; and

 

   

general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of related markets.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating

 

39


Table of Contents

performance of those companies. Broad market and industry factors may seriously affect our stock price, regardless of our actual operating performance. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our stock shortly following this offering. In addition, in the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies whose stock prices have declined, especially following periods of volatility in the overall market. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse opinion about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us issues an adverse opinion about our company, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

Our stock price could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares after this offering or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, 17,596,013 shares (18,286,013 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) of our common stock will be outstanding, based on our shares outstanding as of March 31, 2016. All shares of common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The resale of the remaining 12,996,013 shares, or 73.9% of our outstanding shares after this offering, are currently prohibited or otherwise restricted as a result of securities law provisions, market standoff agreements entered into by our stockholders with us or lock-up agreements entered into by our stockholders with the underwriters; however, subject to applicable securities law restrictions, these shares will be able to be sold in the public market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus. In addition, the shares subject to outstanding options and warrants, of which 1,914,625 and 354,563 were exercisable as of March 31, 2016, respectively, and the shares reserved for future issuance under our stock option and equity incentive plans will become available for sale immediately upon the exercise of such options and the expiration of any applicable market stand-off or lock-up agreements. For more information see “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

Upon completion of this offering, holders of approximately 10,320,886 shares, or 58.7%, of our common stock as of March 31, 2016 (including 81,409 shares underlying the warrants described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Warrants” and warrants to purchase 218,523 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock, if the initial per share price to public exceeds the exercise price of the warrants, net exercised automatically for 77,344 shares of common stock at an assumed initial price to public of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus) have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register the offer and sale of shares for the holders of registration rights and option holders, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Underwriting.”

In addition, in the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition, litigation settlement, employee

 

40


Table of Contents

arrangement or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause our stock price to decline.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exercise significant influence over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, together with their respective affiliates, beneficially owned approximately 71.4% of our capital stock as of May 31, 2016, and we expect that upon completion of this offering, that same group will beneficially own more than 53.0% of our capital stock. Accordingly, after this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will be able to determine the composition of our board of directors, retain the voting power to approve all matters requiring stockholder approval, including mergers and other business combinations, and continue to have significant influence over our operations. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in our control or otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our stock price and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our board of directors or management.

We have broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering, and our investment of these proceeds may not yield a favorable return. We may invest the proceeds of this offering in ways you disagree with.

Our management has broad discretion as to how to spend and invest the proceeds from this offering, and we may spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our stockholders may disagree. Accordingly, you will need to rely on our judgment with respect to the use of these proceeds. We intend to use the proceeds from this offering for debt repayment, product development, working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the costs associated with being a public company. We could spend the proceeds from this offering in ways that our stockholders may not agree with or that do not yield a favorable return. You will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Investors in this offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be harmed, and the market price of our common stock could decline.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although our common stock has been approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Select Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial price to public for our common stock was determined through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of the common stock after the offering. This initial price to public may vary from the market price of our common stock after the offering. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial price to public.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware or Washington law could make an acquisition of us difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit our stock price.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our stock. Among other things, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will:

 

   

permit our board of directors to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate;

 

41


Table of Contents
   

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

 

   

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

   

divide our board of directors into three classes;

 

   

restrict the forum for certain litigation against us to Delaware;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken by written consent;

 

   

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

   

not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);

 

   

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, our chief executive officer or by the board of directors; and

 

   

provide that stockholders will be permitted to amend our bylaws only upon receiving at least two-thirds of the total votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. Likewise, because our principal executive offices are located in Washington, the anti-takeover provisions of the Washington Business Corporation Act may apply to us under certain circumstances now or in the future. These provisions prohibit a “target corporation” from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any stockholder constituting an “acquiring person” for a period of five years following the date on which the stockholder became an “acquiring person.” See “Description of Capital Stock.”

Our bylaws will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our bylaws provide that, unless we otherwise consent in writing, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision may limit stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

42


Table of Contents

As an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, we will utilize certain modified disclosure requirements, and we cannot be certain if these reduced requirements will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, and for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies” including:

 

   

not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have in this prospectus utilized, and we plan in future filings with the SEC to continue to utilize, the modified disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies, which may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of:

 

   

the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue exceeds $1 billion;

 

   

the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter; or

 

   

the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

We will incur increased costs by being a public company.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also anticipate that we will incur costs associated with recently adopted corporate governance requirements, including requirements of the SEC and The NASDAQ Global Select Market. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We also expect these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, we may have more difficulty attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

 

43


Table of Contents

So long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” we expect to avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement that our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404. When our independent registered public accounting firm is required to undertake an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, the cost of our compliance with Section 404 will correspondingly increase. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 applicable to us in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

 

44


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Some of the statements under “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus contain forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following words: “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “ongoing,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words.

These statements involve risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our projections of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

the size of our market opportunity;

 

   

the breadth and rate of adoption of RAIN technology and solutions and growth of the RAIN market broadly and within specific industries;

 

   

our ability to compete effectively against other providers of RAIN products and services, as well as competing technologies;

 

   

the implementation of our business model and strategic plans, including estimates regarding future sales, revenues, expenses, capital requirements and stock performance;

 

   

our ability to introduce new products and applications that achieve market acceptance, including our software products;

 

   

future macroeconomic conditions;

 

   

our expected use of proceeds;

 

   

the performance of third parties on which we rely for the manufacture, assembly and testing of our products;

 

   

our relationships with distributors, system integrators, VARs and software solution partners;

 

   

average selling prices, gross margins, market share and technology leadership for our products and services, and the industry profile and financial condition of our customers;

 

   

our ability to adequately protect our intellectual property, and the impact of intellectual property litigation on the RAIN industry;

 

   

the regulatory regime for our products and services, domestically and internationally;

 

   

our future leadership of the industry’s standards-setting process; and

 

   

our ability to sustain and manage growth in our business.

You should refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of other important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, which although we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that

 

45


Table of Contents

we have conducted a thorough inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

This prospectus contains market data and industry forecasts that were obtained from industry publications. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified any third-party information. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise.

This prospectus contains statistical data, estimates, and forecasts that are based on independent industry publications or reports or other publicly available information, as well as other information based on our internal sources. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, are subject to risks and uncertainties, and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

The source of certain statistical data, estimates, and forecasts contained in this prospectus are the following independent industry publications or reports:

 

   

Frost & Sullivan, “Analysis of the Global RFID Market in Retail,” 2015.

 

   

IDTechEx, “RFID Forecasts, Players and Opportunities 2015—2025,” 2014.

 

   

IDTechEx, “RFID Forecasts, Players and Opportunities 2016—2026,” 2015.

 

   

Transparency Market Research, “Radiofrequency Identification (RFID) Market in Healthcare,” 2015.

 

   

VDC Research, “Strategic Insights 2013: RFID, Contactless & RTLS Technology.”

 

46


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from our sale of the shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $52.9 million, or approximately $61.3 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, based upon an assumed initial price to public of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $13.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $4.3 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $12.1 million, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions. We do not expect that a change in the initial price to public or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time when we need to seek additional capital.

We currently expect to use $5.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering to repay indebtedness under our mezzanine credit facility and the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire, license and invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses; however, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction.

The $5.0 million term loan outstanding under the mezzanine credit facility is scheduled to mature in October 2020, and interest on such borrowings accrues at a fixed per annum rate equal to 18.0%. We used the proceeds of such borrowing for working capital.

The expected use of net proceeds of this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions. We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering. Pending their uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

47


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock or any other securities. We anticipate that we will retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our credit facilities materially restrict, and future debt instruments may materially restrict, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the requirements of our current or then-existing debt instruments and other factors our board of directors deems relevant.

 

48


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table summarizes our capitalization as of March 31, 2016:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect the (1) automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 8,522,837 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (2) conversion of the preferred stock warrants classified as liabilities to common stock warrants, assuming no exercise and (3) effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as of immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the pro forma adjustments set forth in the immediately preceding bullet point and the sale and issuance by us of 4,600,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial price to public of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, the automatic net exercise of warrants to purchase 218,523 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock which will, if the initial per share price to public exceeds the exercise price of the warrants, be net exercised automatically for 77,344 shares of common stock at an assumed initial price to public of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, and the application of such proceeds as described in the section captioned “Use of Proceeds.”

You should read the information in this table together with our financial statements and related notes to those statements, as well as the sections captioned “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    AS OF MARCH 31, 2016  
    ACTUAL     PRO FORMA     PRO FORMA
AS ADJUSTED (1)
 
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Long-term debt, including current portion

  $ 23,583      $ 23,583      $ 18,665   

Warrant liabilities

    2,811        —          —     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; 8,312,719 shares authorized, 7,885,036 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    100,788        —          —     

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

     

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    —          —          —     

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 15,041,666 shares authorized, 4,395,832 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 500,000,000 shares authorized, 12,918,669 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and 500,000,000 shares authorized, 17,596,013 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    4        13        18   

Additional paid-in capital

    97,871        201,461        254,388   

Accumulated deficit

    (187,645     (187,645     (187,727
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (89,770     13,829        66,679   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

  $ 37,412      $ 37,412      $ 85,344   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

49


Table of Contents

 

(1)  

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $4.3 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $12.1 million, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial price to public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 12,918,669 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016 and excludes:

 

   

1,914,625 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options, as of March 31, 2016 with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.82 per share;

 

   

54,537 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock which were issued in April and May 2016, with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.64 per share;

 

   

1,641,106 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under stock-based compensation plans, including (1) 1,096,234 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus, and any future automatic increase in shares reserved for issuance in accordance with the terms of such plan; (2) 365,411 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and any future automatic increase in shares reserved for issuance in accordance with the terms of such plan; and (3) 179,461 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2016, which shares (plus any shares returned due to award termination) will be added to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, upon effectiveness of such plan (which reserve does not reflect (a) the options to purchase shares of common stock granted after March 31, 2016 and (b) an increase to the reserve of 500,000 shares of common stock in April 2016);

 

   

45,128 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock underlying warrants with an exercise price of $9.318 per share (which will convert into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 56,409 shares of common stock in connection with the offering) which exclude shares underlying the warrants that are being net exercised in connection with this offering; and

 

   

25,000 shares of our common stock underlying a warrant with an exercise price of $2.52 per share.

 

50


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of your shares of common stock. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value represents the difference between the price to public per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering.

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) represents our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets and capitalized offering costs) less total liabilities and accreted value of our redeemable convertible preferred stock divided by the number of outstanding shares of common stock. As of March 31, 2016, our historical net tangible book deficit was $94.7 million and our historical net tangible book deficit per share was $21.53. After giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 8,522,837 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (2) the sale and issuance of 4,600,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial price to public of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (3) the automatic net exercise of warrants to purchase 218,523 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock which will, if the initial per share price to public exceeds the exercise price of the warrants, be net exercised automatically for 77,344 shares of common stock at an assumed initial price to public of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2016 would have been approximately $61.9 million, or $3.52 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $2.83 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $9.48 per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial price to public per share

     $ 13.00   

Historical net tangible book deficit per share as of March 31, 2016

   $ (21.53  

Increase per share attributable to conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     22.22     
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering

   $ 0.69     

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors participating in the offering

     2.83     
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering

       3.52   
    

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors participating in this offering

     $ 9.48   
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $13.00 per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $4.3 million, or approximately $0.24 per share, and increase (decrease) the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately $0.76 per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $12.1 million, or $0.46 per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering would be $0.46 per share, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, a decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $12.1 million, or $0.52 per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering would be $0.52 per share, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial price to public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

51


Table of Contents

If the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase 690,000 additional shares of common stock in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $3.84 per share, the increase in the pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $3.15 per share, and the pro forma dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be $9.16 per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as adjusted as of March 31, 2016, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration and the weighted-average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by investors participating in this offering at an assumed initial price to public of $13.00 per share, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses (in thousands, except per share amounts and percentages):

 

     SHARES PURCHASED     TOTAL
CONSIDERATION
    AVERAGE
PRICE PER
SHARE
 
     NUMBER      PERCENT     AMOUNT      PERCENT    

Existing stockholders before this offering

     12,996         73.9   $ 138,618         69.9   $ 10.67   

Investors participating in this offering

     4,600         26.1        59,800         30.1        13.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     17,596         100   $ 198,418         100     11.28   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $13.00 per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by approximately $4.3 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, by $12.1 million, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 12,918,669 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016, excludes:

 

   

1,914,625 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of March 31, 2016, with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.82 per share;

 

   

54,537 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock which were issued in April and May 2016, with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.64 per share;

 

   

1,641,106 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under stock-based compensation plans, including (1) 1,096,234 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus, and any future automatic increase in shares reserved for issuance in accordance with the terms of such plan; (2) 365,411 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and any future automatic increase in shares reserved for issuance in accordance with the terms of such plan; and (3) 179,461 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2016, which shares (plus any shares returned due to award termination) will be added to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, upon effectiveness of such plan (which reserve does not reflect (a) the options to purchase shares of common stock granted after March 31, 2016 and (b) an increase to the reserve of 500,000 shares of common stock in April 2016);

 

   

45,128 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock underlying warrants with an exercise price of $9.318 per share (which will convert into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 56,409 shares of common stock in connection with the offering) which excludes shares underlying the warrants that are being net exercised in connection with this offering; and

 

   

25,000 shares of our common stock underlying a warrant with an exercise price of $2.52 per share.

 

52


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth a summary of our historical financial data as of and for the periods indicated. We derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our consolidated financial statements not included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2016 from unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly our results of operations and financial position. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The selected consolidated financial data set forth below should be read together with the audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included in this prospectus, as well as the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS
ENDED

MARCH 31,
 
    2012     2013     2014     2015     2015     2016  
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

           

Revenue

  $ 42,832      $ 55,491      $ 63,763      $ 78,479      $ 16,065      $ 21,631   

Cost of revenue (1)

    24,454        27,040        30,032        37,505        8,015        10,475   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    18,378        28,451        33,731        40,974        8,050        11,156   

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development expense (1)

    10,517        10,479        13,889        17,005        4,058        5,171   

Sales and marketing expense (1)

    9,700        9,592        10,662        14,343        3,004        4,922   

General and administrative expense (1)

    5,872        5,864        6,765        8,025        1,721        2,931   

Offering costs (1)

    —          —          1,959        —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    26,089        25,935        33,275        39,373        8,783        13,024   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (7,711     2,516        456        1,601        (733     (1,868

Interest income (expense) and other, net

    (3,060     (2,183     (63     (535     (153     (447
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before tax expense

    (10,771     333        393        1,066        (886     (2,315

Income tax expense

    (96     (98     (96     (166     (19     (15
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (10,867   $ 235      $ 297      $ 900      $ (905   $ (2,330
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders:

           

Basic

  $ 114,349 (3)     $ (11,066   $ (11,004   $ (10,401   $ (3,730   $ (5,155
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (15,706   $ (11,066   $ (11,004   $ (10,401   $ (3,730   $ (5,155
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

           

Basic

  $ 37.45 (3)     $ (3.52   $ (3.30   $ (2.67   $ (1.01   $ (1.21
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (2.19   $ (3.52   $ (3.30   $ (2.67   $ (1.01   $ (1.21
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS
ENDED

MARCH 31,
 
    2012     2013     2014     2015     2015     2016  
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

           

Basic

    3,053        3,144        3,338        3,893        3,686        4,267   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    7,158        3,144        3,338        3,893        3,686        4,267   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to

common stockholders (2) :

           

Basic

        $ 0.02        $ (0.19
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

        $ 0.01        $ (0.19
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

           

Basic

          12,416          12,790   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          13,689          12,790   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other Financial Information:

           

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

  $ (5,734   $ 4,316      $ 4,918      $ 4,751      $ (13   $ (821

 

(1)  

Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

 

    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS
ENDED MARCH 31,
 
    2012     2013     2014     2015     2015     2016  
    (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

  $ 46      $ 45      $ 49      $ 31      $ 13      $ 5   

Research and development expense

    377        339        362        305        103        69   

Sales and marketing expense

    378        148        413        692        144        205   

General and administrative expense

    387        275        313        150        46        55   

Offering costs

    —          —          38        —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $     1,188      $        807      $     1,175      $     1,178      $        306      $        334   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2)  

See note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculation of our net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and our pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted.

(3)

2012 net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders and net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted was impacted by the recapitalization of previously outstanding preferred stock.

(4)  

See “—Adjusted EBITDA” below.

Adjusted EBITDA

We use adjusted EBITDA as a key measure to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In addition, we believe the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information

 

54


Table of Contents

to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

Adjusted EBITDA is not prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation of, or as an alternative to, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, adjusted EBITDA is not based on any comprehensive set of accounting rules or principles. As a non-GAAP measure, adjusted EBITDA has limitations in that it does not reflect all of the amounts associated with our results of operations as determined in accordance with GAAP. Some of these limitations are that our adjusted EBITDA:

 

   

does not reflect interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

   

does not reflect the amounts we paid in taxes or other components of our tax expense;

 

   

does not reflect the stock-based component of employee compensation;

 

   

does not reflect the non-cash charges of depreciation and amortization;

 

   

does not reflect offering costs written off due to delays in offering activities; and

 

   

may be calculated differently than such metric is calculated by other companies, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including our financial results presented in accordance with GAAP.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA:

 

    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
    2012     2013     2014     2015     2015     2016  
    (in thousands)  

Net income (loss)

  $ (10,867   $ 235      $ 297      $ 900      $ (905   $ (2,330

Interest income (expense) and other, net

    3,060        2,183        63        535        153        447   

Income tax expense

    96        98        96        166        19        15   

Depreciation and amortization

    789        993        1,366        1,972        414        713   

Stock-based compensation

    1,188        807        1,175        1,178        306        334   

Offering costs

    —          —          1,921        —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $     (5,734   $      4,316      $      4,918      $      4,751      $        (13   $        (821
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     AS OF DECEMBER 31,     AS OF
MARCH 31,

2016
 
     2012     2013     2014     2015    
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,405      $ 11,178      $ 6,939      $ 10,121      $ 14,822   

Working capital

     16,056        15,282        12,169        18,468        15,421   

Total assets

     32,411        32,968        33,817        52,848        60,530   

Total long-term debt (1)

     11,460        10,592        7,974        15,910        23,583   

Warrant liability

     2,260        3,170        3,568        2,865        2,811   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     64,060        75,361        86,662        97,963        100,788   

Accumulated deficit

     (186,747     (186,512     (186,215     (185,315     (187,645

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (56,862     (67,028     (76,471     (85,035     (89,770

 

(1)  

We elected to early adopt ASU 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs , and for 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 presented herein have reclassified debt issuance costs that are not material from other current and non-current assets to be an offset of the associated current and long-term debt balances. For 2012 and 2013, we have not reclassified debt issuance costs that are not material.

 

55


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

Overview

Our mission is to provide wireless connectivity to billions of everyday items and to deliver, to the digital world, each item’s unique identity, location and authenticity. Our platform connects billions of everyday items such as apparel, medical supplies, automobile parts, drivers licenses, food and luggage to applications such as inventory management, patient safety, asset tracking and item authentication, delivering real-time information to businesses about items they create, manage, transport and sell.

We were founded in 2000 and, since 2003, have been focused on our mission of item connectivity and Item Intelligence. We have invested over $160 million to develop our platform since 2003, including $150 million in research and development expense, $9 million in development agreement costs and $1 million in internal-use capitalized software costs. Our platform comprises:

 

   

Tag ICs . Tag ICs attach to and uniquely identify items, which together comprise endpoints. We launched our first Monza tag IC in 2005 and have brought to market five subsequent Monza product families. Each family has offered new or enhanced features and functionalities or reduced cost. Most recently, we introduced our Monza R6 product family, which has longer read range and enhanced functionality when compared with prior generation tag ICs. We have shipped over 13 billion Monza tag ICs since 2005, including approximately 2.6 billion and 3.8 billion in the 12 months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

   

Reader ICs . Reader ICs enable wireless, bidirectional communications with tag ICs. In July 2008, we acquired our Indy reader IC business from Intel Corporation, and have brought to market three subsequent Indy reader IC products. Most recently we introduced the RS500, a reader system-in-package, which greatly reduces OEM and ODM time-to-market and simplifies embedding RAIN functionality in virtually any device. OEM and ODM partners typically place large orders of our reader ICs for use in their products. These orders often secure supply for an extended period of time or complete production runs, resulting in variability in the timing of shipments and associated revenue of our reader ICs in particular periods.

 

   

Readers and Gateways . Stationary and mobile readers read, write, authenticate or otherwise engage tag ICs; gateways integrate stationary readers with scanning antennas to locate and track tagged items. We launched our first Speedway reader in 2006 and have brought to market two subsequent Speedway product families as well as firmware/software enhancements. In 2010, we introduced our first gateway, xPortal, optimized for reading tags in transition zones such as doors and hallways. In 2014, we introduced our xArray gateway, optimized for reading tags over a wide area such as store floors, manufacturing facilities and hospital rooms.

 

   

Software . Our software configures, manages and controls readers and gateways, aggregates and transforms data from endpoints, and delivers Item Intelligence to enterprise and consumer applications. In 2015, we introduced our ItemSense software, an operating system that links the physical and digital world. ItemSense extracts Item Intelligence, which is derived from tag reads and delivers it to enterprise applications via query and event APIs. ItemSense also centralizes reader and gateway configuration, management and control. Currently piloting in retail and healthcare, ItemSense is modular and scalable, and can operate on-premises, in hybrid-cloud or in cloud-based environments. To date software revenue has not been material.

 

56


Table of Contents

In 2015, we had leading market share with 65% and 61% of the tag and reader IC unit volume, respectively, based on our calculations derived from research conducted by IDTechEx, an information-technology research firm. We believe we continue to have leading market share in the tag IC and reader IC markets. We estimate we enable approximately 70% unit volume of the stationary reader market inclusive of our readers and readers powered by our reader ICs. We also believe that the majority of handheld readers use our reader ICs.

We derive a substantial majority of our revenue from sales of our platform products. We also occasionally derive revenue from non-recurring engineering, or NRE, development agreements under which we develop customized products or services. Although we will continue to pursue strategic NRE opportunities, we expect NRE-based revenue to fluctuate in future periods, and over time to decline as a percentage of total revenue.

We manage our business using a capital-efficient operating model that leverages third-party semiconductor foundries and subcontractors to produce and test our ICs and contract manufacturers to assemble and test our readers and gateways. We designed this production model to scale efficiently with volume. We leverage a partner channel comprising distributors, system integrators, value added resellers, or VARs, and software solution partners to deliver our products and scale revenue.

The efficiency of our operating model allows us to invest strategically in product development and in sales and marketing. In 2014 and 2015, we invested $15.0 million and $17.3 million, respectively, in research and development, including expenses related to NRE development agreements and capitalized internal-use software development costs. We intend to continue to invest significantly in research and development to maintain our technology leadership. In 2014 and 2015, we invested $10.7 million and $14.3 million, respectively, in sales and marketing and intend to continue to invest in sales and marketing. We are investing in our go-to-market strategy to increase our direct engagement with potential end users of our platform by expanding our sales and marketing personnel over the next 12 months, including internationally. These investments will increase operating expenses on an absolute dollar basis for the foreseeable future. Many of these investments will occur in advance of experiencing any direct benefit from them and may affect our profitability, or cause an operating loss, in future periods.

Our total revenue was $63.8 million and $78.5 million for 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $16.1 million and $21.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Our net income was $297,000 and $900,000 for 2014 and 2015, respectively. Our adjusted EBITDA was $4.9 million and $4.8 million for 2014 and 2015, respectively. For a definition of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income, see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data.”

Factors Affecting Our Performance

Investing in Growth

We have invested, and plan to continue to invest significant amounts in research and development activities to introduce new hardware and software products and enhance existing products comprising our platform. We plan to expand our software deployment models and software functionalities over time as we promote our platform and the value it can deliver in a wide variety of use cases. In addition, we plan to enhance gateway products to help drive gateways as the preferred connectivity devices for retail, healthcare and other industries, and to develop next-generation reader ICs. We may selectively enter into arrangements with others with whom we have relationships, such as customers, vendors and channel partners, to fund all or a portion of certain of these research and development initiatives. If we are unsuccessful with attracting such funding, our operating results and time to market for products may be adversely affected. We also are investing in sales and marketing to directly engage potential end users of our platform and are deepening product integration with software partners to accelerate the development and adoption of solutions based on the Impinj Platform. These investments will increase research and development and sales and marketing expenses on an absolute dollar basis for the foreseeable future. Many of these investments will occur in advance of experiencing any direct benefit from them and may affect our profitability in future periods.

 

57


Table of Contents

Market Adoption

Our financial performance generally depends upon the rate, scope and depth of end-user adoption of our platform in multiple industries, including the retail industry which is our largest end market. In 2011, Round Rock Research brought a patent infringement lawsuit against several large retailers and other end users of RAIN technology, which adversely affected market adoption. In late 2013, we and numerous RAIN technology companies obtained a license from Round Rock Research; however the end users that were parties to the lawsuit did not finalize their settlements with Round Rock until early 2015. In 2013 and 2014, some major retailers, brand owners and other entities initiated new or expanded current deployments, and in 2015 began more rapid expansion, which increased our product sales. We believe these deployments indicate a trend toward greater RAIN adoption in retail and other markets, and we intend to continue to introduce new platform products to further grow overall market adoption. In addition, we believe greater adoption of our software will increase the value of the other parts of our platform, which we believe will further drive adoption over the longer term. If market adoption of RAIN technology and our platform products specifically, does not meet our expectations, our growth prospects and operating results will be adversely affected. In addition, if tag IC sales (one indicator of market adoption) exceed expectations or if we discount prices to win a particularly large opportunity, our revenue and profitability may be positively affected, but gross margins may be negatively affected depending on product mix for the applicable period.

Timing and Complexity of Customer Deployments

From 2010 to 2015, our tag IC sales volumes increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 30%. However, deployment of RAIN-based solutions has been uneven and unpredictable in scope, timing and implementation. For end users to gain business value from our platform, they typically must integrate our platform with their applications and information systems. We have a large and multi-tiered partner channel which serves many markets and end users; we rely on these channel partners to deploy or integrate our platform and products with end user applications and information systems. If our partners fail to deploy or integrate our platforms and products as planned then sales of our products and our reputation may be adversely affected. As a result of these factors and our reliance on our channel partners, we may experience significant fluctuation in revenue on a quarterly basis, and we anticipate these factors will continue to characterize our business for the foreseeable future. Therefore, we focus on annual results as they are more relevant for planning and for evaluating our performance.

In addition, we enter into NRE development agreements which typically include initial funding with a requirement for us to meet certain milestones in order to receive additional funding for the NRE engagement. If we are unable to meet such milestones, we may not realize the full benefits of the NRE engagement.

Average Selling Price

We occasionally discount prices of our products to win opportunities, particularly large opportunities. In future periods we expect our hardware ASPs to fluctuate based on the level of discounting and competitive price pressure, but decline over time. Historically, we have been able to implement manufacturing and quality improvements to effectively reduce the cost per unit of our products, allowing us to maintain, and in some cases increase, gross margins.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We currently generate revenue from the sale of platform products and development, service and licensing agreements.

 

58


Table of Contents

Product Revenue

Substantially all of our product revenue is currently derived from sales of tag ICs, reader ICs, readers and gateways, and software. We generate our product revenue as follows:

 

   

We sell our tag ICs primarily to inlay manufacturers. In 2015, sales of tag ICs represented 67% of our product revenue, and we expect tag IC sales to represent a majority of our product revenue for the foreseeable future. In 2015, sales to Avery, Shang Yang and Smartrac accounted for 23%, 22% and 20% of our tag IC revenue and 16%, 15% and 14% of our total revenue, respectively. We expect this concentration to decrease over time as demand for our tag IC products increases.

 

   

We sell our reader ICs primarily to original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, and other end user customers through distributors. In 2015, sales to our top two reader IC customers each accounted for 23% of our reader IC revenue, but neither represented more than 10% of total revenue. We expect customer concentration for reader ICs to decrease over time as demand for RAIN solutions grows and the number of OEMs increases.

 

   

We sell most of our readers and gateways indirectly to VARs and system integrators through distributors and are beginning to sell software through these partners and software solution partners. In 2015, we had one distributor, BlueStar, Inc., that accounted for 39% of our readers and gateway revenue and 10% of our total revenue. We have not experienced customer concentration in our reader, gateway and software product lines.

We sell our products through a broad network of distribution channel partners; many of such channel partners sell multiple Impinj products. In addition, to generate and capture Item Intelligence and take advantage of the benefits associated with our integrated platform, end users must deploy multiple products. As a result, we evaluate performance based primarily on total product revenue.

For our tag ICs and reader ICs, we generally recognize product revenue upon shipment because the relevant criteria for revenue recognition are met at that time. For our reader and gateway products, which are occasionally sold with other products and support, revenue is allocated to each separate deliverable on a relative fair value basis and is generally recognized upon shipment or deferred and recognized ratably over the contract service period. We sell our software and expect modest revenue from our newly introduced software for the foreseeable future. We believe software revenue will grow over time, but it has not been material to date.

Development, Service and Licensing Revenue

Our development, service and licensing revenue includes revenue from services performed under custom development agreements and for rights to technology through licenses. Substantially all of our development, service and licensing revenue is derived from NRE development agreements. We often receive payment from customers in advance of completion of deliverables. These payments are recorded as deferred revenue until they are earned, and we generally recognize revenue under these contracts using the percentage of completion method. Our development projects are customized to the customer’s requirements and, therefore, our gross margin varies from project to project. We intend to pursue strategically important development agreements with end users and others to fund product development. In the future we expect revenue from such agreements to fluctuate and over time to decline as a percentage of total revenue.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

Cost of product revenue includes costs associated with the manufacture of our tag ICs, reader ICs, readers and gateways, including direct materials and manufacturing costs as well as associated overhead costs such as logistics, quality control, planning and procurement. We outsource the manufacturing of our readers and gateways to a third-party contract manufacturer, and our costs for these devices are based on negotiated prices for finished goods. Cost of product revenue also includes charges for inventory write-downs, warranty costs and accrued losses on purchase commitments to third-party contract manufacturers. Our gross margins vary by

 

59


Table of Contents

product, with tag IC margins generally lower than total gross margins, and all other hardware and software product margins generally higher than total gross margins. As such, our total product gross margin varies from period to period as a function of product mix.

Cost of development, service, and licensing revenue consists primarily of direct labor and other costs, such as travel and materials, associated with fulfilling deliverables as part of an agreement. These agreements generally have higher gross margins than our total gross margins. Our development agreements are customized to the customer’s requirements and our gross margin varies from project to project.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

Research and development expense consists primarily of salaries and related compensation costs, including stock-based compensation expense, for our product development personnel, contract developers, prototype materials and other expenses related to the development of new and innovative products and solutions. We expect research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars in future periods for platform product development.

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. However, certain of our investments related to research and development are not recorded as research and development expense. Costs incurred that are directly attributable to development agreements are classified as costs of development, service and licensing revenue. Costs incurred to develop software for internal use that meet the criteria for capitalization are capitalized in the period incurred and depreciated over the estimated useful life of the software, typically three years. Our total investment in research and development was $15.0 million and $17.3 million in 2014 and 2015, respectively. These amounts include $13.9 million and $17.0 million in research and development expense, $169,000 and $113,000 of internal-use software development costs capitalized, and $967,000 and $133,000 of development costs for NRE agreements in 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Selling and Marketing

Selling and marketing expense consists primarily of salaries and related variable compensation costs, including stock-based compensation expense, for our sales personnel, as well as travel, advertising and promotional expenses and other related expenses. We anticipate that sales and marketing expense will increase in absolute dollars, as we increase personnel and focus on expanding our market penetration, developing strategic partnerships and driving adoption of our platform. We expect incentive sales compensation to fluctuate as a function of sales.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and related compensation costs, including stock-based compensation expense, for our executive, finance, human resources and information technology personnel, legal, accounting and other professional services, travel and related expenses, insurance, occupancy and other overhead costs. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we add personnel and facilities to support our growth. In addition, we will incur additional compliance and reporting costs as a public company.

Interest Income (Expense) and Other, Net

Interest expense consists primarily of interest on our credit facilities and amortization of deferred financing fees associated with such facilities. Other income and expense, net consists primarily of a payment from a third party in exchange for early termination of the lease for our corporate headquarters and changes in the fair value of outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants.

 

60


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table presents our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated as a percentage of total revenue, with the exception of cost of product revenue and cost of development, service and licensing revenue which are presented as a percentage of related revenue. Percentages from certain line items do not sum to the subtotal or total line items due to rounding. The period-to-period comparisons of results are not necessarily indicative of results for future periods.

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
     2014     2015     2015     2016  

Revenue:

        

Product revenue

         92.5         98.6         99.6         99.6

Development, service and licensing revenue

     7.5        1.4        0.4        0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0   

Cost of revenue:

        

Cost of product revenue

     49.0        48.1        49.9        48.4   

Cost of development, service and licensing revenue

     23.3        25.0        52.9        47.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     47.1        47.8        49.9        48.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     52.9        52.2        50.1        51.6   

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development expense

     21.8        21.7        25.3        23.9   

Sales and marketing expense

     16.7        18.3        18.7        22.8   

General and administrative expense

     10.6        10.2        10.7        13.5   

Offering costs

     3.1        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     52.2        50.2        54.7        60.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     0.7        2.0        (4.6     (8.6

Interest income (expense) and other, net

     (0.1     (0.7     (1.0     (2.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before tax expense

     0.6        1.4        (5.5     (10.7

Income tax expense

     (0.2     (0.2     (0.1     (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     0.5     1.1     (5.6 )%      (10.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

Revenue

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
     CHANGE 2014 VS. 2015  
     2014      2015      IN DOLLARS     PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Product revenue

   $ 58,970       $ 77,389       $ 18,419        31.2

Development, service and licensing revenue

     4,793         1,090         (3,703     (77.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total revenue

   $ 63,763       $ 78,479       $ 14,716        23.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total revenue increased for 2015 compared to 2014 driven by increased demand for our products from new and existing customers across multiple industry verticals, particularly retail apparel and healthcare. Product revenue increased for 2015 compared to 2014 as (1) tag IC and (2) reader and gateway shipment volumes increased 45.3% and 26.1%, respectively; offset by a decrease in average selling prices for (1) tag ICs and (2) readers and gateways of 2.3% and 4.6%, respectively. Development, service and licensing revenue decreased in 2015 compared to 2014 as we completed work under development agreements in 2014 that were not replaced with new agreements in 2015.

 

61


Table of Contents

Gross Profit

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    CHANGE 2014 VS. 2015  
     2014     2015     IN DOLLARS     PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Product gross profit

   $ 30,056      $ 40,157      $ 10,101        33.6

Cost of development, service and licensing revenue gross profit

     3,675        817        (2,858     (77.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total gross profit

   $ 33,731      $ 40,974      $ 7,243        21.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Product gross margin

     51.0     51.9    

Cost of development, service and licensing revenue gross margin

     76.7        75.0       

Total gross margin

     52.9        52.2       

Total gross profit increased for 2015 compared to 2014 primarily as a result of increased product revenue. Product gross margin increased in 2015 compared to 2014 due to (1) the sale of $492,000 of inventory previously written down and (2) manufacturing and quality improvements for our tag ICs which reduced our inventory write downs period over period by $347,000.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      CHANGE 2014 VS. 2015  
     2014      2015      IN DOLLARS      PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Research and development expense

   $ 13,889       $ 17,005       $ 3,116         22.4

Research and development expense increased in 2015 compared to 2014 due to increases of $2.2 million in personnel costs. We also experienced lower revenue from NRE development agreements which resulted in a redeployment of these resources and related costs of $832,000 to research and development.

Sales and Marketing

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      CHANGE 2014 VS. 2015  
     2014      2015      IN DOLLARS      PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Sales and marketing expense

   $ 10,662       $ 14,343       $ 3,681         34.5

Sales and marketing expense increased in 2015 compared to 2014 due to increases of $3.0 million in personnel costs and $692,000 in additional costs for marketing, advertising and sales related travel and supplies expenses.

General and Administrative

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      CHANGE 2014 VS. 2015  
     2014      2015      IN DOLLARS      PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

General and administrative expense

   $ 6,765       $ 8,025       $ 1,260         18.6

General and administrative expense increased in 2015 compared to 2014 due to increases of $623,000 in rent, utilities and depreciation associated with new facilities, $506,000 in personnel costs and $136,000 in professional service, travel, supplies and office expenses.

 

62


Table of Contents

Offering Costs

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      CHANGE 2014 VS. 2015  
       2014      2015      IN DOLLARS     PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Offering costs

   $ 1,959       $ —         $ (1,959     NR   

Offering costs include the expenses incurred in connection with a proposed offering of our capital stock which were expensed in the fourth quarter of 2014. Offering costs incurred in 2015 were $637,000 and are currently capitalized as they are expected to offset proceeds from our proposed initial public offering.

Interest Income (Expense) and Other, Net

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    CHANGE 2014 VS. 2015  
     2014     2015     IN DOLLARS     PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Interest expense

   $ (901   $ (1,208   $ (307     34.1

Other income (expense), net

   $ 838      $ 673      $ (165     (19.7 )% 

Interest expense increased for 2015 compared to 2014 due to increased borrowings under our credit facilities in 2015 and additional borrowings under our mezzanine credit facility which carries an interest rate of 18%.

Other income (expense), net decreased for 2015 compared to 2014 due to the non-recurrence of a payment of $1.2 million from a third party in exchange for early termination of the lease for our corporate headquarters in 2014 offset by changes in the fair value of outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants.

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2016

Revenue

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
     CHANGE 2015 VS. 2016  
     2015      2016      IN DOLLARS      PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Product revenue

   $ 15,995       $ 21,551       $ 5,556         34.7

Development, service and licensing revenue

     70         80         10         14.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 16,065       $ 21,631       $ 5,566         34.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue increased for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 driven by increased demand for our products from new and existing customers across multiple industry verticals, particularly retail apparel and healthcare. Product revenue increased for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to 2015 as (1) tag IC and (2) reader and gateway shipment volumes increased 43.8% and 31.9%, respectively; offset by a decrease in average selling prices for (1) tag ICs and (2) readers and gateways of 1.0% and 5.2%, respectively, as a result of sales mix. Additionally, our product revenue increased by approximately $250,000 from the sale of software for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to 2015.

 

63


Table of Contents

Gross Profit

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
    CHANGE 2015 VS. 2016  
     2015     2016     IN DOLLARS      PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Product gross profit

   $ 8,017      $ 11,114      $ 3,097         38.6

Cost of development, service and licensing revenue gross profit

     33        42        9         27.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total gross profit

   $ 8,050      $ 11,156      $ 3,106         38.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Product gross margin

     50.1     51.6     

Cost of development, service and licensing revenue gross margin

     47.1        52.5        

Total gross margin

     50.1        51.6        

Total gross profit increased for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 primarily as a result of increased product revenue. Product gross margin increased in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 primarily due to volume pricing discounts of 7.5% from our vendors for our tag IC products offset by a decrease in average selling prices for (1) tag ICs and (2) readers and gateways of 1.0% and 5.2%, respectively.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
     CHANGE 2015 VS. 2016  
     2015      2016      IN DOLLARS      PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Research and development expense

   $ 4,058       $ 5,171       $ 1,113         27.4

Research and development expense increased in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 due to increases of $721,000 in personnel costs, $218,000 in rent, and $140,000 in lab supplies, equipment and other expenses.

Sales and Marketing

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
     CHANGE 2015 VS. 2016  
     2015      2016      IN DOLLARS      PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Sales and marketing expense

   $ 3,004       $ 4,922       $ 1,918         63.8

Sales and marketing expense increased in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 due to increases of $1.4 million in personnel costs, $68,000 in professional services, $99,000 in rent, $182,000 in marketing and advertising costs and $161,000 in sales related travel expenses.

 

64


Table of Contents

General and Administrative

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
     CHANGE 2015 VS. 2016  
     2015      2016      IN DOLLARS      PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

General and administrative expense

   $ 1,721       $ 2,931       $ 1,210         70.3

General and administrative expense increased in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 due to increases of $354,000 in personnel costs, $515,000 in rent, utilities and depreciation associated with new facilities and $329,000 in professional services.

Interest Income (Expense) and Other, Net

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
    CHANGE 2015 VS. 2016  
     2015     2016     IN DOLLARS     PERCENTAGE  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Interest expense

   $ (215   $ (487   $ (272     126.5

Other income (expense), net

   $ 62      $ 40      $ (22     (35.5 )% 

Interest expense increased for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 due to higher outstanding borrowings in 2016 under our mezzanine credit facility which carries an interest rate of 18%.

 

65


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth selected unaudited consolidated quarterly statements of operations data for the last eight quarters, as well as the percentage that each line item represents of total revenue, with the exception of cost of product revenue and cost of development, service and licensing revenue which are presented as a percentage of related revenue. Percentages from certain line items do not sum to the subtotal or total line items due to rounding. The consolidated financial statements for each of these quarters have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly our results of operations and financial position for these periods. These data should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period.

 

    THREE MONTHS ENDED  
    JUNE 30,
2014
    SEPT  30,
2014
    DEC 31,
2014
    MAR 31,
2015
    JUNE 30,
2015
    SEPT  30,
2015
    DEC 31,
2015
    MAR 31,
2016
 
    (in thousands, except percentages)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

               

Revenue:

               

Product revenue

  $ 14,957      $ 16,460      $ 15,067      $ 15,995      $ 18,871      $ 20,299      $ 22,224      $ 21,551   

Development, service and licensing revenue

    1,905        738        122        70        252        365        403        80   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    16,862        17,198        15,189        16,065        19,123        20,664        22,627        21,631   

Cost of revenue:

               

Cost of product revenue

    7,497        7,914        7,483        7,978        8,877        9,962        10,415        10,437   

Cost of development, service and licensing revenue

    293        151        72        37        59        60        117        38   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    7,790        8,065        7,555        8,015        8,936        10,022        10,532        10,475   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    9,072        9,133        7,634        8,050        10,187        10,642        12,095        11,156   

Gross margin

    53.8     53.1     50.3     50.1     53.3     51.5     53.5     51.6

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development expense

    3,733        3,929        3,490        4,058        3,917        4,189        4,841        5,171   

Sales and marketing expense

    2,795        2,782        2,769        3,004        3,289        3,724        4,326        4,922   

General and administrative expense

    1,707        1,694        1,810        1,721        1,771        2,127        2,406        2,931   

Offering costs

    —          —          1,959        —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    8,235        8,405        10,028        8,783        8,977        10,040        11,573        13,024   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    837        728        (2,394     (733     1,210        602        522        (1,868

Interest income (expense) and other, net

    (925     (164     1,289        (153     (206     (560     384        (447
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before tax expense

    (88     564        (1,105     (886     1,004        42       
906
  
    (2,315

Income tax expense

    (24     (24     (24     (19     (30     (29     (88     (15
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (112   $ 540      $ (1,129   $ (905   $ 974      $ 13      $ 818      $ (2,330
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Financial Information:

               

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

  $ 1,500      $ 1,380      $ 243      $ (13   $ 1,929      $ 1,330      $ 1,503      $ (821

 

(1)  

See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA” for additional information.

 

66


Table of Contents
     THREE MONTHS ENDED  
     JUNE 30,
2014
    SEPT 30,
2014
    DEC 31,
2014
    MAR 31,
2015
    JUNE 30,
2015
    SEPT 30,
2015
    DEC 31,
2015
    MAR 31,
2016
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                

Revenue:

                

Product revenue

     88.7     95.7     99.2     99.6     98.7     98.2     98.2     99.6

Development, service and licensing revenue

     11.3        4.3        0.8        0.4        1.3        1.8        1.8        0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0   

Cost of revenue:

                

Cost of product revenue

     50.1        48.1        49.7        49.9        47.0        49.1        46.9        48.4   

Cost of development, service and licensing revenue

     15.4        20.5        59.0        52.9        23.4        16.4        29.0        47.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     46.2        46.9        49.7        49.9        46.7        48.5        46.5        48.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     53.8        53.1        50.3        50.1        53.3        51.5        53.5        51.6   

Operating expenses:

                

Research and development expense

     22.1        22.8        23.0        25.3        20.5        20.3        21.4        23.9   

Sales and marketing expense

     16.6        16.2        18.2        18.7        17.2        18.0        19.1        22.8   

General and administrative expense

     10.1        9.8        11.9        10.7        9.3        10.3        10.6        13.5   

Offering costs

     —          —          12.9        —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     48.8        48.9        66.0        54.7        46.9        48.6        51.1        60.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     5.0        4.2        (15.8     (4.6     6.3        2.9        2.3        (8.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income (expense) and other, net

     (5.5     (1.0     8.5        (1.0     (1.1     (2.7     1.7        (2.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before tax expense

     (0.5     3.3        (7.3     (5.5     5.3        0.2        4.0        (10.7

Income tax expense

     (0.1     (0.1     (0.2     (0.1     (0.2     (0.1     (0.4     (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     (0.7 )%      3.1     (7.4 )%      (5.6 )%      5.1     0.1     3.6     (10.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA:

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED  
     JUNE 30,
2014
    SEPT 30,
2014
     DEC 31,
2014
    MAR 31,
2015
    JUNE 30,
2015
     SEPT 30,
2015
     DEC 31,
2015
    MAR 31,
2016
 
     (in thousands)  

Net income (loss)

   $ (112   $ 540       $ (1,129   $ (905   $ 974       $ 13       $ 818      $ (2,330

Interest income (expense) and other, net

     925        164         (1,289     153        206         560         (384     447   

Income tax expense

     24        24         24        19        30         29         88        15   

Depreciation and amortization

     337        350         374        414        425         443         689        713   

Stock-based compensation

     326        302         342        306        294         285         292        334   

Offering costs

     —          —           1,921        —          —           —           —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 1,500      $ 1,380       $ 243      $ (13   $ 1,929       $ 1,330       $ 1,503      $ (821
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

Our quarterly product revenue increased for all periods presented above when compared to the same quarter of the prior year, reflecting increased demand for our products from new and existing customers. We cannot assure you that this pattern of product revenue growth will continue. Product revenue decreased sequentially quarter over quarter in the fourth quarter of 2014 as the volume of tag ICs was negatively impacted as a result of extended patent litigation negotiations between certain domestic end users and Round Rock Research. Product revenue decreased sequentially quarter over quarter in the first quarter of 2016 as the volume of reader-IC products shipped was lower than the fourth quarter of 2015 as fewer OEM and ODM partners placed large orders with shipments in the first quarter. We do not believe this sequential decline is indicative of a trend.

We pursue strategically important development agreements with end users and others to fund product development. Substantially all of our development, service and licensing revenue for the second quarter of 2014 was derived from a single development agreement which was completed in the second quarter of 2014. Substantially all of our development, service and licensing revenue for the third quarter of 2014 was due to the recognition of previously deferred revenue of $728,000. In the future we expect revenue from such agreements to fluctuate and over time to decline as a percentage of total revenue.

Our quarterly cost of revenue generally moves in line with the associated period’s total revenue. Product gross margin has remained relatively consistent at between 50% and 53% for the periods presented, fluctuating as a result of shifts in the mix of products shipped during each period. Our development projects are customized to the customer’s requirements and, therefore, our development, service and licensing gross margin varies from project to project but generally is higher than product gross margin. Total gross margin has declined over time from 53.8% for the second quarter of 2014 to 51.6% for the first quarter of 2016 as the portion of our total revenue attributable to higher margin development projects has decreased as a percentage of total revenue from 11.3% for the second quarter of 2014 to 0.4% for the first quarter of 2016.

Total operating expenses have generally increased or remained flat sequentially quarter over quarter for all periods presented above, primarily due to the continued addition of personnel in connection with the growth of our business, except for the fourth quarter of 2014 when we expensed offering costs.

We evaluate our total investment in technology development based upon the combined total of research and development costs and cost of development revenue which remained consistent period over period as a percentage of total revenue. Our total investment in technology development increased or remained flat sequentially quarter over quarter for all periods presented above, primarily due to increases in headcount-related expenses from continued hiring to develop and enhance our products, except for the fourth quarter of 2014. Research and development expense decreased sequentially quarter over quarter for the fourth quarter of 2014 due to a $474,000 decrease in service provider fees, supplies and equipment costs as costs incurred in the third quarter of 2014 to bring our xArray gateway to market did not recur.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of March 31, 2016, we had cash and cash equivalents of $14.8 million, consisting of cash deposits held at major financial institutions, and working capital of $15.4 million. Historically, we funded our operations principally through the issuance of equity securities or the incurrence of debt. In 2014 and 2015, our principal uses of cash were funding operations to generate revenue growth, debt service payments, and capital expenditures. We intend to continue investing in the growth of our business, and there is no assurance that we will be able to consistently fund our business out of operating cash flows in the future.

Sources of Funds

We believe, based on our current operating plan, that our existing cash and cash equivalents and available borrowings under our credit facility will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months.

 

68


Table of Contents

From time to time, we may explore additional financing sources and means to lower our cost of capital, which could include equity, equity-linked and debt financing. In addition, in connection with any future acquisitions, we may require additional funding which may be provided in the form of additional debt, equity or equity-linked financing or a combination thereof. There can be no assurance that any additional financing will be available to us on acceptable terms.

Senior Credit Facility

We have a loan and security agreement, which we refer to as our senior credit facility, with Silicon Valley Bank. The credit facility provides for both revolver and term borrowings and as of May 2016, also provides for equipment term loans. The revolver matures in December 2017 and allows us to borrow up to the lesser of $15.0 million and a borrowing base tied to the amount of our eligible accounts receivable and inventory. As amended in May 2016, the revolver includes a sublimit of up to $5.0 million for the issuance of standby letters of credit. Interest on revolver borrowings is payable monthly and, prior to May 2016, accrued at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 2.5% at all times when our cash held at the bank plus the amount available to borrow on the revolver was less than or equal to $8.5 million, and 2.0% when our cash held at the bank plus the amount available to borrow on the revolver was greater than $8.5 million (5.5% at December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016). As amended in May 2016, these margins were reduced to 2.25% and 1.75%, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2016, we had revolving line borrowings of $19.4 million and repayments of $11.7 million. At December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, $1.9 million and $10.4 million of revolver borrowings were outstanding, respectively. At December 31, 2015, we had available an additional $9.6 million in revolver borrowing capacity. At March 31, 2016, we had available an additional $1.5 million in revolver borrowing capacity.

In connection with the amendment of our senior credit facility in February 2015, we incurred $10.5 million in term borrowings and used such borrowing to refinance $8.0 million of pre-existing credit facility borrowings and for general corporate purposes. Interest on the term loan accrued at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 2.5% during a six month interest only period and at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 2.0% after expiration of the interest only period (5.5% at December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016). Beginning in September 2015, we began paying 36 equal monthly installments of principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In May 2016, we further amended our senior credit facility to refinance the $10.5 million in outstanding term borrowings. As amended, interest on the term loan accrues at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 2.25% during a one year interest only period and at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 1.75% after expiration of the interest only period. Beginning in June 2017, we must begin paying 36 equal monthly installments of principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest. We may at our option prepay the outstanding term loan balance by paying the lender all principal and accrued and unpaid interest plus a prepayment fee equal to $210,000 if the term loan is prepaid on or prior to the first anniversary of the May 2016 amendment, and $105,000 if the term loan is prepaid after the first anniversary but on or prior to the second anniversary of the May 2016 amendment. All outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the term loan is due and payable in May 2020.

As amended in May 2016, our senior credit facility also provides for up to $2.0 million in equipment term loans to fund purchases of eligible equipment. Equipment loans are available for borrowing for one year following the May 2016 amendment date and mature in May 2020. Equipment loans are repaid in 36 equal monthly installments of principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, following each borrowing and accrue interest at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 1.75%. We may at our option prepay the outstanding equipment loan balance by paying the lender all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest plus a prepayment fee equal to 2.0% of the principal amount of each equipment loan prepaid if such equipment loan is prepaid on or prior to the first anniversary of the date such equipment loan was borrowed, and 1.0% of the principal amount of each equipment loan prepaid if such equipment loan is prepaid after the first anniversary of the date such equipment loan was borrowed.

The senior credit facility contains customary conditions to borrowing and affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, dispose of assets, have a

 

69


Table of Contents

change of control, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness, grant liens on our assets, make distributions to holders of our capital stock, make investments or engage in transactions with our affiliates. The senior credit facility also requires us to maintain a minimum tangible net worth and liquidity ratio. We were in compliance with all covenants under our senior credit facility as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016. Substantially all of our assets other than intellectual property are pledged as collateral under the senior credit facility.

In connection with our senior credit facility, we issued the lender three warrants to purchase an aggregate of 45,128 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock and one warrant to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock. The warrants exercisable for our Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock have an exercise price of $9.318 per share, and the warrant exercisable for our common stock has an exercise price of $2.52 per share. These warrants have a net exercise provision and contain provisions for adjustment of the exercise price and number of shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations. The warrants to purchase 45,128 shares of our Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock will become exercisable for an aggregate of 56,409 shares of common stock in connection with the conversion of all our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. If not exercised earlier, these warrants to purchase 41,666, 2,004 and 1,458 shares of our Series 2 stock will terminate on July 13, 2022, June 1, 2020 and February 1, 2021, respectively. The warrant to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock will terminate on March 24, 2021.

Mezzanine Credit Facility

We have a mezzanine loan and security agreement, which we refer to as our mezzanine credit facility, with SG Enterprises II, LLC, which provides for a $5.0 million term loan. Interest on the term loan is payable monthly and accrues at a fixed per annum rate equal to 18.0%. Beginning in October 2017, we are required to pay equal monthly installments of principal equal to $138,889 through the maturity date. We may at our option and upon certain conditions, prepay the outstanding term loan balance without premium or penalty. All outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the term loan under the mezzanine credit facility is due and payable in October 2020. At December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, we had $5.0 million of outstanding indebtedness under the mezzanine credit facility.

The mezzanine credit facility contains customary conditions to borrowing and affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness, grant liens on our assets, make distributions to holders of our capital stock, make investments or engage in transactions with our affiliates. The mezzanine credit facility also requires us to maintain minimum revenues of at least 80% of our board-approved annual operating plan, measured quarterly on a year-to-date basis. Substantially all of our assets other than intellectual property are pledged as collateral under the mezzanine credit facility. We were in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016.

Use of Funds

Our principal uses of cash are our operating expenses, inventory purchases, debt repayment and other working capital requirements.

 

70


Table of Contents

Historical Cash Flow Trends

The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (832   $ 3,456      $ (1,714   $ (2,161

Net cash used in investing activities

     (817     (7,450     (268     (464

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (2,590     7,176        2,329        7,326   

Operating Cash Flows

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2015 consisted of $900,000 of net income, a $2.6 million impact of non-cash items, a $4.6 million increase in deferred rent due to tenant improvements and a net $2.3 million increase in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and accrued compensation and benefits due to the timing of when amounts came due. These benefits were offset by a $3.3 million increase in accounts receivable due to the timing of product shipments period over period, a $466,000 decrease in deferred revenue and a $2.8 million increase in inventory.

Net cash used in operating activities in 2014 consisted of $297,000 of net income, a $3.1 million impact of non-cash items and a net $1.4 million increase in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and accrued compensation and benefits due to the timing of when amounts came due. These benefits were offset by a $3.6 million increase in accounts receivable due to the timing of product shipments period over period, a $900,000 decrease in deferred revenue and an $800,000 increase in inventory. Net cash used in operating activities in the three months ended March 31, 2016 consisted of a $1.0 million impact of non-cash items, a $528,000 decrease in accounts receivable, a $245,000 increase in deferred revenue and a $554,000 increase in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and accrued compensation and benefits due to the timing of when amounts came due. These benefits were offset by cash uses consisting of $2.3 million in net loss, a $1.9 million increase in inventory as product was purchased in advance of sales to ensure supply and a $241,000 increase in prepaid expenses and other assets. Net cash used in operating activities in the three months ended March 31, 2015 consisted of a $707,000 impact of non-cash items, a $533,000 increase in deferred revenue and a $1.5 million increase in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and accrued compensation and benefits due to the timing of when amounts came due. These benefits were offset by cash uses consisting of $905,000 in net loss, a $2.5 million increase in accounts receivable due to the timing of product shipments period over period, a $724,000 increase in inventory and a $143,000 increase in prepaid expenses and other assets.

Investing Cash Flows

Net cash used in investing activities consisted of purchases of equipment of $1.0 million, $7.5 million, $268,000 and $464,000 in 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities for 2014 was off-set by $200,000 resulting from the release of cash restrictions under our lease agreement.

Financing Cash Flows

Net cash used in financing activities in 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 consisted of repayments of indebtedness of $2.7 million, $6.1 million, $598,000 and $11.8 million, respectively, of principal under our credit facility; payments of deferred offering costs of $0, $322,000, $0 and $69,000, respectively; and payments of $625,000, $824,000, $164,000 and $281,000, respectively, for capital lease financing obligations; off-set by proceeds from borrowings of $0, $13.9 million, $2.9 million and $19.4 million, respectively, and proceeds of $702,000, $538,000, $232,000 and $51,000, respectively, from the exercise of stock options.

 

71


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The following table reflects a summary of our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2016:

 

     PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD  
       TOTAL      LESS
THAN
1 YEAR
     1-3
YEARS
     3-5
YEARS
     MORE
THAN
5 YEARS
 
     (in thousands)  

Credit facilities (1)

   $ 27,064       $ 15,161       $ 9,084       $ 2,819       $ —     

Capital lease obligations

     3,994         1,502         1,917         575         —     

Operating lease obligations

     34,041         2,959         6,128         6,034         18,920   

Purchase commitments (2)

     10,810         10,810         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 75,909       $ 30,432       $ 17,129       $ 9,428       $ 18,920   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Credit facilities include estimated interest payments assuming a change in interest rates only for the conclusion of contractual interest only periods over the term of the repayment periods. As of March 31, 2016, we had principal outstanding under our credit facilities of $23.9 million with a blended interest rate of 8.1%.

(2)  

We manufacture products with a third-party manufacturer under recurring one year agreements. We were committed to purchase $10.8 million of inventory as of March 31, 2016.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses at the date of the consolidated financial statements. Generally, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions, in accordance with GAAP, that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under other assumptions or conditions.

Critical accounting policies and estimates are those that we consider the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations because they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Our critical accounting policies and estimates include those related to:

 

   

revenue recognition;

 

   

inventory;

 

   

income taxes;

 

   

stock-based compensation; and

 

   

warrant liability.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue from sales of our hardware and software products, development and service agreements and licensing agreements. We recognize product revenue when: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred; (3) the price is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is probable.

Hardware products are typically considered delivered upon shipment. Certain arrangements contain provisions for customer acceptance. Where we are unable to demonstrate that the customer acceptance provisions are met on shipment, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met or the acceptance clause or contingency lapses.

 

72


Table of Contents

For the sale of products to a distributor, we evaluate our ability to estimate returns, considering a number of factors including, the geography in which a sales transaction originates, payment terms and our relationship and past history with the distributor. Distributor agreements do not generally provide for a right of return for refund but do typically provide for a right of return in exchange for other similar products, subject to time and quantity limitations. If we are not able to estimate returns at the time of sale to a distributor, revenue recognition is deferred until there is persuasive evidence indicating the product has sold-through to an end user. Persuasive evidence of sell-through may include reports from distributors documenting sell-through activity, data indicating an order has shipped to an end user or other similar information. At the time of revenue recognition, we record reserves for sales returns which are estimated based on historical activity and expectations of future experience. We monitor and analyze actual experience and adjust reserves on a quarterly basis.

Our reader and gateway products are sold in combination with a limited hardware warranty against manufacturer defect. Our hardware warranty includes access to repair or replacement of hardware in the event of breakage or failure resulting directly from a manufacturer defect; this warranty is provided to all customers and considered an integral part of the initial product sale. Certain software is integrated with our reader and gateway products and is essential to the functionality of the integrated products. We also sell other software that configures, manages and controls readers which is not considered essential to the functionality of the hardware product.

Our multi-element arrangements generally include a combination of hardware products, extended warranty, support and other non-essential software. We allocate revenue to software and non-software deliverables based on their relative fair value. Accounting principles establish a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to non-software deliverables as follows: (1) vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price, or VSOE; (2) third-party evidence of selling price, or TPE; and (3) best estimated selling prices, or ESP. VSOE generally exists only when we sell the deliverable separately and is the price actually charged by us for that deliverable on a stand-alone basis. When VSOE cannot be established, we attempt to establish the selling price of each element based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for similar deliverables when sold separately. We are unable to reliably determine what similar competitor products’ selling prices are on a stand-alone basis and are therefore typically not able to determine TPE. When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use ESP in the allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis.

Our ESPs for all products and services are calculated using a method consistent with the way management prices new products. We consider multiple factors in developing the ESPs for our products including our historical pricing and discounting practices, the costs incurred to manufacture the product or deliver the service, the nature of the customer relationship and market trends. In addition, we may consider other factors as appropriate, including the pricing of competitive alternatives if they exist and product-specific business objectives. We regularly review VSOE and ESP and maintain internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates.

For software deliverables, we recognize revenue in accordance with industry specific software accounting guidance for stand-alone software licenses and related support services. Revenue from software deliverables that do not require significant production, modification or customization of our software is generally recognized when: (1) delivery has occurred; (2) there is no customer acceptance clause in the contract; (3) there are no significant post-delivery obligations remaining; (4) the price is fixed; and (5) collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. For transactions where we have established VSOE for the fair value of support services as measured by the renewal prices paid by our customers when the services are sold separately on a stand-alone basis, we use the residual method to determine the amount of software product revenue to be recognized. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the sales amount is recognized as license revenue. Support services revenue is deferred and recognized ratably over the period during which the services are to be performed, which is typically from one to three years. In those instances where we have not established VSOE of our support services, the license and service revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the support period.

 

73


Table of Contents

Amounts allocated to extended support services sold with our reader products are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the support services term.

We account for nonrecurring engineering development agreements that involve significant production, modification or customization of our products by generally recognizing the revenue over the performance period using the percentage of completion, or POC, method. Advance payments under these agreements are deferred and recognized as earned. Under the POC method of accounting, sales and gross profit are recognized as work is performed based on the relationship between actual costs incurred and total estimated costs to complete the contract. Changes to the original estimates may be required during the life of the contract. Estimates are reviewed quarterly and the effect of any change in the estimated profitability for a contract is reflected in cost of sales. The use of the POC method of accounting involves considerable use of estimates in determining revenue, costs and profits and in assigning the amounts to accounting periods. We account for licensing and service agreements that do not involve significant production, modification or customization of our products generally by recognizing the revenue ratably over the performance period; advance payments under these agreements are initially deferred.

We present revenue net of sales tax in our consolidated statements of operations. Shipping charges billed to customers are included in product revenue and the related shipping costs are included in cost of product revenue.

Inventory

Inventories consist of a combination of raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods and are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the average costing method, which approximates the first in, first out, or FIFO, method. Reserves for excess and obsolete inventory are established based on our analysis of inventory levels and forecasted demand. Inventory write-downs are included in cost of revenue and were $538,000 and $191,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Additionally, we sold inventory previously written-down of $0 and $492,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We specifically identify inventory to write down by considering various factors at each reporting date, including inventory age, forecasted demand, new product release schedules, market conditions and other related factors. In considering forecasted demand, we also evaluate the likelihood of market adoption and demand from end users based upon each product’s lifecycle stage, longevity and historical product sales trends. Estimating the value of our inventory requires considerable judgment. Changes in our judgment could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

Income Taxes

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the year that includes the enactment date. We determine deferred tax assets, including historical net operating losses, and deferred tax liabilities, based on temporary differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities. We believe that it is currently more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will not be realized and as such, we have recorded a full valuation allowance for these assets of $50.1 million. We evaluate the likelihood of the ability to realize deferred tax assets in future periods on a quarterly basis, and when appropriate evidence indicates we would release our valuation allowance accordingly.

We utilize a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. First, we evaluate recognition, which requires us to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes. If a tax position is not considered more likely than not to be sustained, no benefits of the position are recognized. Second, we measure the uncertain tax position based on the largest amount of benefit which is more likely than not to be realized on effective settlement. This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure, including assessing the

 

74


Table of Contents

risks associated with tax audits, together with assessing temporary differences resulting from the different treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. If actual results differ from our estimates, our net operating loss and credit carryforwards could be materially impacted.

At December 31, 2015, we had federal NOLs of $97.0 million and federal research and experimentation credit carryforwards of $7.5 million which may be used to reduce future taxable income or offset income taxes due. These NOLs and credit carryforwards expire in 2023 through 2035 and 2020 through 2035, respectively.

Our realization of the benefits of the NOLs and credit carryforwards depends on sufficient taxable income in future years. We have established a valuation allowance against the carrying value of our deferred tax assets, as it is not currently more likely than not that we will be able to realize these deferred tax assets. In addition, utilization of NOLs and credits to offset future income subject to taxes may be subject to substantial annual limitations due to the “change in ownership” provisions of the Code and similar state provisions. Events that cause limitations in the amount of NOLs that we may utilize in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50%, as defined by Code Section 382, over a three-year period. Utilization of our NOLs and tax credit carryforwards could be significantly reduced if a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% has occurred in our past or occurs in our future.

We do not anticipate that the amount of our existing unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months. Due to the presence of NOLs in most jurisdictions, our tax years remain open for examination by taxing authorities back to 2000.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation cost is measured on the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award using a Black-Scholes pricing model and recognized as an expense over the employee’s requisite service period on a straight-line basis. We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1.2 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, and $306,000 and $334,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. At December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, we had $2.9 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock option grants that will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 and 2.7 years, respectively.

We account for stock-based compensation arrangements with non-employees using a fair value approach. The fair value of these options is measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model reflecting the same assumptions as applied to employee options in each of the reported periods, other than the expected life, which is assumed to be the remaining contractual life of the option. The compensation costs of these arrangements are subject to remeasurement over the vesting terms as earned.

Our Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, the expected term of the option, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

In determining the fair value of stock options granted, the following weighted-average assumptions were used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model for awards granted in the periods indicated:

 

    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
  THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
               2014                          2015                       2015                   2016        

Risk-free interest rates

  1.8% – 2.0%   1.2% – 1.6%   1.4%   1.3%

Expected term

  6.0 years   4.3 – 6.0 years   6.0 years   4.3 years

Expected dividends yield

  None   None   None   None

Volatility

  43.8% – 46.9%   41.5% – 43.4%   43.4%   41.7%

 

75


Table of Contents

Our board of directors has historically determined the fair value of our common stock underlying stock options based upon information available at the time of grant. Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the Practice Aid, our board of directors has exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock at each grant date, including:

 

   

contemporaneous valuations performed by independent third-party valuation firms;

 

   

our results of operations, history of profitability and other financial metrics;

 

   

our financial projections and future prospects giving specific weight to the actual and projected quarterly revenue growth of our business;

 

   

our stage of development and business strategy;

 

   

the financial condition and operating results of publicly-owned companies with similar lines of business and their historical volatility;

 

   

the prices of shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock sold to investors in arms’ length transactions, and the rights, preferences and privileges of the redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to our common stock;

 

   

the progress of our research and development programs, including the introduction of new products or services;

 

   

external market conditions, both in the United States and globally, that could affect companies in the applicable sectors;

 

   

the likelihood of a liquidity event such as an initial public offering, a merger or sale of the company;

 

   

the current lack of marketability of our common stock as a private company;

 

   

the stock price performance of comparable public companies; and

 

   

the hiring of key personnel.

These estimates are inherently uncertain and if we had made different assumptions than those described above, the fair value of the underlying common stock and amount of our stock-based compensation expense, net income and net income per share amounts would have differed. Following the closing of this offering, the fair value per share of our common stock for purposes of determining stock-based compensation will be the closing price of our common stock as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on the applicable grant date.

Based on an assumed initial price to public of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, the intrinsic value of stock options outstanding at March 31, 2016 was $17.6 million, of which $10.3 million and $7.2 million related to stock options that were vested and unvested, respectively, at that date.

Warrant Liability

We account for warrant liabilities at fair value. Warrant liability costs are recognized based on their grant date fair value estimated using the Black-Scholes model. To date all warrants have been issued in connection with entering into or refinancing of our credit facilities and the costs of the warrants were accounted for as a debt discount which is amortized and recognized in interest expense over the term of the associated credit facility. Warrants issued to purchase preferred stock are adjusted to fair value at each period end as estimated using the Black-Scholes model and the associated change in fair value is included in other income (expense), net.

 

76


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Since inception, we have not had any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or for another contractually narrow or limited purpose.

Inflation

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

JOBS Act

We are an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption.

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company,” we choose to rely on certain exemptions provided for in the JOBS Act we may not be required to, among other things, (1) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (2) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (3) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis) and (4) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance, and comparisons of the CEO’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our initial public offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The principal market risk we face is interest rate risk. We had cash and cash equivalents of $10.1 million as of December 31, 2015 and $14.8 million as of March 31, 2016. The goals of our investment policy are liquidity and capital preservation. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investment policy allows us to maintain a portfolio of cash equivalents and investments in a variety of securities, including U.S. government agencies, corporate bonds and commercial paper issued under the FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program and money market funds. We believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of these assets as a result of changes in interest rates due to the short term nature of our cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities. Declines in interest rates, however, would reduce future investment income. A 100 basis-point decline in interest rates, occurring January 1, 2015 and sustained throughout the period ended December 31, 2015, would not have been material.

We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with the borrowings under our senior credit facility, which accrue interest at variable rates. As of March 31, 2016, our borrowings under our senior credit facility had a blended rate of 5.5%. Assuming the revolver borrowings under the credit facility are fully drawn and holding other variables constant, a 100 basis-point increase in interest rates, occurring April 1, 2016 and sustained throughout the period ended March 31, 2017, would result in an increase in interest expense and a decrease in our cash flows and income before taxes of approximately $215,000.

Prices for our products are denominated in U.S. dollars, and as a result, we do not face significant risk with respect to foreign currency exchange rates.

 

77


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

If you’ve purchased apparel from a major retailer like Macy’s or Zara, run a race like the New York City Marathon, enjoyed a drink from a Coca-Cola Freestyle soda fountain, hit a ball at Topgolf or checked bags at airports worldwide like Las Vegas McCarran then you’ve probably interacted with the Impinj Platform. Our platform enables wireless connectivity to billions of everyday items such as apparel, race bibs, golf balls and luggage tags and delivers each item’s unique identity, location and authenticity to enterprise and consumer applications.

Overview

Our vision is digital life for everyday items. Our mission is to provide wireless connectivity for these everyday items and to deliver, to the digital world, each item’s unique identity, location and authenticity. Our platform connects billions of everyday items such as apparel, medical supplies, automobile parts, drivers’ licenses, food and luggage to applications such as inventory management, patient safety, asset tracking and item authentication, delivering real-time information to businesses about items they create, manage, transport and sell. We believe connecting everyday items and delivering real-time information about them is the essence of the Internet-of-Things, or IoT.

The Impinj Platform delivers Item Intelligence, an item’s unique identity, location and authenticity, to enterprise and consumer applications through both hardware and software elements:

Endpoints

 

   

Tag integrated-circuit, or IC, radios that attach to and uniquely identify items. We refer to an item and its attached tag IC as an endpoint.

Connectivity

 

   

Reader ICs that enable wireless, bidirectional communications with tag ICs.

 

   

Stationary or mobile readers that read, write, authenticate or otherwise engage tag ICs.

 

   

Gateways that integrate stationary readers with scanning antennas to locate and track tagged items.

Software

 

   

Software that aggregates and transforms data from endpoint reads, delivers Item Intelligence to enterprise and consumer applications and configures, manages and controls readers and gateways.

We believe we are the only company selling a platform spanning endpoints, connectivity and software. In 2015, we had leading market share with 65% and 61% of the tag and reader IC unit volume, respectively, based on our calculations derived from research conducted by IDTechEx, an information-technology research firm. We believe we continue to have leading market share in the tag IC and reader IC markets. We estimate we enable approximately 70% unit volume of the stationary reader market inclusive of our readers and readers powered by our reader ICs. We also believe the majority of handheld readers use our reader ICs.

End users in a variety of industries including retail, healthcare, automotive, industrial and manufacturing, consumer experience, government, food, datacenter, travel and banking have deployed part or all of the Impinj Platform. We have sold more than 13 billion tag ICs to date, including approximately 2.6 billion and 3.8 billion in the 12 months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. To date, our intellectual property portfolio includes 197 issued and allowed U.S. patents, 40 pending U.S. patent applications and two pending international patent applications.

 

78


Table of Contents

Our total revenue was $63.8 million and $78.5 million for 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $16.1 million and $21.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. We incurred losses since our inception in 2000 until we first became profitable in 2013. Our net income was $297,000 and $900,000 for 2014 and 2015, respectively. Our adjusted EBITDA was $4.9 million and $4.8 million for 2014 and 2015, respectively. See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA” for additional information and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA. We had an accumulated deficit of $187.6 million as of March 31, 2016.

Industry Background

We live in a connected world. Smartphones, tablets and other electronic devices share ever-more information over ever-more interconnected radio links, transforming our lives and unlocking unprecedented industry efficiencies. Advancements in wireless technology, cloud computing, data analytics, search and storage have paved the way for this IoT era.

According to industry research, approximately 16 billion wireless devices were connected to networks and the Internet in 2014. However, these devices form only a tiny subset of the items in the physical world, the vast majority of which are now connectable but remain unconnected. Apparel, shoes, jewelry, pharmaceuticals, medical supplies, documents, automotive parts, sporting items and food are among the more than a trillion such everyday items connectable to the digital world. But despite the fact that today’s digital infrastructure can process, analyze and use data from such items, the physical infrastructure and processes required to capture and deliver item-level data has historically been nonexistent or labor-intensive, expensive, time-consuming and ineffective, so these items remain unconnected. For example, retailers have not historically had an automated way to track in-store inventory so they resort to infrequent and labor-intensive manual counts. Similarly, hospitals have not historically had an automated, timely way to track biospecimens so they resort to labor-intensive barcode scanning. In these and numerous other examples a lack of real-time information about item identity and location increases inventory carrying costs, reduces operating efficiencies, and consumes labor and time.

Our Solution

We connect everyday items using RAIN, a radio-frequency identification technology we pioneered. We spearheaded development of the RAIN radio standard, lobbied governments to allocate frequency spectrum and cofounded the RAIN Industry Alliance along with Google, Intel and Smartrac. Today, our industry uses the RAIN radio standard nearly exclusively. RAIN spectrum is freely available in 78 countries representing roughly 96.5% of the world’s GDP and the RAIN Alliance has more than 115 member companies worldwide.

We sell a platform that includes tag ICs, reader ICs, readers and gateways that enable wireless connectivity to everyday items, and software that delivers Item Intelligence from endpoint reads. Our platform is secure, easy to deploy and manage, flexible to meet end user needs across a range of industries including retail and healthcare, and scalable from a single location, store or hospital to large enterprises.

Our tag ICs are ideally suited for wirelessly connecting billions of everyday items. They power themselves from a reader’s radio waves so do not need batteries, are readable to 30 feet without line-of-sight yet sell for pennies. Each tag IC uniquely identifies its host item and may include additional functionalities such as item authentication, data storage, security, loss prevention and consumer privacy.

Our reader ICs, readers and gateways communicate bidirectionally with tag ICs, identifying and locating more than 1,000 items-per-second while also supporting the additional functionalities that tag ICs provide. Our reader ICs sell for tens of dollars and our readers and gateways sell for hundreds to thousands of dollars.

Our software, introduced in 2015, extracts Item Intelligence from the wireless item data, delivers it to the cloud, and exposes it to existing and new enterprise and consumer applications through query- and event-based application program interfaces, or APIs. A single software instance can connect and manage hundreds of readers or gateways. We view our software as an operating system that links the physical and digital worlds, enabling end users to access and leverage Item Intelligence.

 

79


Table of Contents

Industry Use Cases

A variety of industries use RAIN and Item Intelligence. The following use cases are representative of what we believe to be a massive worldwide opportunity, which we believe is still significantly underpenetrated today.

Retail

Traditional “brick-and-mortar” retailers, under pressure from online retailers, need real-time inventory data to increase operating efficiencies and improve customer experiences. To obtain these data, retailers such as Macy’s and Zara have turned to RAIN and Item Intelligence, consuming billions of tags each year. These and other retailers drive competitive advantages by tagging individual apparel items to:

 

   

Improve Inventory Visibility . U.S. apparel retailers historically inferred store inventory using manual counts, store-receipt data and point-of-sale data, typically resulting in 65% visibility based on industry sources. From measured data, RAIN offers apparel retailers better than 95% real-time inventory visibility.

 

   

Reduce Out-of-Stocks and Markdowns . Item Intelligence helps retailers increase revenue by enabling them to stock shelves accurately, reducing inventory costs, out-of-stocks and overstock markdowns. Macy’s reported 9.7% same-store sales uplift and more than a $1 billion inventory reduction by deploying RAIN across 850 stores.

 

   

Enable Omnichannel Fulfillment . Item Intelligence allows retailers to optimize logistics and increase selling opportunities using omnichannel fulfillment, offering online shoppers next-day, direct-from-store delivery or in-store pickup.

 

   

Enhance Shopping Experiences . Item Intelligence enables retailers to engage shoppers with interactive fitting rooms and product displays. It can also provide retailers real-time data on shopper preferences.

 

   

Identify and Prevent Loss . Item Intelligence can help retailers deter theft and uniquely identify stolen items for replenishment.

We sell our products and platform to retailers, fulfilling through our partner channel comprising distributors, system integrators, value-added resellers, or VARs, and software solution partners. We estimate 2.1 billion, or 60%, of the tag ICs we sold in 2015 were consumed in retail, but we further estimate that less than 10% of the taggable apparel items sold worldwide in 2015 included a tag IC. Consequently, we believe our retail market opportunity remains significantly underpenetrated.

Healthcare

Under the Affordable Care Act, Medicare links hospital reimbursement to patient quality-of-care, increasing pressure on hospitals to have real-time data about assets, inventory, staff and patients. The Veterans Affairs Hospitals, Northwestern Memorial Hospital, North York General and the University of Tennessee Medical Center, or UTMC, use the Impinj Platform, fulfilled through our partner ecosystem, to obtain these data. Applications include personnel compliance, biospecimen tracking, asset management, automated billing and replenishment of medical consumables, and authentication and visibility of pharmaceutical inventory. UTMC estimates an annual $2 million savings in inventory costs and a 30% increase in the capture of medical billing information by deploying RAIN in its operating rooms.

We estimate 140 million, or 4%, of the tag ICs we sold in 2015 were consumed in healthcare, but we further estimate that only approximately 7% of the taggable healthcare items worldwide in 2015 included a tag IC. Consequently, we believe our healthcare market opportunity remains significantly underpenetrated.

 

80


Table of Contents

Other Industries

Other industries such as automotive, industrial and manufacturing, consumer experience, food, datacenter, travel and banking are deriving business value from Item Intelligence. A few examples of end users in these industries that have deployed part or all of the Impinj Platform include:

 

   

Automotive . Audi tags parts and cars for assembly and delivery. Love’s Travel Stops uses vehicle windshield tags to enable automatic, cashless fueling.

 

   

Industrial and Manufacturing . Boeing, Bell Helicopter and Eurocopter tag items for aircraft assembly. Carrier Corporation uses RAIN to improve their warehouse operations.

 

   

Consumer Experience . Foot races such as the New York Marathon track runners though tags in race bibs. NASCAR tags tires for team compliance, and Topgolf tags golf balls to score participants’ shots.

 

   

Food . Coca-Cola uses our tag and reader ICs in its Freestyle soda fountains. The Hy-Vee supermarket chain tags items for cold-chain monitoring. Cheeky’s restaurant patrons self-dispense beverages using tagged access cards. McDonald’s uses our gateways to enable direct-to-table food service.

 

   

Datacenter . Cisco and Hewlett-Packard pre-tag servers and other equipment for asset tracking. Intel links our tag ICs with their microprocessors to enable processor-secured storage. According to industry research, the datacenter RFID market will grow from $391.4 million in 2015 to $1.89 billion by 2020.

 

   

Travel . Las Vegas, Hong Kong, Amsterdam and other airports use RAIN-enabled luggage tags. Washington offers tagged drivers licenses to speed border crossings.

 

   

Banking . Bank of America and Wells Fargo tag information technology equipment. The Agricultural Bank of China tags money bundles.

Our Opportunity

We believe our market opportunity is massive. Not only are the numbers of tagged items large and growing but so is the infrastructure, in both scale and investment, that produces, encodes, applies, reads and extracts business value from these tagged items. According to industry research, RAIN tag IC volumes grew at a 27% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, from 2010 to 2015, reaching 5.3 billion in 2015 and are expected to grow to over 20 billion in 2020. The chart below shows yearly worldwide RAIN tag IC sales volumes and our yearly tag IC shipments in billions:

 

LOGO

Our addressable market in the two largest RAIN opportunities, retail and healthcare, is large and growing. Frost & Sullivan, a market research firm, forecasts the retail opportunity will grow at a 39% CAGR between

 

81


Table of Contents

2014 and 2020, reaching $5.4 billion by 2020. Transparency Market Research, another market research firm, forecasts the healthcare opportunity will grow at 14% CAGR between 2014 and 2020, reaching $5.3 billion by 2020. We have additional opportunities in automotive, industrial and manufacturing, consumer experience, government, food, datacenter, travel and banking.

RAIN market adoption has historically been slower than anticipated or forecasted by us and industry sources. For additional information related to RAIN market adoption, please see the section of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors.”

Our Strengths

We lead the market in connecting and delivering Item Intelligence for everyday items. We believe we can maintain and extend our leadership position as the market grows by leveraging our competitive strengths, including:

 

   

Comprehensive Platform . End users who deploy the Impinj Platform gain performance, versatility and ease-of-use we believe is unequaled by “mix-and-match” systems cobbled-together from competitors’ components. We believe our success with these end users will drive broader adoption of the Impinj Platform.

 

   

Market Leadership . As of 2015, we had leading market share with 65% and 61% of the tag and reader IC unit volume, respectively, and approximately 70% unit-volume share of the stationary-reader market inclusive of our readers and readers powered by our reader ICs. We believe the majority of handheld readers use our reader ICs. Our leading market share gives us economies of scale relative to our competitors.

 

   

Broad Partner Ecosystem . Our worldwide partner ecosystem comprising more than 500 distributors, system integrators, VARs and software solution partners as of December 31, 2015 gives us market reach, penetration and scalability we believe few, if any, of our competitors enjoy.

 

   

Technology Leadership . Our chief executive officer is a recognized industry thought leader, chairs the RAIN Industry Alliance which we cofounded and helped author the RAIN radio standard. Our intense focus on RAIN and Item Intelligence has enabled us to be first-to-market with innovative, high quality products. To date, our intellectual property portfolio includes 197 issued and allowed U.S. patents and 40 pending U.S. patent applications and two pending international patent applications.

 

   

Trusted Brand . We believe our industry leadership, name recognition and reputation for innovative, high-performing and quality products have significantly contributed to our leading market position. We have close relationships with end users as well as with our channel partners. We believe our brand is unmatched in the industry, helping us sell products and maintain our leadership position.

Our Growth Strategy

To further our mission of connecting and delivering Item Intelligence for everyday items, we plan to focus on the following strategic areas:

 

   

Continue Investing in Our Platform . Since 2003, we have invested more than $160 million developing our platform. We plan to continue investing in platform functionality, software/hardware linkages, broadening our software capabilities and supporting enhanced tag features such as item authentication and loss prevention and enhancing our gateway functionalities. We also plan to enhance our gateway functionalities to help drive gateways as the preferred connectivity devices for retail, healthcare and other industries. Since 2003, investment in our platform comprised: $150 million in research and development expense, $9 million in costs for development agreements and $1 million in capitalized internal-use software.

 

   

Drive End-User Adoption . We plan to deepen our platform integration with software partners such as RetailNext, SAP Hybris and Cerner. We also plan to grow our sales and product-development teams.

 

82


Table of Contents
 

These investments will allow us to expand our engagements with end users in retail and healthcare and accelerate their adoption of the Impinj Platform. We also intend to broaden our partner ecosystem and expand our solutions focus and offerings into other industries such as automotive, industrial and manufacturing, consumer experience, government, food, datacenter, travel and banking.

 

   

Cross-Sell and Up-Sell Our Platform within our Installed Footprint . We believe the majority of RAIN deployments today use one or more of our products, positioning us for future platform cross-sell and up-sell opportunities. For example, retailers that deploy our gateways see improved inventory accuracy when using our tag ICs, positioning us to up-sell our platform into these retail accounts.

 

   

Expand within our Existing Customer Base . We will seek to generate additional revenue from existing end users of our platform by expanding their deployment scope and adding new use cases. For example, retailers typically start deploying RAIN by tagging apparel. We see opportunities to expand their tagging to housewares, appliances, cosmetics and eventually all items in a store. These same retailers typically choose inventory visibility as their first use case. We see opportunities to extend their use cases for already-tagged items to omnichannel fulfillment, loss prevention, enhanced retail analytics and more.

 

   

Enable Ubiquitous Reading . We plan to invest in next-generation reader ICs to improve functionality, reduce costs, and make Impinj-based readers ubiquitous in industrial and consumer devices and facilities infrastructure.

Our Platform

We believe Impinj is the only company with an end-to-end RAIN-based platform for connecting everyday items. We are not aware of any competing technology able to connect and engage everyday items at similar cost and functionality. Our platform comprises three layers—endpoints, connectivity and software; within each we sell one or more product families with multiple products per family.

 

LOGO

 

83


Table of Contents

Endpoints

An endpoint comprises a RAIN-enabled tag, such as a price tag, and the item to which it is attached. A tag comprises a tag IC mated to a thin wire antenna on a paper or Mylar backing, often with a paper face. A tag IC is a RAIN radio-on-a-chip. Tag ICs power themselves from a reader’s radio waves without needing a battery so they can wirelessly connect almost any item.

Tag ICs differ from traditional silicon ICs in that most tag ICs are disposable. For example, when consumers purchase retail items they discard the price tags containing the tag ICs. We believe tag ICs are the first market for consumable silicon and are a repeat revenue source for us.

We sell our tag ICs, branded Monza, to our original equipment manufacturing, or OEM, and original design manufacturing, or ODM, partners who make and sell tags in a variety of sizes and shapes, leveraging us into markets including retail, healthcare, automotive, industrial and manufacturing, consumer experience, government, food, datacenter, travel and banking. We have shipped more than 13 billion tag ICs to date, including approximately 2.6 billion and 3.8 billion in the 12 months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

LOGO

We entered the tag IC market in 2005 and are selling our sixth-generation products today. We have continually improved performance, ease-of-use and features while reducing cost. Our current tag IC portfolio includes nine products spanning basic to specialty functionality such as item authentication, data storage, security, loss prevention and consumer privacy. Our tag ICs also include value-added custom functionalities accessible by our platform.

Connectivity

We enable endpoint connectivity via our reader ICs, stationary readers and gateways that wirelessly power and read tags. We have sold, in aggregate, more than one million reader ICs, stationary readers and gateways to date.

Our reader ICs, branded Indy, are radios-on-chip or systems-in-package, or SIP. We sell our reader ICs to OEM and ODM partners that use them in products such as Trimble’s reader modules, Zebra’s MC3190-Z mobile and FX7400 stationary readers, and Coca-Cola’s Freestyle beverage dispensers.

 

LOGO

 

84


Table of Contents

We entered the reader IC market in 2008 by acquiring Intel’s reader IC business. We subsequently enhanced the product line through a good-better-best strategy and expanded it with reader SIPs that improve ease-of-use and speed time-to-market. We offer easy-to-use APIs, development environments, sample code, drivers and libraries.

Our stationary readers, branded Speedway, are high-performance finished products. We sell our Speedway readers through an established channel of distributors, system integrators, VARs and solution providers.

We entered the stationary-reader market in 2006 and are selling our fourth-generation products today. Our readers are easy to deploy, use power-over-Ethernet and are certified for operation in more than 40 countries. Our partners have deployed our readers in applications ranging from retail inventory-taking to automated fuel filling to shipping-container tracking to airport baggage handling.

 

LOGO

Our gateways integrate our Speedway readers with specialized antennas. We entered the gateway market in 2011 and sell two types of gateways today. Both are power-over-Ethernet integrated systems that couple our reader with an antenna array that electrically steers a radio beam like a searchlight. Our portal gateway, branded xPortal, scans doorways or hallways such as front-to-back store transitions, entryways and exits. Our array gateway, branded xArray, scans up to 1500 square feet of floor space such as in a store, manufacturing facility or hospital room.

We see a significant opportunity for our gateways to become the core reading modality in retail stores, replacing handheld readers. Compared with handheld readers, gateways are always-on, autonomous, and deliver timely Item Intelligence without labor cost.

 

LOGO

Software

Our software, called ItemSense, is an operating system that connects the physical and digital worlds. It extracts Item Intelligence from endpoint reads and delivers it to applications through representational state transfer, or REST, based query and event APIs. It centralizes reader and gateway configuration, management and control through a management API. It is modular, scalable and secure and can operate on-premises, in hybrid-cloud or in cloud-based environments. A single instance can connect, manage and process data from hundreds of readers or gateways.

 

85


Table of Contents

We entered the business in October 2015 and see significant opportunities to simplify and scale end-user deployments and seamlessly deliver Item Intelligence to enterprise and consumer applications.

Our software enables end users to derive business insights from endpoint data. It can integrate with existing and new business applications to manage inventory, track items on a store floor, enable omnichannel fulfillment and reduce theft.

 

LOGO

Sales and Marketing

Our sales force leverages a broad partner ecosystem of distributors, system integrators, VARs and software solution partners. Each member of our sales force sells all of our products. We organize our sales team primarily by geography: (1) Americas, (2) Asia Pacific and (3) Europe, Middle East and Africa. We also have a small number of worldwide sales executives with expertise in tag and reader ICs to support the geographic sales teams.

We leverage a broad, global partner ecosystem comprising Endpoint, Connectivity and Software partners and VARs/SIs. Today, we derive substantially all our product revenue from Endpoint and Connectivity sales, comprising tag IC, reader IC, reader and gateway sales. We sell our tag ICs direct, primarily to inlay and tag OEMs and ODMs. In 2015, sales to Avery Dennison Corporation, or Avery, Shang Yang RFID Technology Yangzhou Co. Ltd., or Shang Yang, and Smartrac NV, or Smartrac, accounted for 23%, 22% and 20% of our tag IC revenue, and 16%, 15% and 14% of our total revenue, respectively. We sell our reader ICs primarily through distribution to reader OEMs and ODMs. In 2015, distributor sell-thru to our top two reader IC partners each accounted for 23% of our reader IC revenue, but neither accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue. We sell our readers and gateways primarily through distribution to VARs and SIs. In 2015, we had one distributor, BlueStar, Inc., that accounted for 39% of our readers and gateway revenue and 10% of our total revenue, but no end customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue. We also engage directly with end users in collaboration with partners across our ecosystem, usually fulfilling our product or platform sales through those same partners. In some instances, these end-customer engagements leverage go-to-market relationships with companies like RetailNext or Cerner who do not sell our products but whose product offerings complement ours. Many of our partners sell multiple of our products or our entire platform.

 

86


Table of Contents

LOGO

We deliver products and solutions that are easy for our partner ecosystem to sell and deploy. We engender preference for our platform in all sales engagements, encouraging end users to deploy our multiple products to gain full benefit from our platform. Our business development, product marketing, technical and systems engineers all actively engage partners and end customers.

Our marketing model prioritizes brand development, end-user awareness, lead generation and sales enablement. Our communications use web, electronic and channel programs complemented by press initiatives and industry-analyst relationships. Our solutions-marketing, business-development and solutions-architecture teams work with independent software vendor partners to enable solution selling through collateral development and technical documentation of our joint solutions.

 

LOGO

Manufacturing

We outsource all our product manufacturing to third-party manufacturers that build our products to our design specifications. This capital-efficient operating model scales efficiently with volume, allowing us to focus our resources on accelerating development of new products and solutions.

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited, or TSMC, fabricates our tag ICs in Asia and the United States and has been our sole tag IC supplier since 2003. We order tag IC wafers on a purchase-order basis and do not have a long-term agreement with TSMC. We test the wafers at our U.S. headquarters and in Asia. We use multiple subcontractors to post-process the wafers. Our primary subcontractor for our tag ICs is Stars Microelectronics (Thailand) Public Company Limited, or Stars. We generally engage all our tag IC subcontractors on a purchase-order basis.

 

87


Table of Contents

TowerJazz Ltd. fabricates our reader ICs in the United States and has been our sole reader IC supplier since 2008. We order reader IC wafers on a purchase-order basis and do not have a long-term agreement with TowerJazz. We use subcontractors on a purchase-order basis to package the ICs and test the packaged parts.

Plexus Corp. manufactures our readers in Asia and has been our sole supplier since 2005. Plexus and Western Corporation in the United States have manufactured our gateways since 2013 and 2010, respectively. We order readers and gateways pursuant to nonexclusive purchase agreements that renew automatically each year, subject to each party’s right to terminate upon 180 days’ notice. We engage subcontractors on a purchase-order basis to assemble and test printed circuit boards, to build our reader and gateway enclosures and test our readers and gateways.

Research and Development

We built our company around technology leadership and innovation. We have achieved our leading market share by delivering and continuously improving product performance, features, reliability and quality while reducing costs. We have committed, and plan to continue to commit significant resources to technology and product innovation and development. We have assembled a team of skilled engineers and currently perform all research and most of our product development internally. As of March 31, 2016, we had 93 employees in research and development, of which seven hold a Ph.D. and 34 hold a master’s degree. Research and development expenses for 2014 and 2015 were $13.9 million and $17.0 million, respectively. We regularly review our technology, products, developments and product opportunities and reallocate our spending and resources accordingly.

Intellectual Property

We protect our technologies by filing patent applications, retaining trade secrets and defending and enforcing our intellectual-property rights where appropriate. To date, our intellectual property portfolio includes 197 issued and allowed U.S. patents, 40 pending U.S. patent applications and two pending international patent applications. The first of our 164 issued utility patents expires in 2024 and the first of our 26 issued design patents expires in 2021. To protect confidential information not otherwise subject to patent protection, we rely on trade secret law and enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, customers, suppliers and partners.

Because most RAIN products are used in, or imported into, the United States, we believe U.S. patents hold the most value for our business. Consequently, we have filed primarily U.S. patent applications. We have a small number of pending foreign patent applications but none have yet allowed or issued. Because our portfolio currently contains only U.S. patents, we have limited ability to assert our intellectual-property rights outside the United States.

Whereas our patents and trade secrets constitute valuable assets, we do not view any them as material. Instead, we believe the totality of our patent and trade-secret portfolio creates an advantage for our business.

We have entered into licensing, broad-scope cross-licensing and other agreements authorizing us to use or to operate within the scope of patents and intellectual property owned by third parties. For example, we have licenses to third-party intellectual property that we use in our products. As another example, by participating in developing GS1 EPCglobal protocols, we agreed to license those of our patents necessarily infringed by the practice of these protocols on a royalty-free basis to other GS1 EPCglobal members, subject to reciprocal royalty-free rights from those members. We believe 14 of our patents and pending applications are necessary to practice the RAIN radio protocol. By participating in developing ISO standards, we have agreed to grant to all users worldwide a license to those of our patents necessarily infringed by the practice of several ISO standards, including non-RAIN standards, on reasonable and nondiscriminatory terms, subject to reciprocity.

We own a number of trademarks, develop names for our new products and secure trademark protection for them, including domain name registration, in relevant jurisdictions.

 

88


Table of Contents

Alliances and Standardization

We, along with Google, Intel and Smartrac, cofounded the RAIN Industry Alliance in 2014 and our chief executive officer is its chairman. The Alliance is a global organization promoting the universal adoption of RAIN technology and solutions with more than 100 members to date. The name “RAIN” connotes ubiquity and a close link to cloud data.

We, our customers, partners and competitors developed the RAIN radio protocol, UHF Gen2 (standardized as ISO/IEC 18000-63) in 2004, with us as the editor. Our community delivered a backwards-compatible update in 2013, again with us as the editor. Our industry uses Gen2 nearly exclusively.

By participating in GS1 EPCglobal, which produced Gen2, and ISO, which ratified 18000-63, as well as in other standards bodies, we agreed to license certain patents as described in the section captioned “—Intellectual Property.”

Government Regulations

Government regulations require us to certify our readers and gateways in jurisdictions where they operate. For example, we certify our readers and gateways to Federal Communications Commission regulations to operate in the United States and its territories. Currently, our readers and portal gateway are certified for operation in more than 40 countries worldwide including the United States, Canada, Mexico, China, Japan, South Korea and all of the European Union, or EU. We have certified our array gateway for operation in the United States, Japan, and certain countries in the EU; we plan to eventually certify it in all countries with compelling opportunities.

Competition

We believe we are the only company in our industry with a complete platform. Our competitors compete with us with respect to some, but not all, of our business. Our principal competitors for tag IC sales include NXP B.V. and Alien Technology Corporation, or Alien. Our principal competitors for reader IC sales are AMS AG and Phychips Inc. Our principal competitors for reader and gateway sales include Alien and Zebra Technologies, Inc., both of which also purchase our reader ICs. Our anticipated software competition includes legacy middleware providers and end-user-specific custom developments.

The market for our platform and products is relatively new and highly competitive. We believe competition will increase as the market grows and RAIN technology continues to advance. New entrants could enter our market at any time, creating additional competition in the future. The competitive factors that impact our platform and product sales include:

 

   

portfolio, performance, features, reliability and price;

 

   

support, ease of use and availability of reference designs;

 

   

development tools and API availability (except in the tag IC market);

 

   

integration and certification with end-user applications; and

 

   

company reputation.

Although we believe we compete favorably on the above factors, our future competitiveness will depend upon our ability to design, develop and market compelling solutions. In addition, our competitive position depends on our ability to continue to attract and retain talent while protecting our intellectual property. For additional information on the risks associated with our business, see “Risk Factors.”

Employees and Culture

As of March 31, 2016, we had 208 employees, with 191 of those in the United States, seven in the Asia Pacific region, and nine in Europe and one in Latin America. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, and we believe our employee relations are excellent.

 

89


Table of Contents

We use four words to capture the essence of our corporate culture—innovation, action, commitment and team. We believe our culture, most importantly aligning our employees around a set of behaviors and actions that foster passion and commitment, is essential to the health and success of our business.

Facilities

Our headquarters is located in Seattle, Washington. Our current facility has approximately 70,000 square feet under a lease that expires December 2026. The lease provides for an option to lease additional space in the future and an early termination right beginning in December 2022, subject to early termination fees.

We also lease a design laboratory and demonstration center, also located in Seattle, with approximately 11,000 square feet. The lease expires October 2018, subject to an option to extend for either one or three additional years. We also have a satellite sales office in Shanghai, China and satellite engineering offices in Rancho Cordova and Newport Beach, California and in Arlington, Virginia.

We believe the facilities we lease are sufficient for our current and anticipated future needs.

Legal Proceedings

On May 31, 2016, Adasa Inc. filed a lawsuit in U.S. District Court for Oregon against us and we understand that it filed similar lawsuits against Alien and NXP. The complaint against us alleges that our Monza 6 tag ICs infringe U.S. Patent No. 9,272,805, which was issued on March 1, 2016, because such tag ICs allegedly use multi-vendor chip-based serialization. The complaint seeks both damages and a permanent injunction against us. Based upon our preliminary investigation of the patent identified in the complaint, we do not believe that our products infringe valid or enforceable claims, if any, of this patent. Nevertheless, litigation is inherently uncertain and any judgment entered against us or any adverse settlement could adversely impact operating results. In addition, the costs associated with any actual, pending or threatened litigation could negatively impact our operating results regardless of the actual outcome.

As of the date of this prospectus, we are not a party to any other material legal proceedings. In the normal course of business, we may be named as a party to various legal claims, actions and complaints. We cannot predict whether any resulting liability would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

90


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and directors as of July 11, 2016:

 

NAME

   AGE     

POSITION

Executive Officers

     

Chris Diorio, Ph.D.

     55       Director, Co-Founder, Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Eric Brodersen

     49       President and Chief Operating Officer

Evan Fein

     44       Chief Financial Officer

Walter Palhetas

     48       Senior Vice President, Global Sales

Non-Employee Directors

     

Peter van Oppen (3)

     64       Director, Chairman

Tom A. Alberg (1)(3)

     76       Director

Clinton Bybee (1)(2)(3)

     53       Director

Gregory Sessler (1)(2)

     63       Director

Theresa Wise (2)

     49       Director

 

(1)  

Member of the Audit Committee

(2)  

Member of the Compensation Committee

(3)  

Member of the Nominating and Governance Committee

Executive Officers

Chris Diorio, Ph.D., one of our co-founders, has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2000, as chief executive officer since November 2014 and as vice chairman since September 2013. Previously, he served as our chief strategy and technology officer from September 2013 to November 2014, chief technology officer from November 2006 to September 2013, chairman from April 2000 to January 2013, vice president of engineering from 2004 to 2006 and as a consultant to us from April 2000 to June 2004. In addition, he is an affiliate professor of computer science and engineering at the University of Washington, a director and chairman of the RAIN RFID Alliance and former director of Bluegiga Technologies Ltd. Dr. Diorio received a B.A. in physics from Occidental College and an M.S. and Ph.D. in electrical engineering from the California Institute of Technology. We believe Dr. Diorio’s perspective, experience and institutional knowledge as our co-founder, vice chairman and chief executive officer qualify him to serve as director.

Eric Brodersen has served as our president and chief operating officer since November 2014. Previously, he served as our executive vice president of sales and marketing from September 2014 to November 2014, and senior vice president of business development and chief marketing officer from April 2014 to September 2014. Prior to joining us, Mr. Brodersen was senior vice president at EMC Corporation, a data storage company, where he was the lead marketing, business development and services executive for the Isilon Storage Division from December 2010 to April 2013. He served as senior vice president for marketing and business development for Isilon Systems, Inc. prior to its acquisition by EMC Corporation in 2010. From April 2009 to July 2010, Mr. Brodersen served as senior vice president of worldwide sales for Quantum Corporation, a data storage company. Mr. Brodersen received a B.A. in government from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from the University of Michigan.

Evan Fein has served as our chief financial officer since November 2010. Previously, he served as our senior vice president, finance and administration from June 2009 to November 2010, vice president, finance and administration from February 2004 to June 2009, and director of finance from October 2000 to February 2004. Prior to joining us, Mr. Fein managed the financial planning and corporate development activities of T-Mobile US, Inc., a telecommunications provider. Mr. Fein received a B.S. in mathematics and an M.B.A. from the University of Washington.

 

91


Table of Contents

Walter Palhetas has served as our senior vice president of global sales since April 2015. Prior to joining us, Mr. Palhetas served as executive vice president of Americas and Asia-Pacific sales and worldwide marketing and sales operations for Nexan Corporation, a provider of data storage systems (acquired by Imation Corp. in 2012), from July 2012 to April 2014. From September 2009 to July 2012, Mr. Palhetas served as Nexan Corporation’s senior vice president of Americas. Mr. Palhetas received an M.B.A. from Pepperdine University.

Board of Directors

Peter van Oppen has served as our chairman and a member of our board of directors since January 2013. Mr. van Oppen has been a partner at Trilogy Partnership, a private investment firm focused on technology and telecommunications, since 2006. Prior to joining Trilogy, Mr. van Oppen served as chairman and chief executive officer of Advanced Digital Information Corporation, or ADIC, a publicly-traded storage management software company, from 1994 through its acquisition by Quantum Corp. in 2006. Prior to ADIC, Mr. van Oppen served as president and chief executive officer of Interpoint, a predecessor company to ADIC, from 1989 until its acquisition by Crane Co. in October 1996, and has also been a consultant at PricewaterhouseCoopers and Bain & Company. He is currently a director of Level 3 Communications, Inc. He is a former director of Isilon Systems, Inc. and Western Wireless Corporation. Mr. van Oppen currently serves as a member of the UW Medicine Board and as chair of its Finance and Audit Committee, is former chairman of the board of trustees and former chairman of the investment committee at Whitman College and serves on the board of directors of several private companies. In addition, Mr. van Oppen has supervised public company chief financial officers and is a member, on inactive status, of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. van Oppen received a B.A. in political science from Whitman College and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. van Oppen is qualified to serve as chairman because of his experience as a chairman and chief executive officer of a global data storage company for over a decade, his extensive management and consulting experience, as well as his experience as a director of other public and private companies.

Tom A. Alberg has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2000. Mr. Alberg has been a managing director of Madrona Venture Group, LLC, a venture capital firm, since September 1999, and a principal in Madrona Investment Group, LLC, a private investment firm, since January 1996. Prior to co-founding Madrona Investment Group, Mr. Alberg served as president of LIN Broadcasting Corporation, executive vice president of McCaw Cellular Communications, Inc., and executive vice president of AT&T Wireless Services. Previously, he was chair of the executive committee and partner at Perkins Coie, the Northwest’s largest law firm. Since 2006, Mr. Alberg has served as a director of Amazon.com. From February 1998 to August 2006, he was a director of ADIC. Mr. Alberg received a B.A. in international affairs from Harvard College and a J.D. from Columbia Law School. We believe Mr. Alberg’s experience as a venture capitalist investing in technology companies, through which he gained experience with emerging technologies, his experience as a lawyer, and skills relating to financial statement and accounting matters, qualify him to serve as director.

Clinton Bybee has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2008 and chairman of our compensation committee since July 2014. He is a managing director of ARCH Venture Partners, a venture capital firm he joined in June 1994. Mr. Bybee has helped organize, finance and develop numerous companies and is a board member of XTERA Communications, a publicly-traded technology company and several privately-held companies. Mr. Bybee is an organizing member of the Texas Venture Capital Association and currently serves as its president. Previously, Mr. Bybee held various engineering positions with Amoco Corporation. Mr. Bybee received a B.S. in petroleum engineering from Texas A&M University and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago. We believe that Mr. Bybee’s experience as a venture capital investor, including his service on the board of directors of multiple companies, qualifies him to serve as director.

Gregory Sessler has served as a member of our board of directors and as chairman of our audit committee since April 2011. Mr. Sessler is the president and chief executive officer and former chief financial officer of Spiration, Inc., a medical device company (acquired by Olympus Corporation of the Americas in 2010), which he joined in

 

92


Table of Contents

2002. Previously, Mr. Sessler served as senior vice president and chief financial officer of Rosetta Inpharmatics, Inc., a biotechnology company (acquired by Merck & Co. in 2001), chief financial officer of Sonus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (now OncoGenex Pharmaceuticals, Inc.), a pharmaceutical company, and chief financial officer of MicroProbe Corporation, a biotechnology company. Mr. Sessler previously served as chairman of the audit committee of Marina Biotech, Inc. and as a member of the audit committee of Corixa Corporation (acquired by GlaxoSmithKline plc). Mr. Sessler received a B.S. in accounting from Syracuse University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. We believe Mr. Sessler’s financial and accounting expertise, including his service as chief financial officer of four publicly-traded companies, qualify him to serve as director and as audit committee chairman.

Theresa Wise has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2016. Ms. Wise was senior vice president and chief information officer for Delta Air Lines, Inc., an airline company, from October 2008 to April 2016. Prior to joining Delta, Ms. Wise held a number of positions at Northwest Airlines Corporation, an airline company, including serving as the company’s chief information officer from 2001 until Northwest Airlines Corporation’s merger with Delta Air Lines in 2008. Ms. Wise received a B.A. in mathematics and chemistry from St. Olaf College and a Ph.D. and M.S. in applied math from Cornell University. We believe Ms. Wise’s experience as a senior officer at public companies qualifies her to serve as a director.

Board Composition and Risk Oversight

Our board of directors is currently composed of six members. Five of our directors are independent within the meaning of the independent director guidelines of The NASDAQ Global Select Market. Dr. Diorio, Messrs. Alberg, Bybee, Sessler and van Oppen and Ms. Wise were initially elected to our board of directors pursuant to a voting agreement that will terminate automatically by its terms upon the completion of this offering. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that the number of our directors shall be at least one and will be fixed from time to time by resolution of our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Immediately prior to this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2017 for the Class I directors, 2018 for the Class II directors and 2019 for the Class III directors.

 

   

Our Class I directors will be Dr. Diorio and Mr. Sessler.

 

   

Our Class II directors will be Messrs. Alberg and Bybee.

 

   

Our Class III directors will be Mr. van Oppen and Ms. Wise.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware and Washington Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws” for a discussion of other anti-takeover provisions found in our certificate of incorporation.

Our board of directors has an active role, as a whole and also at the committee level, in overseeing the management of our risks. The board of directors is responsible for general oversight of risks and regular review of information regarding our risks, including credit risks, liquidity risks and operational risks. Our compensation committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements. Our audit committee is responsible for overseeing the management of our risks relating to accounting matters and financial reporting. Our nominating and governance committee is responsible for overseeing the management of our risks associated with the independence of our board of directors and potential conflicts of interest. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, our entire board of directors is regularly informed through discussions from committee members about such risks. Our board of directors believes its administration of its risk oversight function has not affected the board of directors’ leadership structure.

 

93


Table of Contents

Director Independence

Upon the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our common stock will be listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market. Under the rules of The NASDAQ Global Select Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of The NASDAQ Global Select Market require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under the rules of The NASDAQ Global Select Market, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

To be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

In January 2016 and June 2016, our board of directors undertook a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that, other than Dr. Diorio, none of our directors, has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Global Select Market. Our board of directors also determined that Messrs. Sessler, Alberg and Bybee, who comprise our audit committee; Messrs. Bybee and Sessler and Ms. Wise, who comprise our compensation committee; and Messrs. van Oppen, Alberg and Bybee who comprise our nominating and governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for those committees established by applicable SEC rules and the rules of The NASDAQ Global Select Market.

In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee, each of which has the composition and the responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee

The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Sessler, Alberg and Bybee, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Our audit committee chairman, Mr. Sessler, is our audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and possesses financial sophistication, as defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Global Select Market. Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process and assists our board of directors in monitoring our financial systems. Our audit committee operates under a written charter that specifies its duties and responsibilities and satisfies the applicable listing standards of The NASDAQ Global Select Market. Our audit committee will:

 

   

approve the hiring, discharging and compensation of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

oversee the work of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

94


Table of Contents
   

approve engagements of the independent registered public accounting firm to render any audit or permissible non-audit services;

 

   

review the qualifications, independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

review our consolidated financial statements and review our critical accounting policies and estimates;

 

   

review the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls; and

 

   

review and discuss with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of our annual audit, our quarterly consolidated financial statements and our publicly filed reports.

Compensation Committee

The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Bybee and Sessler and Ms. Wise. Mr. Bybee is the chairman of our compensation committee. Our compensation committee oversees our compensation policies, plans and benefits programs. Our compensation committee operates under a written charter that specifies its duties and responsibilities and satisfies the applicable listing standards of The NASDAQ Global Select Market. The compensation committee will:

 

   

review and recommend policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees;

 

   

review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other senior officers;

 

   

evaluate the performance of our officers in light of established goals and objectives;

 

   

recommend compensation of our officers based on its evaluations; and

 

   

administer the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans.

Nominating and Governance Committee

The members of our nominating and governance committee are Messrs. van Oppen, Alberg and Bybee. Mr. van Oppen is the chairman of our nominating and governance committee. Our nominating and governance committee oversees and assists our board of directors in reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors. Our nominating and governance committee operates under a written charter that specifies its duties and responsibilities and satisfies the applicable listing standards of The NASDAQ Global Select Market. The nominating and governance committee will:

 

   

evaluate and make recommendations regarding the organization and governance of the board of directors and its committees;

 

   

assess the performance of members of the board of directors and make recommendations regarding committee and chair assignments;

 

   

recommend desired qualifications for board of directors membership and conduct searches for potential members of the board of directors; and

 

   

review and make recommendations with regard to our corporate governance guidelines.

Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

 

95


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

The following table sets forth information concerning compensation paid or accrued for services rendered to us by members of our board of directors for the year ended December 31, 2015. The table excludes Dr. Diorio, our co-founder, vice-chairman, chief executive officer and director. Dr. Diorio did not receive any compensation from us in his role as a director in the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

NAME

   FEES
EARNED OR
PAID IN
CASH ($)
     OPTION
AWARDS
($) (1)
     TOTAL ($)  

Peter van Oppen

     24,000         6,553         30,553   

Gregory Sessler

     —           5,461         5,461   

Albert Yu, Ph.D. (2)

     —           5,461         5,461   

 

(1)  

Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock option awards granted in 2015. These amounts have been calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model without regard to estimated forfeitures. See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value of our stock options. As of December 31, 2015, Mr. van Oppen held 7,638 shares of common stock subject to repurchase by us acquired pursuant to the early exercise of stock options; Mr. Sessler held stock options to purchase 2,083 shares of our common stock; and Dr. Yu held stock options to purchase 47,913 shares of our common stock.

(2)  

Dr. Yu was a director as of December 31, 2015, but resigned from our board of directors effective April 30, 2016.

From April to May 2014, Mr. van Oppen exercised options to purchase 94,166 shares of our common stock for aggregate consideration of $114,500. In March 2016, Mr. van Oppen exercised options to purchase 5,000 shares of our common stock for aggregate consideration of $33,300.

In May 2016, the board of directors granted Ms. Wise stock options to purchase 16,666 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.64 per share.

We have a practice of reimbursing directors for travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at board or committee meetings.

Outside Director Compensation

In May 2016, our board of directors, after reviewing data provided by our independent compensation consulting firm, Compensia, Inc., regarding practices at comparable companies, adopted a compensation policy for outside directors effective as of the registration date of which this prospectus forms a part. This outside director compensation policy provides for the following cash compensation to our outside directors:

 

   

$25,000 per year for service as a member of the board of directors;

 

   

$15,000 per year for service as chair of the board of directors;

 

   

$15,000 per year for service as chair of the audit and risk committee;

 

   

$10,000 per year for service as chair of the compensation committee;

 

   

$5,000 per year for service as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee; and

 

   

$5,000 per year for service as a member of a committee of the board of directors.

All cash payments to outside directors are paid quarterly in arrears on a pro-rated basis.

 

96


Table of Contents

This outside director compensation policy provides for the following equity compensation to our outside directors, subject to any limits in our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2016 Plan:

 

   

on the first day a person becomes an outside director (other than by appointment on the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders), such person will be granted an award of restricted stock units in the amount equal to (1) $60,000 multiplied by a fraction (a) the numerator of which is (x) 12 minus (y) the number of months between the date of the last annual meeting of stockholders and the date the individual became an outside director and (b) the denominator of which is 12; divided by (2) the per share value (as defined below), which is referred to in this prospectus as an initial award;

 

   

on the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders, each outside director will be granted an award of restricted stock units in the amount equal to (1) $60,000 divided by (2) the per share value, which is referred to in this prospectus as an annual award; and

 

   

on the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders, an outside director who is serving as chair of the board of directors and is eligible for an annual award will be granted, in addition to an annual award, an award of restricted stock units in the amount equal to (1) $15,000 divided by (2) the per share value, which is referred to in this prospectus as a board chair annual award, and an outside director who is serving or is appointed as chair of the board of directors and is eligible for an initial award will be granted, in addition to the initial award, a board chair annual award pro-rated in the same manner as an initial award.

Each award described in the preceding bullet points, which is referred to in this prospectus as an outside director award, vests upon the one year anniversary of the date such award was granted, subject to the director’s continuing to be a service provider; however, in the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2016 Plan), all outside director awards shall vest in full.

As used above, per share value generally means the average trading price for a share of our common stock over the ten trading days beginning on the next day following the date we announce fourth quarter earnings for the fiscal year immediately prior to the grant date of an award.

Outside directors may be permitted to defer the delivery of the shares of our common stock subject to an outside director award subject to the terms of the policy.

Outside directors may not sell, pledge, assign, hypothecate, transfer or dispose of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, shares of our common stock issued pursuant to an outside director award while the outside director continues to serve as a director, other than in order to pay for any tax obligations arising from the vesting and/or settlement of such award.

We also will continue to reimburse our outside directors for reasonable, customary and documented travel expenses incurred in connection with attending board and board committee meetings.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions prior to the completion of this offering. Following this offering, a copy of the code will be posted on the investor section of our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Bybee and Sessler and Ms. Wise. None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of us. None of our executive officers

 

97


Table of Contents

currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for additional information.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide the indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors shall not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director and that if the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

As permitted by Delaware General Corporation Law, we have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our officers that require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status as directors or officers. We expect to obtain and maintain insurance policies under which our directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of those policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of, and certain liabilities that might be imposed as a result of, actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been directors or officers. The coverage provided by these policies may apply whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as our officers and directors. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving our directors or officers for whom indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

 

98


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2015.

 

NAME AND PRINCIPAL
POSITION

  YEAR     SALARY     BONUS (2)     OPTION
AWARDS (3)
    ALL OTHER
COMPENSATION (4)
    TOTAL  

Chris Diorio, Ph.D.

    2014      $ 300,044      $ —        $ —        $ 5,238      $ 305,282   

Co-Founder, Vice-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

    2015        319,631        126,254        20,152        8,246        474,283   

Eric Brodersen

    2014        177,885        —          1,338,480        1,602        1,517,967   

President and Chief Operating Officer

    2015        282,692        111,663        315,711        3,431        713,497   

Walter Palhetas (1)

    2015        363,404        —          547,456        1,927        912,787   

Senior Vice President, Global Sales

           

 

(1)  

The salary amount for Mr. Palhetas includes a commission of $36,323 earned in the fourth quarter of 2015 that was paid in the first quarter of 2016. Mr. Palhetas was not an executive officer of the company in 2014.

(2)  

These amounts are bonuses earned under the 2015 executive incentive compensation plan that were paid in the first quarter of 2016.

(3)

The amounts included in the “Option Awards” column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Pursuant to SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. See note 8 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.

(4)  

These amounts represent for Dr. Diorio: $3,173 for company-paid premiums for supplemental long-term disability insurance in 2014 and 2015, respectively, $1,500 and $3,500 for patent awards in 2014 and 2015, respectively, $565 and $889 as tax gross-ups on patent awards paid to him in 2014 and 2015, respectively, $500 for employer match health savings account contributions in 2015 and $185 for green transportation benefits in 2015; for Mr. Brodersen: $1,602 and $2,746 for company-paid premiums for supplemental-long term disability insurance paid in 2014 and 2015, respectively, $500 for employer match health savings account contributions in 2015 and $185 for green transportation benefits in 2015; and for Mr. Palhetas: $1,776 for company-paid premiums for supplemental-long term disability insurance, $100 for a gift certificate issued to him and $51 as a tax gross-up on the gift certificate.

 

99


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2015

The following table shows grants of stock options to each of our named executive officers outstanding at December 31, 2015.

 

NAME

  VESTING
COMMENCEMENT
DATE
    NUMBER OF
SECURITIES
UNDERLYING
UNEXERCISED
OPTIONS
EXERCISABLE (#) (1)
    OPTION EXERCISE
PRICES

($)
    OPTION
EXPIRATION DATE
 

Chris Diorio, Ph.D.

    7/1/2012        29,166 (2)       1.20        8/7/2022   
    10/30/2012        33,333 (3)       1.20        10/29/2022   
    11/1/2013        16,666 (4)       1.44        12/3/2023   
    4/28/2015        6,250 (5)       5.04        4/27/2025   

Eric Brodersen

    4/7/2014        55,555 (6)       1.80        4/28/2024   
    4/28/2015        19,841 (7)       5.04        4/27/2025   
    4/28/2015        71,825 (7)       5.04        4/27/2025   
    4/28/2015        6,250 (5)       5.04        4/27/2025   

Walter Palhetas

    4/14/2015        19,841 (8)       5.04        4/27/2025   
    4/14/2015        146,825 (8)       5.04        4/27/2025   
    4/28/2015        3,125 (5)       5.04        4/27/2025   

 

(1)  

Each option is subject to an early exercise right and may be exercised in full prior to vesting of the shares underlying such option. Vesting of each option is subject to continued service on the applicable vesting date.

(2)  

One-forty-eighth of the shares subject to the grant vested on August 1, 2012, and 1/48 th of the shares subject to the grant vest each month thereafter.

(3)  

This option was originally granted on February 24, 2011 and was exchanged for a new option on October 30, 2012 as part of our option re-pricing. One-tenth of the shares subject to the grant vested on January 30, 2013, and 1/10 th of the shares subject to the grant vest each quarter thereafter.

(4)  

One-forty-eighth of the shares subject to the grant vested on December 1, 2013, and 1/48 th of the shares subject to the grant vest each month thereafter.

(5)  

The option was granted subject to the achievement of certain performance milestones in 2015 which were not achieved and subsequently waived by the board of directors on January 14, 2016. Nine-forty-eighths of the shares subject to the grant vested on January 28, 2016, and 1/48 th of the shares subject to the grant vest each month thereafter.

(6)  

33,333 of the shares subject to the grant vested on April 7, 2015 subject to achievement of certain performance milestones, and 1/48 th of the shares subject to the grant vest each month thereafter.

(7)

One-sixth of the shares subject to this grant vest annually on the anniversary of the vesting commencement date for the first three years, and 1/2 of the shares subject to the grant vest on the fourth annual anniversary of the vesting commencement date.

(8)  

One-fourth of the shares subject to this grant vested on April 14, 2016, and 1/48 th of the shares subject to the grant vest each month thereafter.

In June 2014, Mr. Brodersen exercised options to purchase 144,443 shares of our common stock for aggregate consideration of $260,000.

In June 2016, Dr. Diorio exercised a warrant to purchase 804 shares of our Series 2 preferred stock for aggregate consideration of $7,500.

 

100


Table of Contents

Executive Employment Arrangements

Chris Diorio, Ph.D.

We entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Diorio, our co-founder, vice-chairman and chief executive officer, dated March 16, 2007, as amended and restated as of December 19, 2008 and as amended on February 20, 2009. This agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Dr. Diorio’s current annual base salary is $330,000 and he is eligible to earn bonus compensation based on the achievement of certain performance objectives established by our board of directors or the compensation committee. Under the terms of this agreement, if Dr. Diorio’s employment is terminated other than for death, Cause or Disability (each as defined in his amended and restated employment agreement), or he resigns for Good Reason (as defined in his amended and restated employment agreement), he will be eligible to receive the following benefits, if he timely signs and does not revoke an effective release of claims within 120 days following termination and continues to comply with the non-competition and non-solicitation provisions in his employment agreement:

 

   

continued payment of base salary for a period of six months (12 months, if his termination occurs within 12 months following a Change of Control) (as defined in his amended and restated employment agreement);

 

   

lump sum payment equal to 50% of annual base salary if his termination occurs within 12 months following a Change of Control;

 

   

pro-rated portion of any earned annual target performance bonus;

 

   

reimbursement by us for up to six months of COBRA premiums to continue health insurance coverage for him and his eligible covered dependents;

 

   

accelerated vesting of 25% of the then unvested portion of outstanding equity awards (100% if his termination occurs within 12 months following a Change of Control); and

 

   

extension of the exercise period for outstanding vested stock options for up to one year following termination.

Eric Brodersen

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Brodersen, previously our chief marketing officer and senior vice president of business development, dated April 1, 2014, as amended February 9, 2015. Effective November 3, 2014, Mr. Brodersen was appointed our president and chief operating officer. This agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. Brodersen’s current annual base salary is $300,000, and he is eligible to earn bonus compensation based on the achievement of certain performance objectives established by our board of directors or the compensation committee. Under the terms of this agreement, if Mr. Brodersen’s employment is terminated other than for death, Cause or Disability (each as defined in his employment agreement), or he resigns for Good Reason (as defined in his employment agreement), he will be eligible to receive the following benefits, if he timely signs and does not revoke an effective release of claims within 120 days following termination and continues to comply with the non-competition and non-solicitation provisions in his employment agreement:

 

   

continued payment of base salary for a period of six months;

 

   

pro-rated portion of any earned annual target performance bonus;

 

   

reimbursement by us for up to six months of COBRA premiums to continue health insurance coverage for him and his eligible covered dependents;

 

   

accelerated vesting of 100% of the then unvested portion of outstanding equity awards if his termination occurs within six months following a Change of Control (as defined in his employment agreement); and

 

   

extension of the exercise period for then outstanding vested stock options for up to one year following termination.

 

101


Table of Contents

Walter Palhetas

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Palhetas, our senior vice president of global sales, dated April 13, 2015. This agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. Palhetas’s current annual base salary is $250,000 and he is eligible to earn quarterly incentive pay (at a target level of 100% of base salary) based on the fulfillment of a revenue quota. Under the terms of this agreement, if Mr. Palhetas’s employment is terminated other than for death, Cause or Disability (each as defined in his employment agreement), or he resigns for Good Reason (as defined in his employment agreement), he will be eligible to receive the following benefits, if he timely signs and does not revoke an effective release of claims within 120 days following termination and continues to comply with the non-competition and non-solicitation provisions in his employment agreement:

 

   

continued payment of base salary plus an average of the prior four, six-month periods of incentive compensation, as then in effect, for a period of six months;

 

   

pro-rated portion of any earned annual target performance bonus;

 

   

reimbursement by us for up to six months of COBRA premiums to continue health insurance coverage for him and his eligible covered dependents;

 

   

accelerated vesting of 100% of outstanding equity awards if his termination occurs within 12 months following a Change of Control (as defined in his employment agreement); and

 

   

extension of the exercise period for outstanding vested stock options to the one-year anniversary of his termination or such extended period as may be allowed without triggering additional taxes under Section 409A of the Code.

For purposes of the agreements with Dr. Diorio, Mr. Brodersen and Mr. Palhetas, the following definitions apply:

 

   

Cause ” means the named executive officer’s:

 

  (1) conviction of a felony;

 

  (2) commission of any act of fraud with respect to us;

 

  (3) intentional misconduct that has a material adverse effect upon our business;

 

  (4) breach of any of his fiduciary obligations as our officer or of any contractual obligation that he has to us, in either case where the breach has a material adverse effect on our business;

 

  (5) willful misconduct or gross negligence in performance of his duties under the named executive officer’s employment agreement or amended and restated employment agreement (as applicable), including his refusal to comply in any material respect with the legal directives of the board of directors so long as such directives are not inconsistent with his position and duties; or

 

  (6) death or Disability.

However, prior to any termination of the named executive officer’s employment for Cause defined in clauses (3), (4) or (5) above, we shall give written notice to him of the actions or omissions deemed to constitute the Cause event, and if it is possible to cure the specified default, he shall have a period of not less than 30 days in which to cure the specified default in his performance.

 

   

Good Reason ” applied to Dr. Diorio means his resignation that is effective within two years following the expiration of our cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following events without his consent:

 

  (1) a material reduction of his base salary;

 

  (2)

the assignment to him of any duties, or the reduction of his duties, either of which results in a material diminution in his authority, duties or responsibilities with us in effect immediately prior

 

102


Table of Contents
  to such assignment or reduction, or his removal from such position and responsibilities, unless he is provided with comparable authority, duties or responsibilities; provided that, neither a mere change in title alone nor reassignment following a Change of Control to a position that is substantially similar to the position held prior to the Change of Control in terms of job duties, responsibilities and requirements shall constitute a material reduction in job responsibilities; or

 

  (3) a material change in the geographic location at which he must perform services (his relocation to a facility or a location less than 50 miles from his then-present location shall not be considered a material change in geographic location).

He will not resign for “Good Reason” without first providing us with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within 90 days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than 30 days following the date of such notice.

 

   

Good Reason ” applied to Mr. Brodersen and Mr. Palhetas means the named executive officer’s resignation that is effective within two years following the expiration of our cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following events without his consent:

 

  (1) a material reduction of his base salary (the reduction of base salary by less than 10% from his then-present base salary level shall not be considered a material reduction); provided that, an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of all other senior executives by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary reduction shall not constitute such a material reduction;

 

  (2) the assignment to him of any duties, or the reduction of his duties, either of which results in a material diminution in his authority, duties or responsibilities with us in effect immediately prior to such assignment or reduction, or his removal from such position and responsibilities, unless he is provided with comparable authority, duties or responsibilities; provided that, neither a mere change in title alone nor reassignment following a Change of Control to a position that is substantially similar to the position held prior to the Change of Control in terms of job duties, responsibilities and requirements shall constitute a material reduction in job responsibilities; or

 

  (3) a material change in the geographic location at which he must perform services (his relocation to a facility or a location less than 50 miles from his then-present location shall not be considered a material change in geographic location).

He will not resign for “Good Reason” without first providing us with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within 90 days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than 30 days following the date of such notice.

 

   

If any of the payments provided for under any of the employment agreements described above or otherwise payable to our named executive officers would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and could be subject to the related excise tax, the named executive officer would be entitled to receive either full payment of benefits or such lesser amount which would result in no portion of the benefits being subject to the excise tax, whichever results in the greater amount of after-tax benefits to such named executive officers. No agreement described above requires us to provide any tax gross-up payments.

Exchange of Outstanding Stock Options

In October 2012, we offered eligible holders of our stock options, including our then current directors, executive officers and employees, the opportunity to exchange certain outstanding and unexercised options for new options with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on October 30, 2012, the date on which this exchange occurred. Options eligible for exchange included all options with an exercise price of greater than $2.16 per share that remained outstanding and unexercised on October 29, 2012. We determined that the fair

 

103


Table of Contents

market value of our common stock on October 30, 2012 was $1.20. The new options issued in this exchange were exercisable for the same number of shares as the exchanged options and were subject to the same terms and conditions, except the exchanged options had a new expiration date of October 29, 2022 and the vesting period for the new options was extended by up to 36 months based on the number of shares previously vested in the options. Directors, executive officers and employees exchanged options to purchase 338,240 shares, including options to purchase 164,581 shares held by our then current non-employee directors and executive officers. We made this exchange offer because many of the outstanding options held by our employees had exercise prices significantly above the fair market value of our common stock, and we believed that such options provided inadequate incentive to employees. We consider options an important component of the compensation we provide to our executive officers and non-employee directors to retain them and align their interests with those of our stockholders. Therefore, our executive officers and non-employee directors were entitled to participate in the exchange offer on the same basis as other employees.

In December 2014, we offered eligible holders of our stock options, including our then current executive officers and employees, the opportunity to exchange certain outstanding and unexercised options for new options with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on December 23, 2014, the date on which the exchange offer occurred. Options eligible for exchange included all options with an exercise price greater than $5.04 per share that were granted on or after June 17, 2014 and remained outstanding and unexercised on December 23, 2014. We determined that the fair market value of our common stock on December 23, 2014 was $5.04. The new options issued in this exchange were exercisable for the same number of shares as the exchanged options and were subject to the same terms and conditions, except the exchanged options had a new expiration date of December 22, 2024 and the vesting period for the new options was extended by three months. Executive officers and employees exchanged options to purchase 237,385 shares, including options to purchase an aggregate of 20,833 shares held by our chief financial officer.

Employee Benefit Plans

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

The board of directors has adopted, and our stockholders have approved, the 2016 Plan. The 2016 Plan will be effective upon the later of its adoption by the board of directors and one business day prior to the effective date of the registration statement. We do not expect to use the 2016 Plan until after the completion of this offering. Our 2016 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares

We have reserved a total of 1,096,234 shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to the 2016 Plan, of which no awards are issued and outstanding. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2016 Plan will also include (1) those shares reserved but unissued under each of our 2010 Plan and 2000 Plan (each as defined below) and (2) shares returned to each of the 2010 Plan and 2000 Plan as the result of expiration or termination of awards (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2016 Plan pursuant to (1) and (2) is shares). The number of shares available for issuance under the 2016 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2017, equal to the least of:

 

   

1,825,000 shares;

 

   

5% of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding year; and

 

   

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

 

104


Table of Contents

Plan Administration

The board of directors or one or more committees appointed by the board of directors will administer the 2016 Plan. We anticipate that the compensation committee of the board of directors will administer our 2016 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m). In addition, if desirable, we may structure transactions under the 2016 Plan to be exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator has the power to administer the plan, including but not limited to:

 

   

the power to interpret the terms of the 2016 Plan and awards granted under it;

 

   

create, amend and revoke rules relating to the 2016 Plan, including creating sub-plans;

 

   

determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise;

 

   

amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price;

 

   

allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator; and

 

   

institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms, awards of a different type or cash.

Stock Options

We may grant stock options under the 2016 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2016 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

Stock Appreciation Rights

We may grant stock appreciation rights under our 2016 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding ten years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her agreement. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

 

105


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock

We may grant restricted stock under our 2016 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units

We may grant restricted stock units under our 2016 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Performance Units and Performance Shares

We may grant performance units and performance shares under our 2016 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of performance units and performance shares to be paid to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof.

Non-Employee Directors

Our 2016 Plan will provide that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under the 2016 Plan. Our 2016 Plan will provide that in any given year, a non-employee director may not receive awards having a grant date fair value greater than $500,000, as determined under GAAP. This maximum limit does not reflect the intended size of any potential grants or a commitment to make grants in the future. In connection with this offering, we are implementing a formal policy making our non-employee directors eligible to receive equity awards under the 2016 Plan.

Non-Transferability of Awards

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2016 Plan will not allow for the transfer of awards, and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

 

106


Table of Contents

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2016 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2016 Plan or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in the 2016 Plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable, and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control

Our 2016 Plan will provide that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2016 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a change of control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Amendment, Termination

The administrator will have the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2016 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2010 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors on March 31, 2010, and approved by our stockholders on March 25, 2011 and was amended by our board of directors on June 30, 2010, February 24, 2011, December 7, 2011, July 12, 2012, April 29, 2014, April 28, 2015 and April 13, 2016.

The 2010 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any affiliates’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and awards of restricted shares of common stock to our employees, consultants, and advisors and our affiliates’ employees, consultants and advisors. Our board of directors has decided not to grant any additional options under our 2010 Plan upon the completion of this offering. However, the 2010 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding stock options and stock awards previously granted under the 2010 Plan.

Authorized Shares

As of March 31, 2016, the maximum aggregate number of shares (subject to adjustment) of our common stock authorized for issuance under the 2010 Plan is 2,606,879 shares, 179,461 of which were available for grant as of March 31, 2016, plus shares that were subject to stock options or similar awards granted under our 2000 Stock Plan that expired or terminated without having been exercised in full and unvested shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2000 Stock Plan that were forfeited to or repurchased by us. In April 2016, our 2010 Plan was amended to increase the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance by 500,000 shares. Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2010 Plan that we repurchase or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2010 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

 

107


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2016, options to purchase 1,748,335 shares of our common stock were outstanding under the 2010 Plan. If an option expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, such shares will become available for future grant or sale.

Plan Administration

Our board of directors currently administers the 2010 Plan. Under the 2010 Plan, the administrator has the authority and discretion to select those individuals who will receive awards, choose the type or types of awards to be granted to selected individuals, and determine the terms that will apply to the awards granted (including the number of shares of common stock that the recipient may be entitled to receive or purchase), which terms may vary from award to award. The administrator also may authorize generally or in specific cases any adjustment in the exercise price, vesting schedule, number of shares subject to, or the term of any option by cancelling an outstanding option and subsequently regranting the option, by amendment, substitution, waiver or other legally valid means. The administrator also has the authority to determine the fair market value of a share of our common stock for purposes of the 2010 Plan and the awards granted thereunder. The administrator is authorized to interpret the provisions of the 2010 Plan and individual award agreements, and generally take any other actions that are contemplated by the 2010 Plan or necessary or appropriate in the administration of the 2010 Plan and individual award agreements. Any decision made, or action taken, by the administrator or in connection with the administration of the 2010 Plan shall be final and conclusive on all persons.

Stock Options

Prior to the completion of this offering, the administrator may grant incentive or nonstatutory stock options under the 2010 Plan, provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our affiliates, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, check, promissory note, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator. Subject to the provisions of the 2010 Plan, the administrator determines the remaining terms of the options (e.g., vesting).

Stock Appreciation Rights

Prior to the completion of this offering, stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the grant date. Subject to the provisions of our 2010 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the grant date. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option or stock appreciation for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option or stock appreciation right will remain exercisable for six months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for 30 days following the termination of service. In some cases, options or stock appreciation rights issued to consultants pursuant to our 2010 Plan provide that they may be exercised at any time prior to the expiration of the ten-year term of the option or stock appreciation right. However, in no event may an option or stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

 

108


Table of Contents

In the event a participant is terminated for cause, and the participant acquired vested shares pursuant to the exercise of an option or stock appreciation right under the 2010 Plan, we have the right to repurchase those shares during the 90-day period following the termination date.

Restricted Stock

Prior to the completion of this offering, restricted stock may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Shares of restricted stock will vest, and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock Units

Prior to the completion of this offering, restricted stock units may be granted under our 2010 Plan. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout. The administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both. Restricted stock units that do not vest will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Non-Transferability of Awards

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2010 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards, and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2010 Plan, the administrator will make proportionate adjustments to the exercise price and the number or type of shares covered by each award. The administrator may also provide for cash payments, or for the exchange of outstanding options granted under the 2010 Plan for other awards in such circumstances, such as by conversion, assumption or substitution of an option for another company’s options on a ratio corresponding to the terms of a merger or other reorganization.

Merger or Change in Control

Our 2010 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2010 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Amendment, Termination

Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2010 Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

 

109


Table of Contents

2000 Stock Plan

Our 2000 Stock Plan, or the 2000 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders on April 6, 2000. The 2000 Plan was terminated on March 31, 2010. Since its termination, we have not granted any additional awards under the 2000 Plan, but the 2000 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

Our 2000 Plan provided for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any subsidiary’s employees, and for the grant of nonqualified stock options and stock purchase rights to our employees and consultants and our affiliates’ or subsidiary’s employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares

As of March 31, 2016, options to purchase 166,290 shares of our common stock were outstanding under the 2000 Plan. If an option expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an option exchange program, such shares will become available for future grant or sale.

Plan Administration

Our board of directors currently administers our 2000 Plan. Under our 2000 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, the number of shares covering each award, the fair market value of a share of common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreements for use under the 2000 Plan. The administrator has the authority to implement an option exchange program on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, provided that no amendment or adjustment, without participant’s prior written consent, may adversely affect any rights of a participant. The administrator also may modify any outstanding option without a participant’s consent if necessary to avoid our incurring adverse accounting charges. The administrator has the authority to interpret all provisions of the 2000 Plan, to prescribe the form of stock option agreements, and to adopt, amend and rescind rules pertaining to the administration of the 2000 Plan. Any decision made, or action taken, by the administrator or in connection with the administration of the 2000 Plan shall be final and conclusive on all persons.

The exercise price of options granted under our 2000 Plan had to be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date for incentive stock options and 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date for nonstatutory stock options, except that with respect to any optionee who owned 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the exercise price had to equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The term of an incentive stock option had to not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any optionee who owned 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant, the term could not exceed five years. Unless otherwise provided in the option agreement, payment of the exercise price of an option will be made in cash or a cash equivalent acceptable to the administrator. The administrator also may provide for the payment of the exercise price of an option by shares. Subject to the provisions of our 2000 Plan, the administrator determined the terms of all other options in its discretion.

After the termination of service of an employee or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her award to the extent vested for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the award will remain exercisable for six months (12 months in the case of a termination due to death). In all other cases, the award will generally remain exercisable for 30 days following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. In the event a participant is terminated for cause, and the participant acquired vested shares pursuant to the exercise of an option under the 2000 Plan, we have the right to repurchase those shares during the 90-day period following the termination date.

 

110


Table of Contents

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2000 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards, and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during lifetime.

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, we or the administrator shall make proportionate adjustments to the number, value and class of stock represented by the outstanding awards in accordance with such terms as we or the administrator may determine.

Change in Control

In the event of a merger or consolidation of us (regardless of whether we are the surviving corporation), or a sale of substantially all of our assets, each outstanding award shall be assumed or substituted for by the successor corporation. If the successor corporation refuses to assume the award or to substitute an equivalent option or right, the outstanding award shall terminate upon the consummation of the transaction.

2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The board of directors has adopted, and our stockholders have approved, the 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. The ESPP will become effective after the completion of this offering.

Authorized Shares

We will make a total of 365,411 shares of our common stock available for sale under the ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on the first day of each year beginning in 2017, equal to the least of:

 

   

1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the first day of such year;

 

   

365,411 shares of common stock; and

 

   

such amount as determined by our board of directors.

Plan Administration

The board of directors or a committee appointed by the board of directors will administer the ESPP. We anticipate that our compensation committee will administer the ESPP. The administrator will have authority to administer the plan, including authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP, determine eligibility to participate, and to establish procedures for plan administration, including creating sub-plans.

Eligibility

Generally, all of our employees will be eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted an option to purchase stock under the ESPP if such employee:

 

   

immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

   

hold rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of stock for each calendar year.

 

111


Table of Contents

Offering Periods

Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, and provides for six months offering periods. The offering periods generally start on the first trading day on or after February 20 and August 20 of each year, except for the first offering period, which will commence on the first trading day on or after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and will end on the first trading day on or after February 20, 2017. The administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

Payroll Deductions

Our ESPP will permit participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s base straight-time gross earnings, certain commissions, overtime and shift premium, but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses and other compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of 4,000 shares during a six-month period.

Exercise of Option

Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each offering period. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date. Participants may end their participation at any time during the offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Non-Transferability

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

Merger or Change in Control

In the event of our merger or change in control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute for each outstanding option. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

Amendment, Termination

Our ESPP will automatically terminate in 2036, unless we terminate it sooner. The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.

2016 Senior Leadership Bonus Program

We developed our 2016 Senior Leadership Bonus Program, or the 2016 Bonus Program, to provide participating executive officers and other members of our management team the opportunity to receive annual formula-based incentive payments for 2016 performance. The payments are based on a target incentive amount for each participating employee.

The 2016 Bonus Program provides for incentive compensation based upon our achievement of budgeted bookings goals for 2016 that were established by our board of directors.

 

112


Table of Contents

The budget bookings goals include threshold, target and maximum levels of achievement. Between the threshold and target level of achievement, participating employees are eligible to receive a bonus based on a percentage from 0% to 100% of their target incentive amount. Between the target and maximum level of achievement, participating employees are eligible to receive a bonus based on a percentage from 100% and 175% of their target incentive amount. Participating employees must remain employed with us through the date bonuses are paid to receive a bonus under the 2016 Bonus Program.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to participate in the 401(k) plan as of the first day of the month on or following the date they begin employment, and participants are able to defer up to 100% of their eligible compensation. All participants’ interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. The 401(k) plan permits us to make matching contributions and profit sharing contributions to eligible participants, although we have not made any such contributions to date. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, each to be effective upon completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits us from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

 

   

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our bylaws, we will also be empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

In addition to the indemnification required in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors, officers and some employees. These agreements provide for the indemnification of our directors, officers and some employees for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of us, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. In the case of an action or proceeding by or in the right of us or any of our

 

113


Table of Contents

subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

114


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2013 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded $120,000 and in which any of our executive officers, directors, promoters or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under the section of this prospectus captioned “Executive Compensation.”

Related Party Transaction Policy

We intend to adopt prior to the completion of this offering a formal, written policy that our executive officers, directors (including director nominees), holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities and any member of the immediate family of or any entities affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the prior approval or, in the case of pending or ongoing related party transactions, ratification of our audit committee. For purposes of our policy, a related party transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship where we were, are or will be involved and in which a related party had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Certain transactions with related parties, however, are excluded from the definition of a related party transaction including, but not limited to:

 

   

transactions involving the purchase or sale of products or services in the ordinary course of business, not exceeding $20,000;

 

   

transactions where a related party’s interest derives solely from his or her service as a director of another entity that is a party to the transaction;

 

   

transactions where a related party’s interest derives solely from his or her ownership of less than 10% of the equity interest in another entity that is a party to the transaction; and

 

   

transactions where a related party’s interest derives solely from his or her ownership of a class of our equity securities and all holders of that class received the same benefit on a pro rata basis.

No member of the audit committee may participate in any review, consideration or approval of any related party transaction where such member or any of his or her immediate family members is the related party. In approving or rejecting the proposed agreement, our audit committee shall consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the benefits and perceived benefits to us;

 

   

the materiality and character of the related party’s direct and indirect interest;

 

   

the availability of other sources for comparable products or services;

 

   

the terms of the transaction; and

 

   

the terms available to unrelated third parties under the same or similar circumstances.

In reviewing proposed related party transactions, the audit committee will only approve or ratify related party transactions that are in, or not inconsistent with, the best interests of us and our stockholders.

The transactions described below were consummated prior to our adoption of the formal, written policy described above, and therefore the foregoing policies and procedures were not followed with respect to the transactions. However, we believe that the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s-length transactions.

 

115


Table of Contents

December 2014 Stock Option Exchange

In December 2014, we offered eligible holders of our stock options, including our then current executive officers and employees, the opportunity to exchange certain outstanding and unexercised options for new options with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on December 23, 2014, the date on which the exchange occurred. Options eligible for exchange included all options with an exercise price greater than $5.04 per share that were granted on or after June 17, 2014 and remained outstanding and unexercised on December 23, 2014. We determined that the fair market value of our common stock on December 23, 2014 was $5.04 per share. The new options issued in this exchange were exercisable for the same number of shares as the exchanged options and were subject to the same terms and conditions, except the exchanged options had a new expiration date of December 22, 2024 and the vesting period for the new options was extended by three months. Options to purchase 237,385 shares were exchanged, including options to purchase an aggregate of 20,833 shares held by Evan Fein, our chief financial officer.

Customer Agreements

We derive revenue from transactions with Intel Corporation through product sales on a purchase order basis and from an agreement entered into in December 2009, as most recently amended in May 2013, for engineering services related to our technology. For 2013, 2014 and 2015, we recorded total revenue of $300,000, $19,000 and $31,000, respectively, from Intel. No revenue was recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from Intel.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We have entered into an investors’ rights agreement with certain holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock, including Dr. Diorio, our co-founder, vice-chairman and chief executive officer, Intel Corporation and entities affiliated with each of ARCH Venture Partners, Polaris Partners, Madrona Venture Group, Mobius Venture Capital and AllianceBernstein. As of March 31, 2016, the holders of 10,320,886 shares of our common stock (including 81,409 shares underlying the warrants described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Warrants” and the warrants to purchase 218,523 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock, if the initial price per share to public exceeds the exercise price of the warrants, net exercised automatically for 77,344 shares of common stock at an assumed initial price to public of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus) or their transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Voting Agreement

The election of the members of the board of directors is governed by a voting agreement with certain of the holders of our outstanding common stock, convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase our capital stock, including Dr. Diorio, our co-founder, vice-chairman and chief executive officer, and entities affiliated with each of ARCH Venture Partners, Polaris Partners, Madrona Venture Group, Mobius Venture Capital and AllianceBernstein. The parties to the voting agreement have agreed, subject to certain conditions, to vote their shares to elect as directors as follows:

 

   

one nominee designated by entities affiliated with Polaris Partners, which position is currently vacant;

 

   

one nominee designated by entities affiliated with ARCH Venture Partners, currently Mr. Bybee;

 

   

one nominee designated by entities affiliated with Madrona Venture Group, currently Mr. Alberg; and

 

   

one nominee designated by entities affiliated with AllianceBernstein, which position is currently vacant.

In addition, the parties to the voting agreement have agreed to vote their shares to elect the chief executive officer, which position is currently vacant, and a nominee chosen by our founders, currently Dr. Diorio. The parties further agreed to vote their shares to elect up to three individuals who are designated by mutual agreement by a majority of the board of directors, currently Messrs. Sessler and van Oppen and Ms. Wise. Upon the consummation of this offering, the obligations of the parties to the voting agreement to vote their shares to elect

 

116


Table of Contents

these nominees will terminate, and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the nomination, election or designation of members of the board of directors. Our existing certificate of incorporation contains provisions that correspond to the voting agreement; however, the certificate of incorporation that will be effective at the closing of this offering will not include such provisions.

Other Transactions

We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers that, among other things, provide for certain severance and change of control benefits. For a description of these agreements, see “Executive Compensation—Executive Employment Arrangements.”

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and to three of our non-executive directors and one of our former non-executive directors. For a description of these options, see “Management—Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation.”

Since January 2013, certain of our executive officers and directors have exercised options for aggregate consideration in excess of $120,000. For more information with respect to these transactions, see the sections captioned “Management – Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation.”

From November 2014 through December 2015, our former president and chief executive officer exercised options to purchase 546,674 shares of our common stock for aggregate consideration of $381,663.

We will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers prior to the completion of this offering. For a description of these agreements, see “Management—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

 

117


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of May 31, 2016 by:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of the named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors; and

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage of beneficial ownership prior to the offering shown in the table is based upon 12,934,647 shares outstanding as of May 31, 2016, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock as of May 31, 2016 into an aggregate of 8,522,837 shares of common stock and excludes shares underlying the warrants that are being net exercised in connection with this offering. The percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering shown in the table is based on 17,534,647 shares of common stock outstanding after the closing of this offering and includes the shares underlying the warrants that are being net exercised in connection with this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules take into account shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before the 60 th day after May 31, 2016. Certain of the options granted to our named executive officers may be exercised prior to the vesting of the underlying shares. Shares of common stock issued upon early exercise are subject to our right to repurchase such shares until they have vested. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or a warrant for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

118


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o Impinj, Inc., 400 Fairview Avenue N., Suite 1200, Seattle, Washington 98109.

 

     BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
PRIOR TO THIS
OFFERING
    BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
AFTER THIS OFFERING
 

NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER

   NUMBER      PERCENT     NUMBER      PERCENT  

5% Stockholders

          

Entities affiliated with AllianceBernstein (1)

     745,239         5.8 %     739,413         4.2

Entities affiliated with ARCH Venture Partners (2)

     1,388,049         10.7        1,359,358         7.7   

Entities affiliated with GF Private Equity Group (3)

     911,965         7.0        903,078         5.1   

Entities affiliated with Intel Corporation (4)

     1,054,550         8.1        1,048,622         6.0   

Entities affiliated with Madrona Venture Group (5)

     1,225,165         9.4        1,198,623         6.8   

Entities affiliated with Mobius Venture Capital (6)

     1,189,839         9.2        1,169,124         6.6   

Entities affiliated with Polaris Partners (7)

     1,282,264         9.9        1,254,221         7.1   

Named Executive Officers and Directors

          

Chris Diorio, Ph.D. (8)

     1,186,228         9.1        1,185,506         6.7   

Eric Brodersen (9)

     297,914         2.3        297,914         1.7   

Walter Palhetas (10)

     169,791         1.3        169,791         1.0   

Peter van Oppen (11)

     99,166         *        99,166         *   

Tom A. Alberg (5)

     1,225,165         9.4        1,198,623         6.8   

Clinton Bybee (2)

     1,388,049         10.7        1,359,358         7.7   

Gregory Sessler (12)

     27,081         *        27,081         *   

Theresa Wise (13)

     16,666         *        16,666         *   

All current executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons) (14)

     4,587,138         33.7 %     4,531,183         24.9

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
(1)  

Consists of 737,112 shares and a warrant to purchase 8,127 shares held of record by AllianceBernstein Venture Fund I, L.P. AllianceBernstein Global Derivatives Corporation is the general partner of AllianceBernstein ESG Venture Management, L.P., which is the general partner of AllianceBernstein Venture Fund I, L.P. The address for each of the foregoing entities and natural persons is 1999 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 2150, Los Angeles, California 90067.

(2)  

Consists of 8,795 shares and a warrant to purchase 267 shares held of record by ARCH V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. and 1,339,228 shares and a warrant to purchase 39,758 shares held of record by ARCH Venture Fund V, L.P. ARCH Venture Partners V, L.P., as the sole general partner of ARCH Venture Fund V, L.P. and ARCH V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P., may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by ARCH Venture Fund V, L.P. and ARCH V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P., but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, in which it does not have an actual pecuniary interest. ARCH Venture Partners V, LLC, as the sole general partner of ARCH Venture Partners V, L.P., may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by ARCH Venture Fund V, L.P. and ARCH V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, in which it does not have an actual pecuniary interest. Clinton Bybee, Robert Nelsen, Keith Crandell and Steven Lazarus are the managing directors of ARCH Venture Partners V, LLC, and each may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by ARCH Venture Fund V, L.P. and ARCH V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. Mr. Bybee, Mr. Nelsen, Mr. Crandell and Mr. Lazarus disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares held of record by ARCH Venture Fund V, L.P. and ARCH V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P., in which they do not have an actual pecuniary interest. By virtue of their relationship as affiliated entities who have overlapping general partners and managing directors, ARCH Venture Fund V, L.P., ARCH V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P., ARCH Venture Partners V, L.P., ARCH Venture Partners V, LLC, Mr. Crandell, Mr. Bybee, Mr. Nelsen and Mr. Lazarus may be deemed to share the voting and investment control of the record shares. The address of ARCH Venture Fund V, L.P., ARCH V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P., Mr. Bybee, Mr. Nelsen, Mr. Crandell and Mr. Lazarus is 8755 West Higgins Road, Suite 1025, Chicago, Illinois 60631.

 

119


Table of Contents
(3)  

Consists of 899,567 shares and a warrant to purchase 12,398 shares held of record by GF Private Equity Group, LLC. GFMC, LLC is the manager of GF Private Equity Group, LLC. The managers of GFMC, LLC are Bruce Valdez, Robert Zahradnik, Darrell Owen, Alex Cloud and Lit Santistevan who collectively may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power of the securities held by GF Private Equity Group, LLC. The address of GF Private Equity Group, LLC is 14929 Highway 172, Ignacio, Colorado 81137.

(4)  

Consists of 1,013,704 shares held of record by Intel Corporation and 32,576 shares and a warrant to purchase 8,270 shares held of record by Middlefield Ventures, Inc. Intel Corporation is the parent company of Middlefield Ventures, Inc. and is deemed as to have voting and dispositive control over shares held by Middlefield Ventures, Inc. Wendell Brooks, Ravi Jacob, Stacy Smith and Susie Giordano may be deemed to share voting power and investment power with respect to the shares held by Intel Corporation and Middlefield Ventures, Inc. The address of Intel Corporation and Middlefield Ventures, Inc. is 2200 Mission College Blvd., M/S RN6-59, Santa Clara, California 95054.

(5)  

Consists of 128,041 shares and a warrant to purchase 3,989 shares held of record by Madrona Managing Director Fund, LLC, 955,959 shares and a warrant to purchase 29,797 shares held of record by Madrona Venture Fund I-A, L.P. and 104,137 shares and a warrant to purchase 3,242 shares held of record by Madrona Venture Fund I-B, L.P. Madrona Investment Partners, LLC, as the sole general partner of Madrona Venture Fund I-A, L.P. and Madrona Venture Fund I-B, L.P., may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by Madrona Venture Fund I-A, L.P. and Madrona Venture Fund I-B, L.P. but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares in which it does not have an actual pecuniary interest. Tom A. Alberg disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held of record by Madrona Managing Director Fund, LLC, Madrona Venture Fund I-A, L.P. and Madrona Venture Fund I-B, L.P., in which he does not have an actual pecuniary interest. By virtue of their relationship as affiliated entities who have overlapping general partners and managing directors, Madrona Managing Director Fund, LLC, Madrona Venture Fund I-A, L.P., Madrona Venture Fund I-B, L.P., Madrona Investment Partners, LLC and Mr. Alberg may be deemed to share voting and investment control of the record shares. The address of Madrona Managing Director Fund, LLC, Madrona Venture Fund I-A, L.P., Madrona Venture Fund I-B, L.P. and Mr. Alberg is 999 Third Avenue, 34 th Floor, Seattle, Washington 98104.

(6)  

Consists of 21,011 shares and a warrant to purchase 523 shares held of record by Mobius Technology Ventures Advisors Fund VI L.P., 22,056 shares and a warrant to purchase 549 shares held of record by Mobius Technology Ventures Side Fund VI L.P., 539,375 shares and a warrant to purchase 13,426 shares held of record by Mobius Technology Ventures VI L.P. and 578,499 shares and a warrant to purchase 14,400 shares held of record by SOFTBANK U.S. Ventures Fund VI L.P. Mobius VI LLC, as the sole general partner of Mobius Technology Ventures Advisors Fund VI L.P., Mobius Technology Ventures Side Fund VI L.P., Mobius Technology Ventures VI L.P. and SOFTBANK U.S. Ventures Fund VI L.P., may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by Mobius Technology Ventures Advisors Fund VI L.P., Mobius Technology Ventures Side Fund VI L.P., Mobius Technology Ventures VI L.P. and SOFTBANK U.S. Ventures Fund VI L.P. but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, in which it does not have an actual pecuniary interest. By virtue of their relationship as affiliated entities who have overlapping general partners and managing directors, Mobius VI LLC, Mobius Technology Ventures Advisors Fund VI L.P., Mobius Technology Ventures Side Fund VI L.P., Mobius Technology Ventures VI L.P., SOFTBANK U.S. Ventures Fund VI L.P., Jason Mendelson and Brad Feld may be deemed to share the voting and investment control of the record shares. The address of Mobius Technology Ventures Advisors Fund VI L.P., Mobius Technology Ventures Side Fund VI L.P., Mobius Technology Ventures VI L.P. and SOFTBANK U.S. Ventures Fund VI L.P. is 1050 Walnut Street, Suite 210, Boulder, Colorado 80302.

(7)  

Consists of 1,193,736 shares and a warrant to purchase 37,582 shares held of record by Polaris Venture Partners III, L.P., 30,725 shares and a warrant to purchase 958 shares held of record by Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs’ Fund III, L.P. and 18,680 shares and a warrant to purchase 583 shares held of record by Polaris Venture Partners Founders’ Fund III, L.P. Polaris Venture Management Co. III, L.L.C., as the sole general partner of Polaris Venture Partners III, L.P., Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs’ Fund III, L.P. and Polaris Venture Partners Founders’ Fund III, L.P., may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by Polaris Venture Partners III, L.P., Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs’

 

120


Table of Contents
  Fund III, L.P. and Polaris Venture Partners Founders’ Fund III, L.P. but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, in which it does not have an actual pecuniary interest. By virtue of their relationship as affiliated entities who have overlapping general partners and managing directors, Polaris Venture Management Co. III, L.L.C., Polaris Venture Partners III, L.P., Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs’ Fund III, L.P., Polaris Venture Partners Founders’ Fund III, L.P., Jonathan Flint and Terrance McGuire may be deemed to share the voting and investment control of the record shares. The address of Polaris Venture Partners III, L.P., Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs’ Fund III, L.P., and Polaris Venture Partners Founders’ Fund III, L.P. is One Marina Park Dr., 10 th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts, 02210.
(8)  

Consists of 699,999 shares held of record by DFT L.L.C., 388,314 shares held of record by Dr. Diorio, 12,500 shares held of record by Diorio Children’s Trust and options to purchase 85,415 shares that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2016, of which 75,563 shares will be vested as of July 30, 2016. In June 2016, Dr. Diorio exercised a warrant to purchase 804 shares of Series 2 preferred stock.

(9)  

Consists of 144,443 shares held, 95,832 of which are unvested and are subject to a right of repurchase by us as of May 31, 2016, and options to purchase 153,471 shares that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2016, 72,785 of which will be vested as of July 30, 2016.

(10)  

Consists of options to purchase 169,791 shares that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2016, of which 53,059 shares will be vested as of July 30, 2016.

(11)  

Consists of 99,166 shares held.

(12)  

Consists of 22,915 shares held, and options to purchase 4,166 shares that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2016, all of which will be vested as of July 30, 2016.

(13)

Consists of options to purchase 16,666 shares that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2016, of which 4,166 will be vested as of July 30, 2016.

(14)

Consists of 3,925,406 shares held, warrants to purchase 78,060 shares and options to purchase 583,672 shares that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2016, of which 332,521 will be vested as of July 30, 2016. Troy Fukumoto was a director as of May 31, 2016, but subsequently resigned. He is not included in this table.

 

121


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

This section provides a summary of the rights of our common stock and convertible preferred stock. This summary is not complete. For more detailed information, please see our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Upon the closing of this offering and the filing of our certificate of incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Upon the closing of this offering, all the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2016 will automatically convert into an aggregate of 8,522,837 shares of common stock. In addition, upon the closing of this offering, warrants to purchase 218,523 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock will, if the initial price per share to public exceeds the exercise price of the warrants, be net exercised automatically for 77,344 shares of common stock at an assumed initial price to public of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus. Upon the closing of this offering and after giving effect to the conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 81,409 shares of common stock will remain outstanding if they are not exercised prior to the closing of this offering.

Common Stock

Outstanding Shares

Based on 4,395,832 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016, the conversion of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016 into an aggregate of 8,522,837 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering, the issuance of 4,600,000 shares of common stock in this offering, and no exercise of options or warrants (other than the warrants being net exercised in connection with this offering), there will be 17,596,013 shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering. As of March 31, 2016, assuming the conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering, we had approximately 268 record holders of our common stock.

As of March 31, 2016, there were 1,914,625 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options and 81,409 shares of common stock subject to outstanding warrants, assuming the conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering.

Voting Rights

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting rights. Therefore, the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. With respect to matters other than the election of directors, at any meeting of the stockholders at which a quorum is present or represented, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, except as otherwise required by law.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. For more information see “Dividend Policy.”

 

122


Table of Contents

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering, when paid for, will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing change in our control or other corporate action. Upon closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of March 31, 2016, warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 45,128 shares of our Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock (which will automatically convert into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 56,409 shares of common stock in connection with this offering) with an exercise price of $9.318 per share and a warrant exercisable for 25,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.52 per share were outstanding.

These warrants have a net exercise provision under which their holders may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our stock at the time of exercise of the warrants after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. These warrants contain provisions for adjustment of the exercise price and number of shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations.

Warrants to purchase 45,128 shares of our Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock issued to our lender will become exercisable for shares of common stock in connection with the conversion of all our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. If not exercised earlier, these warrants to purchase 41,666, 2,004 and 1,458 shares of our Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock will terminate on July 13, 2022, June 1, 2020 and February 1, 2021, respectively. The warrant to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock issued to our lender will terminate on March 24, 2021.

 

123


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Under our investors’ rights agreement, following the closing of this offering, the holders of approximately 10,320,886 shares of common stock as of March 31, 2016 (including 81,409 shares underlying the warrants described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Warrants” and the warrants to purchase 218,523 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock, if the initial price per share to public exceeds the exercise price of the warrants, net exercised automatically for 77,344 shares of common stock at an assumed initial price to public of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus), or their transferees, have the right to require us to register the offer and sale of their shares, or to include their shares in any registration statement we file, in each case as described below.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of at least 30% of the shares having registration rights have the right to demand that we use commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement for the registration of the offer and sale of at least 20% of the shares having such registration rights. We are only obligated to file up to two registration statements in connection with the exercise of demand registration rights. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

At any time after we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of at least 10% of the shares having registration rights have the right to demand that we file a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the aggregate amount of shares to be offered and sold under such registration statement is at least $1.0 million. We are not obligated to file any registration statements within 180 days of a registration statement that we propose. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration statement on Form S-3 under certain circumstances.

Piggyback Registration Rights

At any time after the closing of this offering, if we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act either for our own account or for the account of other stockholders, a stockholder with registration rights will have the right, subject to certain exceptions, to include their shares of common stock in the registration statement. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration statement under certain circumstances, but not below 30% of the total number of shares covered by the registration statement.

Expenses of Registration

We will pay all expenses relating to any demand registrations, Form S-3 registrations and piggyback registrations, other than underwriting discounts and selling commissions.

Termination

The registration rights terminate upon the earliest of (1) the date that is five years after the closing of this offering, (2) as to a given holder of registration rights, when such holder of registration rights can sell all of such holder’s registrable securities in a three month-period pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and (3) a change in control of us.

 

124


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware and Washington Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Delaware Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 203 generally prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with any “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Washington Business Corporation Act

The laws of Washington, where our principal executive offices are located, impose restrictions on certain transactions between certain foreign corporations and significant stockholders. In particular, the Washington Business Corporation Act, or WBCA, prohibits a “target corporation,” with certain exceptions, from engaging in certain “significant business transactions” with a person or group of persons which beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the target corporation, an “acquiring person,” for a period of five years after such acquisition, unless the transaction or acquisition of shares is approved by a majority of the members of the target corporation’s board of directors prior to the time of acquisition. Such prohibited transactions may include, among other things:

 

   

any merger or consolidation with, disposition of assets to, or issuance or redemption of stock to or from, the acquiring person;

 

125


Table of Contents
   

any termination of 5% or more of the employees of the target corporation as a result of the acquiring person’s acquisition of 10% or more of the shares; and

 

   

allowing the acquiring person to receive any disproportionate benefit as a stockholder.

After the five-year period, a significant business transaction may take place as long as it complies with certain fair price provisions of the statute or is approved at an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

We will be considered a “target corporation” so long as our principal executive office is located in Washington and (1) a majority of our employees are residents of the state of Washington or we employ more than one thousand residents of the state of Washington; (2) a majority of our tangible assets, measured by market value, are located in the state of Washington or we have more than $50 million worth of tangible assets located in the state of Washington; and (3) any one of the following: (a) more than 10% of our stockholders of record are resident in the state of Washington; (b) more than 10% of our shares are owned of record by state residents; or (c) 1,000 or more of our stockholders of record are resident in the state.

If we meet the definition of a target corporation, the WBCA may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will:

 

   

permit our board of directors to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in our control;

 

   

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors, subject to the rights of any holders of preferred stock;

 

   

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

   

divide our board of directors into three classes, each of which stands for election once every three years;

 

   

provide that a director may only be removed from the board of directors by the stockholders for cause;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;

 

   

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner, and also meet specific requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

   

not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);

 

   

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors, our chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer);

 

126


Table of Contents
   

provide that stockholders will be permitted to amend certain provisions of our bylaws only upon receiving at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class; and

 

   

provide that, unless we otherwise consent in writing, a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the company, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to the company or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against the company arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (4) any action asserting a claim against the company governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

The amendment of any of these provisions would require approval by the holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding common stock, voting as a single class.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

Listing

Our common stock has been approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PI.”

 

127


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and although our common stock has been approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Select Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock following this offering. We cannot predict what effect sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or the perception that such sales may occur, however, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and also could adversely affect our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or other equity-related securities at times and prices we believe appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, based on our shares outstanding as of March 31, 2016 and after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock, 17,596,013 shares of our common stock will be outstanding, or 18,286,013 shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. All of the shares of common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if their offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 or 701, and assuming no extension of the lock-up period and no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, the shares of our common stock that will be deemed “restricted securities” will be available for sale in the public market following the completion of this offering as follows:

 

   

No shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus; and

 

   

12,996,013 shares will be eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below, beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

We may issue shares of our common stock from time to time for a variety of corporate purposes, including in capital-raising activities through future public offerings or private placements, in connection with exercise of stock options or warrants, vesting of restricted stock units and other issuances relating to our employee benefit plans and as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other purposes. The number of shares of our common stock that we may issue may be significant, depending on the events surrounding such issuances. In some cases, the shares we issue may be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act; in other cases, we may grant registration rights covering the shares issued in connection with these issuances, in which case the holders of the common stock will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register any resale of such shares to the public.

Lock-up Agreements and Market Standoff Provisions

We, our directors and officers and all of the holders of our equity securities have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of RBC Capital Markets, LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, or us, as applicable, after the date of this prospectus. RBC Capital Markets, LLC may, in its sole discretion, and subject to FINRA Rule 5131, release any of the securities subject to the lock-up agreements with the underwriters at any time. These agreements are described below under the section captioned “Underwriting.”

 

128


Table of Contents

RBC Capital Markets, LLC has advised us that they have no present intent or arrangement to release any shares subject to a lock-up with the underwriters and will consider the release of any lock-up on a case-by-case basis. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a lock-up, RBC Capital Markets, LLC would consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including, but not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares requested to be released, reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market for our common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate for purposes of the Securities Act and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the completion of this offering, without regard to the registration requirements of the Securities Act or the availability of public information about us, if:

 

   

the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

 

   

the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 17,596 shares immediately after this offering; and

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. To the extent that shares were acquired from one of our affiliates, a person’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 would commence on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 a person who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

As of March 31, 2016, there had been 2,414,846 shares of our outstanding common stock issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options. All of these shares, however, are subject to lock-up

 

129


Table of Contents

agreements or market stand-off provisions as discussed above, and, as a result, these shares will only become eligible for sale at the earlier of the expiration of the lock-up period or upon obtaining the consent of RBC on behalf of the underwriters to release all or any portion of these shares from the lock-up agreements.

Stock Options

As of March 31, 2016, options to purchase an aggregate 1,914,625 shares of our common stock were outstanding. We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of all shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options and all shares issued or issuable under our stock plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering these shares after the date of this prospectus, which will permit the resale of such shares by persons who are non-affiliates of ours in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act, subject, with respect to certain of the shares, to the provisions of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described above.

Warrants

Upon completion of this offering, the following warrants to purchase a total of 81,409 shares will remain outstanding:

 

   

45,128 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock (which is convertible into common stock on an approximate 1-for-1.25 basis for a total of 56,409 shares), at an exercise price of $9.318 per share; and

 

   

25,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.52 per share (subject to adjustment as provided in the warrants).

See “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants” for additional information. Such shares issued upon exercise of the warrants may be able to be sold after the expiration of the lock-up period described above subject the requirements of Rule 144 described above.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 10,320,886 shares of our common stock (including 81,409 shares underlying the warrants described in “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants”) will be eligible to exercise certain rights to cause us to register their shares for resale under the Securities Act, subject to various conditions and limitations. These registration rights are described under the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” Upon the effectiveness of a registration statement covering these shares, the shares would become freely tradable, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

130


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, which could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different than those summarized below. We have not sought a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary does not address the potential application of the tax on net investment income, the tax considerations arising under the laws of any state, local or other jurisdiction, or U.S. federal estate, gift or generation-skipping tax, except to the extent provided below. This summary is limited to investors who will hold our common stock as a capital asset for tax purposes. This summary does not address all tax considerations that may be important to a particular investor in light of the investor’s circumstances or to certain categories of non-U.S. investors that may be subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

   

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

U.S. expatriates, certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction; or

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership (including any entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Therefore, this summary does not address tax considerations applicable to partnerships that hold our common stock. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate, gift, and generation-skipping tax rules or under the tax laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are a beneficial owner of our common stock, other than a partnership that is not: (1) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (2) a

 

131


Table of Contents

corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes that was created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (3) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (4) a trust that either is subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and has one or more U.S. persons with authority to control all of its substantial decisions, or has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If you are a non-U.S. citizen individual, you may, in many cases, be deemed to be a resident alien, as opposed to a nonresident alien, by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Resident aliens are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Distributions on Common Stock

If we make distributions on our common stock, these distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent these distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Subject to the discussion below regarding withholding on foreign accounts, any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding pursuant to an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If you hold our common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) are exempt from withholding. In order to claim this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding, are taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding withholding on foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the U.S.);

 

   

you are an individual who is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

132


Table of Contents
   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and your holding period for our common stock.

If you are described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (net of certain deductions and credits), and if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, you may be subject to branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States).

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, our common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5% of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period described above.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

The information reporting and backup withholding rules that apply to payments of dividends to certain U.S. shareholders of our common stock generally will not apply to dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder so long as the non-U.S. holder certifies its foreign status or otherwise establishes an exemption by properly certifying non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied.

Under the Treasury regulations, the payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder made to or through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the beneficial owner certifies, under penalties of perjury, among other things, its status as a non-U.S. holder (and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder made to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding and information reporting, except as noted below. Information reporting, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of proceeds, even if that payment is made outside of the United States, if you sell our common stock through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is:

 

   

a U.S. person (including a foreign branch or office of such person);

 

   

a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income from certain periods is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business; or

 

   

a foreign partnership if at any time during its tax year (a) one or more of its partners are U.S. persons who, in the aggregate, hold more than 50% of the income or capital interests of the partnership or (b) the foreign partnership is engaged in a U.S. trade or business;

 

133


Table of Contents

unless the broker has documentary evidence that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are satisfied, or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption (and the broker has no actual knowledge or reason to know to the contrary). Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from a payment to you under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle you to a refund, provided that the required information or returns are furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Accounts

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain “withholdable payments,” including on dividends on, and the gross proceeds of a disposition of, our common stock to a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined for this purpose) unless such institution provides the withholding agent with a certification as to its FATCA status and either enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or such institution otherwise qualifies for an exemption. A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% is generally imposed on dividends on, and the gross proceeds of a disposition of, our common stock to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification as to its FATCA status and either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or information regarding direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity or such entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption. Under applicable Treasury Regulations and IRS guidance, the withholding provisions described above will generally apply to payments of dividends on our common stock made on or after July 1, 2014 and to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2019. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the application of these withholding provisions to you.

Federal Estate Tax

Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death generally will be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

 

134


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement we intend to enter into with RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Pacific Crest Securities, a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., and Piper Jaffray & Co., as the representatives of the underwriters named below, we will agree to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters will agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the respective number of shares of common stock shown opposite its name below:

 

UNDERWRITER

   NUMBER OF
SHARES
 

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Pacific Crest Securities, a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     4,600,000   
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement will provide that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares of common stock, if any of them are purchased, other than the shares of our common stock covered by the option described below unless and until the option is exercised. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement will provide that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. We will agree to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters have advised us that, following the completion of this offering, they currently intend to make a market in the common stock as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, the underwriters are not obligated to do so, and the underwriters may discontinue any market-making activities at any time without notice in their sole discretion. Accordingly, a liquid trading market may not develop for our common stock, you may not be able to sell any of the common stock you hold at a particular time, and the price you receive when you sell the shares you hold may not be favorable.

The underwriters will offer the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares of common stock from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part. In addition, the underwriters have advised us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which they have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the common stock being offered.

Commissions and Expenses

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the initial price to public set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers, which may include the underwriters, at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share of common stock. After this offering, the initial price to public and the concession to dealers may be reduced by the representatives. No such reduction will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

135


Table of Contents

The following table shows the price to public and the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, in connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     PER SHARE      TOTAL  
     WITHOUT
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITH
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITHOUT
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITH
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
 

Price to public

   $                    $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses

   $         $         $         $     

We estimate expenses payable in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $2.7 million, which include legal, accounting and printing costs, and various other fees associated with the registration and listing of our common stock.

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial price to public for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant.

The initial price to public may not correspond to the price at which our common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering and an active trading market for the common stock may not develop or continue after this offering.

Listing

Our common stock has been approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PI.”

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of 690,000 shares at the price to public set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to specified conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment as indicated in the table above. This option may be exercised only if the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We and all directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock, stock options and warrants have agreed that, without the prior written consent of RBC Capital Markets, LLC, and subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

 

136


Table of Contents
   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock; or

 

   

make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

In addition, we and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock, stock options and warrants have agreed that, without the prior written consent of RBC Capital Markets, LLC, and subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock. The restrictions described in this paragraph do not apply to:

 

   

the sale of shares to the underwriters in this offering;

 

   

transactions by a security holder relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

   

the transfer by a security holder of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (1) to an immediate family member of a security holder or to a trust formed for the benefit of such an immediate family member, (2) by bona fide gift, will or intestacy, (3) if the security holder is a corporation, partnership or other business entity (a) to another corporation, partnership or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such security holder or (b) as part of a disposition, transfer or distribution without consideration by the security holder to its equity holders or (4) if the security holder is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust, provided that in each case, each transferee, donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement and no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the lock-up period;

 

   

the transfer by a security holder of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into common stock by a security holder to us upon a vesting event of our securities or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase our securities, in each case on a “cashless exercise” or “net exercise” basis to the extent permitted by the instruments representing such options or warrants so long as such “cashless exercise” or “net exercise” is effected solely by the surrender of outstanding options or warrants to us and our cancellation of all or a portion thereof to pay the exercise price or withholding tax obligations, provided no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a disposition of shares of common stock shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such vesting or exercise;

 

   

the establishment by a security holder of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the lock-up period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the security holder or us;

 

   

the conversion of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, provided that such shares of common stock remain subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement;

 

   

the transfer by a security holder of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to us, pursuant to agreements under which we have the option to repurchase such shares or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares;

 

   

the transfer by a security holder of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock that occurs by operation of law, pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement; provided that (1) such shares

 

137


Table of Contents
 

remain subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement, and (2) if the security holder is required to file a report under Section 16 (a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock or other securities during the lock-up period, the security holder shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such transfer occurred by operation of law, pursuant to a domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

 

   

the transfer by a security holder of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the common stock involving a change of control of us, provided that such transaction has been approved by our board of directors and provided further that if the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the common stock owned by the security holder shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreement;

 

   

the issuance by us of shares of our common stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding as of the date of this prospectus;

 

   

the grant by us of options or the issuance by us of our shares of common stock to our employees, officers, directors, advisors or consultants pursuant to employee benefit plans in effect as of the date of this prospectus and described in this prospectus, provided that we shall cause each recipient of such options or shares to sign a copy of the lock-up agreement;

 

   

the filing by us of a registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to an employee benefit plan in effect as of the date of this prospectus and described in this prospectus; and

 

   

our sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock in connection with any (1) mergers, (2) acquisition of securities, businesses, property or other assets, (3) joint ventures, (4) strategic alliances, (5) partnerships with experts or other talent to develop or provide content, (6) equipment leasing arrangements or (7) debt financing, provided, that, the aggregate number of shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock (on an as-converted or as-exercised basis, as the case may be) that we may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue does not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering and provided further that we shall cause each recipient of such shares to sign a copy of the lock-up agreement.

RBC Capital Markets, LLC, in its sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice, provided that, when and as required by FINRA Rule 5131, at least two business days before the release or waiver of any applicable lock-up, RBC Capital Markets, LLC will notify us of the impending release or waiver and we will announce the impending release or waiver through a major news service, except where the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of securities that is not for consideration and where the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same lock-up agreement terms in place for the transferor.

In addition to the lock-up agreements described above, all holders of our equity securities are subject to market standoff provisions as described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-up Agreements and Market Standoff Provisions.”

Stabilization

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M under the Exchange Act, certain persons participating in this offering may engage in short sale transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids in connection with this offering. These activities may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Establishing short sales positions may involve either “covered” short sales or “naked” short sales.

 

138


Table of Contents

“Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock or purchasing shares of our common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

A stabilizing bid is a bid for the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock. A syndicate covering transaction is the bid for or the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters in connection with the offering. Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriter’s purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the underwriters to reclaim the selling concession otherwise accruing to a syndicate member in connection with the offering if the common stock originally sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction and therefore have not been effectively placed by such syndicate member.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. The underwriters are not obligated to engage in these activities and, if commenced, any of the activities may be discontinued at any time.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares of common stock for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ web sites and any information contained in any other web site maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Activities and Relationships

The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various commercial and investment banking and financial advisory services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities or instruments issued by

 

139


Table of Contents

us and our affiliates. If the underwriters or their respective affiliates have a lending relationship with us, we would expect them to routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities or the securities of our affiliates, including potentially the common stock offered hereby. Any such short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the common stock offered hereby. The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas, or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Residents of Canada

The securities may be sold only to purchasers purchasing as principal that are both “accredited investors” as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus and Registration Exemptions and “permitted clients” as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from the prospectus requirements and in compliance with the registration requirements of applicable securities laws.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the EEA

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), an offer to the public of any shares of common stock that are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a) to any legal entity that is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) by the underwriters to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive; provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any representative of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

Any person making or intending to make any offer of shares within the EEA should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares contemplated in this prospectus.

For the purposes of this provision, and your representation below, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

140


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 Financial Promotion Order 2005, as amended, which we refer to as the Order, or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (a) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (b) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (c) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or

 

141


Table of Contents

sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the Exempt Investors) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

We have not and will not register with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, or FINMA, as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 of the Federal Act on Collective Investment Scheme of 23 June 2006, as amended, or CISA, and accordingly the securities being offered pursuant to this prospectus have not and will not be approved, and may not be licenseable, with FINMA. Therefore, the securities have not been authorized for distribution by FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 CISA and the securities offered hereby may not be offered to the public (as this term is defined in Article 3 CISA) in or from Switzerland. The securities may solely be offered to “qualified investors,” as this term is defined in Article 10 CISA, and in the circumstances set out in Article 3 of the Ordinance on Collective Investment Scheme of 22 November 2006, as amended, or CISO, such that there is no public offer. Investors, however, do not benefit from protection under CISA or CISO or supervision by FINMA. This prospectus and any other materials relating to the securities are strictly personal and confidential to each offeree and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This prospectus may only be used by those qualified investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offer described herein and may neither directly or indirectly be distributed or made available to any person or entity other than its recipients. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied or distributed to the public in Switzerland or from Switzerland. This prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to Article 652a or 1156 of

 

142


Table of Contents

the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations. We have not applied for a listing of the securities on the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated securities market in Switzerland, and consequently, the information presented in this prospectus does not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.

 

143


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Seattle, Washington. Fenwick & West LLP, Seattle, Washington is representing the underwriters. Investment funds associated with Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation hold shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock convertible into an aggregate of 3,380 shares of our common stock, which represents less than 1% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus constitutes only a part of the registration statement. Some items are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or document referred to are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.impinj.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

144


Table of Contents

IMPINJ, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Impinj, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in redeemable convertible preferred stock, of changes in stockholders’ deficit and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Impinj, Inc. at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of Impinj, Inc.’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Seattle, Washington

March 11, 2016, except for the effects of the reverse stock split described in Note 2, as to which the date is July 8, 2016

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Impinj, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

                                                                                                                       
    DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,
2016
    PRO
FORMA
MARCH  31,
2016
(NOTE 2)
 
    2014     2015      
                (unaudited)  

Assets:

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 6,939      $ 10,121      $ 14,822     

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $362, $285 and $314 (unaudited), respectively

    9,562        12,889        12,361     

Inventory

    9,054        11,837        13,748     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    725        1,095        2,055     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    26,280        35,942        42,986     

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $9,005, $8,968 and $8,397 (unaudited), respectively

    3,520        12,351        12,660     

Other non-current assets

    —          637        988     

Goodwill

    3,881        3,881        3,881     

Other intangible assets, net

    136        37        15     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 33,817      $ 52,848      $ 60,530      $ 60,530   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 2,403      $ 3,182      $ 4,075     

Accrued compensation and employee related benefits

    2,793        4,038        2,663     

Accrued liabilities

    2,160        2,895        5,399     

Current portion of long-term debt

    4,219        5,227        13,750     

Current portion of capital lease obligations

    604        1,190        1,138     

Current portion of deferred rent

    529        258        90     

Current portion of deferred revenue

    1,403        684        450     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    14,111        17,474        27,565     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    3,755        10,683        9,833     

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

    1,028        2,526        2,308     

Long-term liabilities—other

    595        678        701     

Warrant liability

    3,568        2,865        2,811        —     

Deferred rent, net of current portion

    112        4,984        5,105     

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

    457        710        1,189     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    23,626        39,920        49,512        46,701   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value

       

Series 1: authorized, 5,333,553 shares; issued and outstanding, 5,333,533 shares (aggregate liquidation value of $57,500 at December 31, 2015); no shares issued or outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    48,883        60,184        63,009        —     

Series 2: authorized, 2,979,166 shares; issued and outstanding, 2,551,503 shares (aggregate liquidation value of $65,383 at December 31, 2015); no shares issued or outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    37,779        37,779        37,779        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    86,662        97,963        100,788        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

       

Common stock, $0.001 par value—authorized, 15,041,666 shares; issued and outstanding, 3,727,146, 4,381,558 and 4,395,832 (unaudited) shares as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016, respectively, and 12,918,669 shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    4        4        4        13   

Additional paid in capital

    109,740        100,276        97,871        201,461   

Accumulated deficit

    (186,215     (185,315     (187,645     (187,645
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (76,471     (85,035     (89,770     13,829   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

  $ 33,817      $ 52,848      $ 60,530      $ 60,530   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Impinj, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS
ENDED MARCH 31,
 
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
                 (unaudited)  

Revenue:

        

Product revenue

   $ 58,970      $ 77,389      $ 15,995      $ 21,551   

Development, service and licensing revenue

     4,793        1,090        70        80   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     63,763        78,479        16,065        21,631   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

        

Cost of product revenue

     28,914        37,232        7,978        10,437   

Cost of development, service and licensing revenue

     1,118        273        37        38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30,032        37,505        8,015        10,475   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     33,731        40,974        8,050        11,156   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development expense

     13,889        17,005        4,058        5,171   

Sales and marketing expense

     10,662        14,343        3,004        4,922   

General and administrative expense

     6,765        8,025        1,721        2,931   

Offering costs

     1,959        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     33,275        39,373        8,783        13,024   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     456        1,601        (733     (1,868
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income (expense) and other, net

        

Interest expense

     (901     (1,208     (215     (487

Other income (expense), net

     838        673        62        40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income (expense) and other, net

     (63     (535     (153     (447
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before tax expense

     393        1,066        (886     (2,315

Income tax expense

     (96     (166     (19     (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 297      $ 900      $ (905   $ (2,330
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Accretion of preferred stock

     (11,301     (11,301     (2,825     (2,825
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (11,004   $ (10,401   $ (3,730   $ (5,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (3.30   $ (2.67   $ (1.01   $ (1.21
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted—average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

     3,338        3,893        3,686        4,267   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)

        

Basic

     $ 0.02        $ (0.19
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

     $ 0.01        $ (0.19
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)

        

Basic

       12,416          12,790   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

       13,689          12,790   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Impinj, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

(in thousands)

 

     SERIES 1      SERIES 2      TOTAL
AMOUNT
 
   SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES      AMOUNT     

Balance at December 31, 2013

     5,334       $ 37,582         2,552       $ 37,779       $ 75,361   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     —           11,301         —           —           11,301   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     5,334         48,883         2,552         37,779         86,662   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     —           11,301         —           —           11,301   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     5,334         60,184         2,552         37,779         97,963   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock (unaudited)

     —           2,825         —           —           2,825   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     5,334       $ 63,009         2,552       $ 37,779       $ 100,788   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Impinj, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands)

 

     COMMON STOCK      ADDITIONAL
PAID-IN

     CAPITAL    
    ACCUMULATED
DEFICIT
    TOTAL
STOCKHOLDERS’

DEFICIT
 
         SHARES             AMOUNT             

Balance at December 31, 2013

     3,224      $ 38       $ 119,446      $ (186,512   $ (67,028

Common stock issued in connection with early stock option exercises

     231        —           —          —          —     

Common stock issued in connection with all other stock option exercises

     275        4         328        —          332   

Vesting of early exercised stock options

     —          —           54        —          54   

Common stock repurchased

     (2     —           —          —          —     

Stock-based compensation

     —          —           1,175        —          1,175   

Accretion of preferred stock

     —          —           (11,301     —          (11,301

Net income (loss)

     —          —           —          297        297   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     3,728        42         109,702        (186,215     (76,471

Common stock issued in connection with early stock option exercises

     2        —           —          —          —     

Common stock issued in connection with all other stock option exercises

     654        8         522        —          530   

Vesting of early exercised stock options

     —          1         118        —          119   

Common stock repurchased

     (2     —           —          —          —     

Stock-based compensation

     —          —           1,188        —          1,188   

Accretion of preferred stock

     —          —           (11,301     —          (11,301

Net income (loss)

     —          —           —          900        900   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     4,382        51         100,229        (185,315     (85,035

Common stock issued in connection with all other stock option exercises (unaudited)

     14        —           51        —          51   

Vesting of early exercised stock options (unaudited)

     —          —           35        —          35   

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

     —          —           334        —          334   

Accretion of preferred stock (unaudited)

     —          —           (2,825     —          (2,825

Net income (loss) (unaudited)

     —          —           —          (2,330     (2,330
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     4,396      $ 51       $ 97,824      $ (187,645   $ (89,770
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Impinj, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
     2014     2015           2015                 2016        
                 (unaudited)  

Operating activities:

        

Net income (loss)

   $ 297      $ 900      $ (905   $ (2,330

Adjustment to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     1,366        1,972        414        713   

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     182        152        34        48   

Revaluation of warrant liability

     398        (703     (47     (54

Stock-based compensation

     1,175        1,178        306        334   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable

     (3,611     (3,327     (2,505     528   

Inventory

     (799     (2,783     (724    
(1,911

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (159     (360     (143     (241

Deferred revenue

     (896     (466     533        245   

Deferred rent

     (165     4,601        (199    
(47

Accounts payable

     1,402        754        727       
632
  

Accrued compensation and benefits

     (817     1,356        358        (1,340

Accrued liabilities

     795        182        437        1,262   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (832     3,456        (1,714     (2,161
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

        

Purchase of property and equipment

     (1,017     (7,450     (268     (464

Restricted cash

     200        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (817     (7,450     (268     (464
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

        

Payments on capital lease financing obligations

     (625     (824     (164     (281

Payments on term loans

     (2,667     (6,115     (598     (11,775

Proceeds from term loans

     —          13,899        2,859        19,400   

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

     702        538        232        51   

Payments of deferred offering costs

     —          (322     —          (69
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (2,590     7,176        2,329        7,326   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (4,239     3,182        347        4,701   

Cash and cash equivalents

        

Beginning of period

     11,178        6,939        6,939        10,121   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 6,939      $ 10,121      $ 7,286      $ 14,822   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

        

Cash paid for interest

   $ 718      $ 973      $ 158      $ 440   

Cash paid for income taxes

     21        41        —          —     

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing and investing activities:

        

Accretion on preferred stock

   $ 11,301      $ 11,301      $ 2,825      $ 2,825   

Vesting of early exercised stock options

     54        119        21        35   

Additions to property and equipment through capital lease

     819        2,907        79        11   

Accrued not yet paid deferred offering costs

     —          315        18        740   

Purchases of property and equipment not yet paid

     381        347        14       
525
  

Write-off of fully depreciated property and equipment

     —          1,913        7        1,257   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

IMPINJ, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Description of Business

Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is headquartered in Seattle, Washington. The Impinj Platform enables wireless connectivity to billions of everyday items and delivers each item’s unique identity, location and authenticity, which we refer to as Item Intelligence. We derive revenue from the sale of our tag integrated circuits, or ICs, reader ICs, readers and gateways, and software as well as from development, service and license agreements. Our platform links billions of everyday items to enterprise and consumer applications, delivering valuable information to businesses about items they create, manage, transport and sell.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Accounting Principles

We prepared the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We had no significant components of other comprehensive income (loss) during any of the periods presented, as such, a consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) is not presented.

Principles of Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Impinj, Inc. and our wholly-owned subsidiaries Impinj RFID Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., located in China, Impinj UK Ltd., located in United Kingdom, Impinj Japan LLC, located in Japan, and Impinj International, Ltd., located in the Cayman Islands. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reclassifications

On the consolidated balance sheet, as a result of the retrospective adoption of ASU No. 2015-03 discussed below under the section captioned “—Recent Accounting Pronouncements,” debt issuance costs that are immaterial as of December 31, 2014 have been reclassified from other current and other non­current assets to be presented as an offset of the associated current and long-term debt balances.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2016, and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 are unaudited. All disclosures as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, presented in the notes to the consolidated financial statements are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of our financial position as of March 31, 2016 and results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for 2016 or for other interim periods or for future periods.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet Data and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The unaudited pro forma information has been prepared assuming that upon the closing of the public offering contemplated by us (1) all of our preferred stock outstanding will automatically convert into shares of common stock; and (2) our preferred stock warrants will be converted to warrants to purchase common stock, assuming no net exercise of any warrants.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

The March 31, 2016 unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data has been prepared assuming the following:

 

   

automatic conversion of 5,333,333 shares of Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding into an equivalent number of shares of common stock;

 

   

automatic conversion of 2,551,503 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding into 3,189,304 shares of common stock;

 

   

conversion of warrants to purchase 263,651 shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase 329,563 shares of common stock and the related reclassification of the carrying values of the preferred stock warrant liability of $2.8 million at March 31, 2016 to additional paid-in capital (the pro forma common shares outstanding does not assume exercise of any pro forma common stock warrants).

We prepared the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 assuming the automatic conversion of preferred stock (using the if-converted method) as if the initial public offering had occurred on January 1, 2015 and 2016, respectively, as follows:

 

   

conversion of all 7,885,036 outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into 8,522,837 shares of common stock; and

 

   

reversal of the remeasurement adjustments related to the liability-classified preferred stock warrants.

Reverse Stock Split

On June 16, 2016, our board of directors and stockholders approved an amendment to our certificate of incorporation to effect a reverse split of shares of our authorized, issued and outstanding common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock at a 1-for-12 ratio. The reverse stock split was effected on July 8, 2016. The par value of our common stock and the par value of our redeemable convertible preferred stock were not adjusted as a result of the reverse stock split. All authorized, issued and outstanding shares of common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock, warrants for common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock, options to purchase common stock and the related per share amounts contained in these consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split for all periods presented.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and judgments that we rely upon in preparing our consolidated financial statements include revenue recognition, reserve for returns, collectability of accounts receivable, inventory obsolescence, depreciable lives of fixed assets, the determination of the fair value of stock awards and warrants, estimated costs to complete development contracts, warranty obligations, accrued liabilities and deferred revenue. Actual results could differ from our estimates.

Concentrations of Risks

Financial instruments that subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and accounts receivable. These instruments are generally unsecured and uninsured. We extend credit to customers based upon an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and generally collateral is not required. Total revenue and accounts receivable concentration is presented in the following tables:

 

F-9


Table of Contents
     AS OF DECEMBER 31,     AS OF MARCH 31,  
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
                 (unaudited)  

Revenue:

        

Customer A

     11     14     18     19

Customer B

     11        10        13        12   

Customer C

     14        9        11        9   

Customer D

     6        15        8        8   

Customer E

     12        16        15        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     54     64     65     59
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     AS OF DECEMBER 31,     AS OF MARCH 31,  
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
                 (unaudited)  

Accounts Receivable:

        

Customer A

     14     15     18     22

Customer B

     16        11        13        13   

Customer C

     10        12        9        9   

Customer D

     10        20        10        10   

Customer E

     5        4        17        12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     55     62     67     66
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We outsource the manufacturing and production of our hardware products to a limited number of suppliers. Although there are a limited number of manufacturers for hardware products, we believe that other suppliers could provide similar products on comparable terms. A change in suppliers, however, could cause a delay in manufacturing and a possible loss of sales, which would adversely affect our operating results.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash deposits. We deposit our cash and cash equivalents primarily with one major financial institution, and our balances consistently exceed federally insured limits. We have not experienced any losses on our cash and cash equivalents. We define cash and cash equivalents to be all highly liquid investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. The effective date for this ASU will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 using one of two retrospective application methods. Early adoption is permitted as of the first quarter of fiscal year 2017. We have not yet determined the potential effects of this ASU on our consolidated financial statements or selected a transition method.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory (Topic 330). The amendments require the measurement of inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value; where net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. For public entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years

 

F-10


Table of Contents

beginning after December 31, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years and early adoption is permitted. We have not elected to early adopt ASU No. 2015-11 and the potential effect of this ASU on our consolidated financial statements has not been determined.

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (Subtopic 835-30). The amendments require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. For public entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years and early adoption is permitted. We have elected to early adopt ASU No. 2015-03 effective for the third quarter of fiscal 2015 on a retrospective basis; the amounts are not material and accordingly the adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (Topic 740). The amendments require that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as noncurrent in our consolidated balance sheet. For public entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years and early adoption is permitted. We have not elected to early adopt ASU No. 2015-17 and the potential effects of this ASU on our consolidated financial statements has not been determined.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” This standard will require all leases with durations greater than twelve months to be recognized on the balance sheet and is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, although early adoption is permitted. We believe adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Although we have not completed our assessment, we do not expect the adoption to change the recognition, measurement or presentation of lease expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Cash Flows. Information about our undiscounted future lease payments and the timing of those payments is included in Note 9, “Commitments and Contingencies.”

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-07, “Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323).” This standard eliminates the requirement that when an existing cost method investment qualifies for use of the equity method, an investor must restate its historical financial statements, as if the equity method had been used during all previous periods. Under the new guidance, at the point an investment qualifies for the equity method, any unrealized gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) will be recognized through earnings. The standard is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, although early adoption is permitted. We early adopted this standard during the three months ended March 31, 2016. As we have no available-for-sale or cost-basis investments that qualified for use of the equity method, adoption had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718).” This standard makes several modifications to Topic 718 related to the accounting for forfeitures, employer tax withholding on share-based compensation and the financial statement presentation of excess tax benefits or deficiencies. ASU No. 2016-09 also clarifies the statement of cash flows presentation for certain components of share-based awards. The standard is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, although early adoption is permitted. We have not elected to early adopt ASU No. 2016-09 and the potential effects of this ASU on our consolidated financial statements has not been determined.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying value of short-term financial instruments including cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued compensation and employee-related benefits and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. We did not hold any financial instruments with a carrying value materially different from their fair value, based on quoted market prices or rates for the same or similar instruments or internal valuation models.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Fair Value Measurement

We establish the fair value of our assets and liabilities using the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price) and a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments.

Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.

Level 3—Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability. The fair values of our long-term debt approximates carrying value based on the borrowing rates currently available to us for loans with similar terms using level 2 inputs. Our convertible preferred stock contains redemption provisions and therefore our warrants issued to purchase such Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities and recorded at fair value. These preferred stock warrants are subject to remeasurement at each consolidated balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other income (expense), net.

Whenever possible, we use observable market data and rely on unobservable inputs only when observable market data is not available to determine fair value. The following tables summarize our liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     LEVEL 1      LEVEL 2      LEVEL 3      FAIR VALUE
AT
DECEMBER 31,
2014
 
     (in thousands)  

Convertible preferred stock warrants

   $ —         $ —         $ 3,568       $ 3,568   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ —         $ —         $ 3,568       $ 3,568   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     LEVEL 1      LEVEL 2      LEVEL 3      FAIR VALUE AT
DECEMBER  31,

2015
 
     (in thousands)  

Convertible preferred stock warrants

   $ —         $ —         $ 2,865       $ 2,865   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ —         $ —         $ 2,865       $ 2,865   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     LEVEL 1      LEVEL 2      LEVEL 3      FAIR VALUE AT
MARCH  31,

2016
 
     (in thousands)  
     (unaudited)  

Convertible preferred stock warrants

   $ —         $ —         $ 2,811       $ 2,811   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ —         $ —         $ 2,811       $ 2,811   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

The following table provides a roll-forward of the fair value of the preferred stock warrant liabilities categorized as Level 3 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 3,568   

Remeasure of convertible preferred stock warrants

     (703
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     2,865   

Remeasure of convertible preferred stock warrants (unaudited)

     (54
  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

   $ 2,811   
  

 

 

 

Our Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities are categorized as Level 3 because they are valued based on unobservable inputs and our judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such financial instruments. We perform a fair value assessment of the preferred stock warrant liabilities on a quarterly basis using the Black-Scholes model and the following variable input assumptions: Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock fair market value of $21.48 at December 31, 2014, and $19.20 at both December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock exercise price of $9.318 per share, remaining contractual lives of the warrants ranging from one to seven years, volatility of 50% and risk-free interest rates ranging from 0.6% to 2.1%. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model are inherently subjective and involve significant judgment. Any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other income (expense).

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists of amounts billed currently due from customers and amounts earned not yet billed on development agreements, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts and an allowance for sales returns and price exceptions. The allowance for doubtful accounts is our best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in existing accounts receivable and is determined based on historical write-off experience and on specific customer accounts believed to be a collection risk. Account balances are written off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. We record our sales returns and price exceptions allowance based on historical returns experience.

The following table summarizes our allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

     BALANCE
AT
BEGINNING
OF YEAR
     CHARGED
TO COSTS
AND
EXPENSES
    WRITE-
OFFS
     BALANCE
AT END
OF YEAR
 
     (in thousands)  

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

          

For 2014

   $ 58       $ (8   $ —         $ 50   

For 2015

     50         15        —           65   

The following table summarizes our allowance for sales returns and price exceptions:

 

     BALANCE
AT
BEGINNING
OF YEAR
     CHARGED
TO COSTS
AND
EXPENSES
     WRITE-
OFFS
    BALANCE
AT END
OF YEAR
 
     (in thousands)  

Allowance for sales returns and price exceptions:

          

For 2014

   $ 347       $ 450       $ (485   $ 312   

For 2015

     312         393         (485     220   

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Inventory

Inventories consist of a combination of raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods and are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the average costing method, which approximates the first in, first out, or FIFO, method. We establish reserves for excess and obsolete inventory based on our analysis of inventory levels and future sales forecasts.

Inventories consisted of the following at:

 

     DECEMBER 31,      MARCH  31,
2016
 
     2014      2015     
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)         

Raw materials

   $ 752       $ 852       $ 2,499   

Work-in-process

     2,584         3,269         2,579   

Finished goods

     5,718         7,716         8,670   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Inventory

   $ 9,054       $ 11,837       $ 13,748   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventory write-downs are included in cost of revenue and were $538,000 and $191,000 for 2014 and 2015, respectively. We sold inventory previously written-down of $0 and $492,000 for 2014 and 2015, respectively. We specifically identify inventory to write down by considering various factors at each reporting date, including inventory age, forecasted demand, new product release schedules, market conditions and other related factors. In considering forecasted demand, we also evaluate the likelihood of market adoption and demand from end users based upon each product’s lifecycle stage, longevity and historical product sales trends. Estimating the value of our inventory requires considerable judgment. Changes in our judgment could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets

Long-lived assets include property and equipment. We assess the carrying value of our long-lived assets and intangible assets with a definite life when indicators of impairment exist, and we recognize an impairment loss when the carrying amount of an asset is not recoverable from the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Impairment losses are measured by comparing the carrying amount of a long-lived asset to its fair value.

Identifiable intangible assets comprise purchased customer lists, patents and developed technologies. Identifiable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, ranging from four to eight years, using the straight-line method, which approximates the expected use of these assets.

We record property and equipment at cost, determine depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, capitalize additions and improvements that increase the value or extend the life of an asset, expense ordinary repairs and maintenance as incurred, and amortize leasehold improvements over the shorter of the term of the lease or the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identified assets acquired in a business combination. We evaluate our goodwill for impairment annually on September 30 or when indicators for impairment exist, and we write down goodwill when impaired. To evaluate goodwill for impairment, we qualitatively assess whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of our sole reporting unit is less than the carrying amount. If so, we proceed to the first step of the goodwill impairment test in which we identify potential impairment by performing a quantitative assessment, comparing the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value. If the carrying value exceeds its fair value in this analysis, the goodwill of that reporting unit is

 

F-14


Table of Contents

potentially impaired, and we proceed to step two of the impairment analysis in which we record an impairment loss equal to the excess. Indicators of impairment in our qualitative assessment would include: the impacts of significant adverse changes in legal factors; market and economic conditions; the result of our operational performance and strategic plans; adverse actions by regulators; unanticipated changes in competition and market share; and the potential for sale or disposal of all or a significant portion of our business. A significant impairment could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. No impairment charge for goodwill was recorded during 2014 and 2015 and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited).

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue from sales of our hardware and software products, development and service agreements and licensing agreements. We recognize product revenue when: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred; (3) the price is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is probable.

Hardware products are typically considered delivered upon shipment. Certain arrangements contain provisions for customer acceptance. Where we are unable to demonstrate that the customer acceptance provisions are met on shipment, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met or the acceptance clause or contingency lapses.

For the sale of products to a distributor, we evaluate our ability to estimate returns, considering a number of factors including, the geography in which a sales transaction originates, payment terms and our relationship and past history with the distributor. Distributor agreements do not generally provide for a right of return for refund but do typically provide for a right of return in exchange for other similar products, subject to time and quantity limitations. If we are not able to estimate returns at the time of sale to a distributor, revenue recognition is deferred until there is persuasive evidence indicating the product has sold-through to an end user. Persuasive evidence of sell-through may include reports from distributors documenting sell-through activity, data indicating an order has shipped to an end user or other similar information. At the time of revenue recognition, we record reserves for sales returns which are estimated based on historical activity and expectations of future experience. We monitor and analyze actual experience and adjust reserves on a quarterly basis.

Our reader and gateway products are sold in combination with a limited hardware warranty against manufacturer defect. Our hardware warranty includes access to repair or replacement of hardware in the event of breakage or failure resulting directly from a manufacturer defect; this warranty is provided to all customers and considered an integral part of the initial product sale. Certain software is integrated with our reader and gateway products and is essential to the functionality of the integrated products. We also sell other software that configures, manages and controls readers which is not considered essential to the functionality of the hardware product.

Our multi-element arrangements generally include a combination of hardware products, extended warranty, support and other non-essential software. We allocate revenue to software and non-software deliverables based on their relative fair value. Accounting principles establish a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to non-software deliverables as follows: (1) vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price, or VSOE; (2) third-party evidence of selling price, or TPE; and (3) best estimated selling prices, or ESP. VSOE generally exists only when we sell the deliverable separately and is the price actually charged by us for that deliverable on a stand-alone basis. When VSOE cannot be established, we attempt to establish the selling price of each element based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for similar deliverables when sold separately. We are unable to reliably determine what similar competitor products’ selling prices are on a stand-alone basis and are therefore typically not able to determine TPE. When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use ESP in the allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis.

Our ESPs for all products and services are calculated using a method consistent with the way management prices new products. We consider multiple factors in developing the ESPs for our products including our historical

 

F-15


Table of Contents

pricing and discounting practices, the costs incurred to manufacture the product or deliver the service, the nature of the customer relationship and market trends. In addition, we may consider other factors as appropriate, including the pricing of competitive alternatives if they exist and product-specific business objectives. We regularly review VSOE and ESP and maintain internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates.

For software deliverables, we recognize revenue in accordance with industry specific software accounting guidance for stand-alone software licenses and related support services. Revenue from software deliverables that do not require significant production, modification or customization of our software is generally recognized when: (1) delivery has occurred; (2) there is no customer acceptance clause in the contract; (3) there are no significant post-delivery obligations remaining; (4) the price is fixed; and (5) collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. For transactions where we have established VSOE for the fair value of support services as measured by the renewal prices paid by our customers when the services are sold separately on a stand-alone basis, we use the residual method to determine the amount of software product revenue to be recognized. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the sales amount is recognized as license revenue. Support services revenue is deferred and recognized ratably over the period during which the services are to be performed, which is typically from one to three years. In those instances where we have not established VSOE of our support services, the license and service revenue is recognized on a straightline basis over the support period.

Amounts allocated to extended support services sold with our reader products are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the support services term.

We account for nonrecurring engineering development agreements that involve significant production, modification or customization of our products by generally recognizing the revenue over the performance period using the percentage of completion, or POC, method. Advance payments under these agreements are deferred and recognized as earned. Under the POC method of accounting, sales and gross profit are recognized as work is performed based on the relationship between actual costs incurred and total estimated costs to complete the contract. Changes to the original estimates may be required during the life of the contract. Estimates are reviewed quarterly and the effect of any change in the estimated profitability for a contract is reflected in cost of sales. The use of the POC method of accounting involves considerable use of estimates in determining revenue, costs and profits and in assigning the amounts to accounting periods. We account for licensing and service agreements that do not involve significant production, modification or customization of our products generally by recognizing the revenue ratably over the performance period; advance payments under these agreements are initially deferred.

We present revenue net of sales tax in our consolidated statements of operations. Shipping charges billed to customers are included in product revenue and the related shipping costs are included in cost of product revenue.

Guarantees and Product Warranties

In the normal course of business to facilitate sales of our products, we indemnify other parties, including customers, distributors, resellers and parties to other transactions with us, with respect to certain matters. We have agreed to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations or covenants, from intellectual property infringement and from other claims made against certain parties. These agreements may limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement.

We provide limited warranty coverage for most products, generally ranging from a period of 90 days to one year from the date of shipment. A liability is recorded for the estimated cost of product warranties based on historical claims, product failure rates and other factors when the related revenue is recognized. We review these estimates

 

F-16


Table of Contents

periodically and adjust the warranty reserves as actual experience differs from historical estimates or other information becomes available. The warranty liability primarily includes the anticipated cost of materials, labor and shipping necessary to repair or replace the product. Accrued warranty costs in 2014 and 2015 were not material.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consist of salaries and related benefits of product development personnel, contract developers, prototype materials and other expenses related to the development of new and improved products.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency for all of our subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. All of the assets and liabilities of these entities denominated in local currency are remeasured to U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates and all revenue and expenses are measured at average rates during the respective period. Gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of assets and liabilities, as well as, foreign currency transaction gains and losses occurring as a result of the effect of exchange rate changes on transactions denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars are included in other income (expense), net in the period of exchange. The net effect of foreign currency gains and losses was not material in 2014 and 2015 and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited).

Income Taxes

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the year that includes the enactment date. We determine deferred tax assets, including historical net operating losses, and deferred tax liabilities, based on temporary differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities. We believe that it is currently more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will not be realized and as such, we have recorded a full valuation allowance for these assets.

We utilize a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. First, we evaluate recognition, which requires us to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. If a tax position is not considered more likely than not to be sustained, no benefits of the position are recognized. Second, we measure the uncertain tax position, which is based on the largest amount of benefit which is more likely than not to be realized on effective settlement. This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure, including assessing the risks associated with tax audits, together with assessing temporary differences resulting from the different treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. If actual results differ from our estimates, our net operating loss and credit carryforwards could be materially impacted.

Stock-Based Compensation

We have a stock-based compensation plan that is more fully described in Note 8.

We account for stock-based compensation at fair value. Stock-based compensation costs are recognized based on their grant date fair value estimated using the Black-Scholes model. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the statement of operations is based on stock options expected to vest and has been reduced by an estimated forfeiture rate based on our historical and expected employee forfeiture patterns.

We use the straight-line method of allocating stock-based compensation cost over the requisite service period of the related award. We estimated the expected term of options granted based on expectations of historical

 

F-17


Table of Contents

experience of similar awards and expectations of future employee behavior. We estimated the risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the options based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Our estimate of expected volatility is based on the estimated volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. We have not paid and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on common stock; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero.

We account for equity instruments issued to nonemployees at fair value. We value all transactions in which we receive services for the issuance of equity instruments using the fair value of the services received or by using the Black-Scholes model. The measurement date of the fair value of the equity instrument issued is the earlier of the date on which the counterparty’s performance is complete or the date on which it is probable that performance will occur. Stock-based compensation expense on options granted to nonemployees was not material for 2014 and 2015 and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited).

Warrant Liability

We account for warrant liabilities at fair value. Warrant liability costs are recognized based on their grant date fair value estimated using the Black-Scholes model. To date, all warrants have been issued in connection with entering into or refinancing of our credit facilities and the costs of the warrants were accounted for as a debt discount which is amortized and recognized in interest expense over the term of the associated credit facility. Warrants issued to purchase preferred stock are adjusted to fair value at each period end as estimated using the Black-Scholes model and the associated change in fair value is included in other income (expense), net.

Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding. We have outstanding stock options, unvested common stock subject to repurchase, warrants and convertible preferred stock, which are included in the calculation of diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders per share whenever to do so would be dilutive.

We calculate basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders in conformity with the two-class method required for companies with participating securities. We consider all series of convertible preferred stock to be participating securities. Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders is not allocated to the convertible preferred stock as the holders of convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in losses.

The diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of this calculation, convertible preferred stock, options to purchase common stock and warrants to purchase common stock and convertible preferred stock are considered potentially dilutive securities but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is antidilutive. Basic and diluted net loss per share was the same for each period presented, as the inclusion of all potential common shares outstanding would have been antidilutive.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

    FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
            2014                     2015                     2015                     2016          
                (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Numerator :

       

Net income (loss)

  $ 297      $ 900      $ (905   $ (2,330

Less: Accretion of preferred stock

    (11,301     (11,301     (2,825     (2,825
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

  $ (11,004   $ (10,401   $ (3,730   $ (5,155
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

       

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

    3,489        4,067        3,895        4,388   

Weighted-average unvested shares of common stock subject to repurchase

    (151     (174     (209     (121
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

    3,338        3,893        3,686        4,267   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

  $ (3.30   $ (2.67   $ (1.01   $ (1.21
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following outstanding options, warrants and shares of preferred stock were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented because their effect would have been antidilutive:

 

     FOR THE
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
     THREE MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
     2014      2015      2015      2016  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)         

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     7,885         7,885         7,885         7,885   

Common stock warrants

     25         25         25         25   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

     264         264         264         264   

Unvested shares of common stock subject to repurchase

     216         136         201         114   

Stock options

     2,007         1,896         1,718         1,915   

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) per Share (unaudited)

Pro forma net income per share is computed as follows:

 

     FOR THE
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2015
    THREE MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH  31,

2016
 
     (in thousands, except per share
amounts)
 

Numerator:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 900      $ (2,330

Removal of the revaluation of all liability-classified preferred stock warrants

     (703     (54
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ 197      $ (2,384
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     4,067        4,388   

Weighted-average unvested shares of common stock subject to repurchase

     (174     (121

Adjustment for conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     8,523        8,523   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders—basic

     12,416        12,790   

Effects of potentially dilutive securities:

    

Common stock warrants

     16        —     

Weighted-average unvested shares of common stock subject to repurchase

     174        —     

Stock options

     1,083        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders—diluted

     13,689        12,790   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

    

Basic

   $ 0.02      $ (0.19
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.01      $ (0.19
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Risks and Uncertainties

Inherent in our business are various risks and uncertainties, including that we are developing advanced technologies and new applications in a rapidly changing industry. These risks include the failure to develop and extend our products and the rejection of our products by consumers, as well as other risks and uncertainties. If we do not successfully implement our business plan, certain assets may not be recoverable, certain liabilities may not be paid and investments in our capital stock may not be recoverable. Our success depends upon the acceptance of our technology, development of sales and distribution channels and our ability to generate significant revenue from the use of our technology.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting and other fees and costs related to our planned initial public offering, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against proceeds upon the closing of the offering. If the offering is terminated, all of the deferred offering costs will be expensed within income from

 

F-20


Table of Contents

operations. There were $637,000 of capitalized deferred offering costs as of December 31, 2015 and $988,000 of capitalized deferred offering costs as of March 31, 2016 (unaudited).

3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     USEFUL
LIVES
   DECEMBER 31,  
        2014      2015  
     (Years)    (in thousands)  

Laboratory equipment

   3    $ 4,415       $ 4,670   

Computer equipment and software

   3      2,465         2,703   

Furniture and fixtures

   3-7      678         193   

Equipment acquired under capital leases

   3-5      3,181         6,165   

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of
lease term or
economic life
     1,786         7,588   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        12,525         21,319   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

        (9,005      (8,968
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $ 3,520       $ 12,351   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense, which includes amortization of leased assets, was $1.3 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The net book value of property and equipment acquired under capital leases was $1.5 million and $3.5 million at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

For 2014 and 2015, we capitalized $169,000 and $113,000, respectively, of internally developed software in connection with costs incurred for the upgrade and integration of our ERP, CRM and production systems. The net book value of internally developed software was $597,000 and $364,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

4. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

    USEFUL
LIVES
  DECEMBER 31, 2014     DECEMBER 31, 2015     MARCH 31, 2016  
      GROSS     ACCUMULATED
AMORTIZATION
    NET     GROSS     ACCUMULATED
AMORTIZATION
    NET     GROSS     ACCUMULATED
AMORTIZATION
    NET  
                                (unaudited)  
    (Years)   (in thousands)        

Patents

  7   $ 150      $ (139   $ 11      $ 150      $ (150   $ —        $ 150      $ (150   $ —     

Customer list

  7-8     700        (575     125        700        (663     37        700        (685     15   

Technology

  4     850        (850     —          850        (850     —          850        (850     —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    $ 1,700      $ (1,564   $ 136      $ 1,700      $ (1,663   $ 37      $ 1,700      $ (1,685   $ 15   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted-average remaining amortization period for the intangible assets is 0.2 years. Amortization expense related to these intangibles was $110,000 and $99,000 for 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $22,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

5. Income Taxes

At December 31, 2015, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of approximately $97.0 million and federal research and experimentation credit carryforwards of approximately $7.5 million which may be used to reduce future taxable income or offset income taxes due. These NOLs and credit carryforwards expire beginning in 2023 through 2035 and 2020 through 2035, respectively.

Our net deferred tax assets consisted of the following:

 

     DECEMBER 31,  
     2014      2015  
    

(in thousands)

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 33,287       $ 33,783   

Credit carryforwards

     5,197         5,693   

Depreciation and amortization

     586         594   

Capitalized research and development

     9,320         8,164   

Deferred rent

     220         223   

Allowances

     503         261   

Deferred compensation

     473         760   

Deferred revenue

     157         253   

Stock compensation

     205         323   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

     49,948         50,054   

Less: Valuation Allowance

     (49,948      (50,054
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Liability:

     

Goodwill

     (595      (676
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (595    $ (676
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes have not been provided on approximately $287,000 of undistributed earnings from our international subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015. We have not recognized a deferred tax liability for the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries because we currently do not expect to remit those earnings in the foreseeable future. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability related to undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries is not practicable because such liability, if any, is dependent on circumstances existing if and when remittance occurs.

We did not record a tax benefit related to our stock options during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, since we currently maintain a full valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets. Our realization of the benefits of the NOLs and credit carryforwards is dependent on sufficient taxable income in future fiscal years. We have established a valuation allowance against the carrying value of our deferred tax assets, as it is not currently more likely than not that we will be able to realize these deferred tax assets. In addition, utilization of NOLs and credits to offset future income subject to taxes may be subject to substantial annual limitations due to the “change in ownership” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, and similar state provisions. Events that cause limitations in the amount of NOLs that we may utilize in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50%, as defined by Code Section 382, over a three-year period. Utilization of our NOLs and tax credit carryforwards could be significantly reduced if a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% has occurred in our past or occurs in our future.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Our income tax expense consisted of the following:

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
 
     2014      2015  
    

(in thousands)

 

Current:

     

US - Federal

   $ —         $ —     

US - State

     —           (56

Foreign

     (5      (22
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (5      (78

Deferred:

     

US - Federal

     (91      (88

US - State

     —           —     

Foreign

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (91      (88
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ (96    $ (166
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We file a U.S. federal income tax return. A reconciliation of the effect of applying federal statutory rates and the effective income tax rates used to calculate our income tax expense is as follows:

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
 
     2014     2015  

U.S. Statutory Rate

     34.0     34.0

Change in valuation allowance

     8.9        9.9   

State taxes (net of federal benefit)

     (33.6     3.8   

Federal research and development credit

     (136.0     (60.8

Incentive stock options

     83.6        19.5   

Unrecognized tax benefits

     34.0        28.8   

Preferred stock warrant revaluation

     34.4        (22.4

Other, net

     (1.0     2.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     24.3     15.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The table below summarizes changes in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance:

 

     BALANCE
AT
BEGINNING
OF PERIOD
     CHARGED
TO COSTS
AND
EXPENSES
     WRITE-
OFFS
     BALANCE
AT END OF
PERIOD
 
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax valuation allowance:

           

For year ended December 31, 2014

   $ 49,913       $ 35       $ —         $ 49,948   

For year ended December 31, 2015

     49,948         106         —           50,054   

 

F-23


Table of Contents

We classify applicable interest and penalties as a component of the provision for income taxes. The amount of accrued interest and penalties is not material. The total balance of unrecognized tax benefits was as follows:

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
 
     2014      2015  
     (in thousands)  

Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of the period

   $ 1,599       $ 1,732   

Additions based on current year tax positions

     133         146   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits at end of the period

   $ 1,732       $ 1,878   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We do not anticipate that the amount of our existing unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months. Due to the presence of NOLs in most jurisdictions, our tax years remain open for examination by taxing authorities back to 2000.

6. Debt Facilities

Senior Credit Facility

We have a loan and security agreement, which we refer to as our senior credit facility, with Silicon Valley Bank. The senior credit facility provides for both revolver and term borrowings. The revolver matures in December 2016 and allows us to borrow up to the lesser of $15.0 million and a borrowing base tied to the amount of our eligible accounts receivable and inventory. Interest on revolver borrowings is payable monthly and accrues at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 2.50% at all times when our cash held at the bank plus the amount available to borrow on the revolver is less than or equal to $8.5 million, and 2.00% when our cash held at the bank plus the amount available to borrow on the revolver is greater than $8.5 million for a period of at least 60 consecutive days (5.50% at December 31, 2015). At December 31, 2015, we had $1.9 million of revolver borrowings outstanding, excluding unamortized debt issuance costs of $53,000. During the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited), we had revolving line borrowings of $19.4 million and repayments of $11.7 million. At March 31, 2016, we had $10.4 million of revolving line borrowings outstanding (unaudited).

As of December 31, 2015, $9.3 million of term loan borrowings, excluding an unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs of $142,000, were outstanding. The weighted average interest rate on these facilities was 5.5% at December 31, 2015. Scheduled principal maturities as of December 31, 2015 were as follows (in thousands):

 

2016

   $ 3,500   

2017

     3,500   

2018

     2,333   
  

 

 

 
   $ 9,333   
  

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2016, $18.9 million of term loan and revolving borrowings, excluding an unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs of $158,000, were outstanding. The weighted average interest rate on these facilities was 5.5% at March 31, 2016. Scheduled principal maturities as of March 31, 2016 were as follows (in thousands) (unaudited):

 

2016

   $ 13,025   

2017

     3,500   

2018

     2,333   
  

 

 

 
     18,858   
  

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The senior credit facility contains customary conditions to borrowing, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness, incur encumbrances, make distributions to holders of our capital stock, make investments or engage in transactions with our affiliates. The credit facility also requires us to maintain a minimum tangible net worth and liquidity ratio. We were in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016. Substantially all of our assets other than intellectual property are pledged as collateral under the senior credit facility.

Mezzanine Credit Facility

We have a mezzanine loan and security agreement, which we refer to as our mezzanine credit facility, with SG Enterprises II, LLC, which provides for a $5.0 million term loan which was drawn in September 2015. Interest on the term loan accrues at a fixed per year rate equal to 18.0% and is payable monthly. Beginning in October 2017, we are required to pay equal monthly installments of principal equal to $138,889 through the maturity date. We may at our option and upon certain conditions, prepay the outstanding term loan balance without premium or penalty. All outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the term loan under the mezzanine credit facility is due and payable in October 2020.

The mezzanine credit facility contains customary conditions to borrowing and affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness, grant liens on our assets, make distributions to holders of our capital stock, make investments or engage in transactions with our affiliates. The mezzanine credit facility also requires us to maintain minimum revenues of at least 80% of our board-approved annual operating plan, measured quarterly on a year-to-date basis. Substantially all of our assets other than intellectual property are pledged as collateral under the mezzanine credit facility. We were in compliance with all covenants as of March 31, 2016.

As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), $5.0 million of mezzanine loan borrowings, excluding unamortized debt discounts and issuance costs of $128,000 and $119,000 (unaudited), respectively, were outstanding. Scheduled principal maturities as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited) were as follows (in thousands):

 

2017

   $ 416   

2018

     1,667   

2019

     1,667   

2020

     1,250   
  

 

 

 
   $ 5,000   
  

 

 

 

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

Our outstanding preferred stock includes certain redemption provisions and therefore is not included in stockholders’ deficit on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2015. Holders of our Series 1 and Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to accretion equal to 7% annual interest (non-compounded) on the original price paid per share of the applicable series of preferred stock, accrued from the date of issuance of such shares. We recorded accretion of $11.3 million during 2014 and 2015 in respect of our outstanding Series 1 and Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock. Accretion is generally recorded against distributable earnings. Since we have accumulated losses, we record accretion against Additional Paid in Capital until there is no remaining capital. Thereafter, accretion is recorded against our Accumulated Deficit.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Common Stock

As of December 31, 2015, we had authorized 15,041,666 shares of voting $0.001 par value common stock. Each holder of the common stock is entitled to one vote per common share. At its discretion, the Board of Directors may declare dividends on shares of common stock, subject to the prior rights of our preferred stockholders. Upon liquidation or dissolution, holders of common stock will receive distributions only after preferred stock preferences have been satisfied.

As of December 31, 2015 we have reserved 10,070,299 shares of common stock for the conversion of preferred stock and the exercise of options and warrants.

As of December 31, 2015, 25,000 common stock warrants were outstanding with an exercise price of $2.52 per share. These common stock warrants expire on March 24, 2021.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2015, we have authorized 8,312,719 shares of $0.001 par value preferred stock, of which 5,333,553 have been designated Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock and 2,979,166 have been designated Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Preferred stock warrants outstanding, all with exercise prices of $9.318 per share, are as follows:

 

     ISSUANCE
DATE
   EXPIRATION
DATE
   SHARES      FAIR VALUE AT
DECEMBER 31
 
              2014      2015  
                      (in thousands)  

Series 2 preferred stock

   June 2, 2010    June 2, 2020      2,004       $ 29       $ 24   

Series 2 preferred stock

   February 1, 2011    February 1, 2021      1,458         22         18   

Series 2 preferred stock

   July 13, 2012    July 13, 2022      41,666         652         548   

Series 2 preferred stock (1)

   June 30, 2010    June 30, 2017      218,523         2,865         2,275   
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock

           263,651       $ 3,568       $ 2,865   
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

These warrants will be automatically exercised on a net exercise basis if the initial per share price of common stock to the public in an initial public offering exceeds the exercise price of the warrants; otherwise, the warrants will expire.

Redemption

The holders of at least 70% of the outstanding shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock voting as a separate class on an as-if converted basis may, at any time after July 13, 2017, require us to redeem the Series 1 and Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock at an amount per share equal to the sum of

 

   

$10.7808 in the case of Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock and $9.318 in the case of Series 2 preferred stock;

 

   

all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to any such shares to be redeemed; and

 

   

an amount equal to 7% annual interest (non-compounded) on the original price paid per share of the applicable series of preferred stock accrued from the date of issuance of such shares.

One third of the shares are redeemable in the year the redemption election is made beginning on the earlier of the date that is January 1st, April 1st, July 1st or October 1st after our receipt of the redemption election. The remaining shares are to be redeemed ratably over the next two anniversaries of the initial redemption date. If we

 

F-26


Table of Contents

do not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem all shares of Series 2 and Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, then we will (1) redeem the maximum possible number of shares ratably among holders of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock and (2) use any remaining funds to redeem the maximum possible number of shares ratably among holders of Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock. Thereafter, when additional funds are available for redemption of shares, the redemption will be subject to the priority noted above.

In addition, the Series 1 and Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock both contain provisions that, in the event of a change in the control of our company, would give the holders of the preferred stock the right to receive a cash distribution equal to the liquidation preference on the preferred stock.

Dividends

The holders of Series 1 and Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends prior to and in preference to any dividends to common stockholders, at a rate of $0.9318 per share per annum on each outstanding share of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock and $1.07808 per share per annum on each outstanding share of Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, payable quarterly when and if declared by the board of directors. The dividend per share is subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassification.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, including a merger, acquisition or sale of assets, the holders of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of assets to the holders of Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, or common stock, an amount equal to $25.6248 (subject to adjustment) for each share of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock held by them plus declared but unpaid dividends. If our assets are insufficient to permit this payment, then the assets shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock.

If assets remain after this Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock distribution, the holders of Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of assets to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to approximately $10.7808 (subject to adjustment) for each share of Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock held by them plus declared but unpaid dividends. If our assets are insufficient to permit this payment, then the assets shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Any assets remaining after this Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock distribution shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Series 1 and Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock (assuming conversion to common stock) and the common stockholders.

Voting

Each holder of preferred stock is entitled to vote on all matters with respect to any question upon which holders of common stock have the right to vote, and each preferred stock holder is entitled to that number of votes equal to the number of votes that would be accorded to the number of shares of common stock into which such holder’s preferred stock would be converted.

Conversion

Each share of preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder into such number of shares of common stock as is determined by dividing its original purchase price by the conversion price at the time of conversion. As of

 

F-27


Table of Contents

December 31, 2014 each share of Series 1 and Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock was convertible into one share of common stock as the original purchase price was equal to the conversion rates of $10.7808 and $9.318 per share, respectively. Immediately prior to the closing of a public offering in which the pre-money equity value of our company is at least $300 million and results in at least $50 million of proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions to the company, each share of Series 1 redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock at the conversion rate of 1- to-1 and shares of Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock at the conversion ratio of 1-to-1.25.

8. Stock-Based Compensation

We have adopted various option plans under which stock options and common stock can be granted to employees and non-employees. The plans provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any affiliates’ employees and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and awards of restricted or unrestricted shares of common stock to our and our affiliates’ employees, consultants and advisors. As of both December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited) we have reserved 2,606,879 shares of common stock for issuance under our stock option plans.

We provide employees with the opportunity to early exercise stock options subject to the original vesting schedule of the option. In the event of voluntary or involuntary termination of employment with us, we have an irrevocable and exclusive option to repurchase the unvested portion of the shares at the original exercise price after the termination of employment. We account for cash received in consideration for the purchase of unvested shares of common stock or the early exercise of unvested stock options as a current liability and include it in accrued compensation and employee related benefits on the consolidated balance sheet. We repurchased 1,770 and 2,020 unvested shares from terminated employees in 2014 and 2015, respectively.

The following table presents the detail of stock-based compensation expense amounts included in our consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated below:

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH  31,
 
     2014      2015      2015      2016  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 49       $ 31       $ 13       $ 5   

Research and development expense

     362         305         103         69   

Sales and marketing expense

     413         692         144         205   

General and administrative expense

     313         150         46         55   

Offering costs

     38         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

     1,175         1,178         306         334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2014, we completed an offer to exchange certain employee’s stock options for new options with an exercise price of $5.04 granted on a one-for-one basis. 81 employees participated and exchanged 237,385 shares. We did not modify the vesting period for the new options compared to the vesting period of the original option grants. The exchange did not result in a material charge in 2014.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Detail related to activity of unvested shares of our common stock is as follows:

 

     SHARES OUTSTANDING  
     NUMBER OF
SHARES
     WEIGHTED-
AVERAGE
EXERCISE
PRICE PER
SHARE
 
    

(in thousands,

except per share amounts)

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     216       $ 1.68   

Issued

     2         5.18   

Vested

     (80      1.49   

Repurchased

     (2      1.33   
  

 

 

    

Balance at December 31, 2015

     136         1.76   

Vested (unaudited)

     (22      1.55   
  

 

 

    

Balance at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     114       $ 1.81   
  

 

 

    

A summary of the option activity under our stock option plan is presented below:

 

            OPTIONS OUTSTANDING  
     SHARES
AVAILABLE
FOR GRANT
     NUMBER OF
SHARES
     WEIGHTED-
AVERAGE
EXERCISE
PRICE PER
SHARE
 
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Balance at December 31, 2014

     86         2,007       $ 1.92   

Options Granted

     (696      696         6.24   

Options Exercised

     —           (656      0.84   

Options Cancelled

     153         (150      3.48   

Options Repurchased

     2         —           1.32   

Additional Shares Reserved

     667         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Balance at December 31, 2015

     212         1,896         3.72   

Options Granted (unaudited)

     (44      44         8.28   

Options Exercised (unaudited)

     —           (14      3.60   

Options Cancelled (unaudited)

     11         (11      7.44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     179         1,915       $ 3.82   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total intrinsic value for options exercised during 2014 and 2015 was $1.9 million and $3.8 million, respectively, representing the difference between the estimated fair values of our common stock underlying these options at the dates of exercise and the exercise prices paid. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the three months ended March 31, 2016 was $67,000 (unaudited).

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2015:

 

     SHARES
SUBJECT TO
OPTIONS
OUTSTANDING
     WEIGHTED-
AVERAGE
REMAINING
CONTRACTUAL
LIFE (YEARS)
     WEIGHTED-
AVERAGE
EXERCISE
PRICE PER
SHARE
     TOTAL
INTRINSIC
VALUE
 
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

$0.60 – $1.08

     189         3.92       $ 0.72       $ 1,435   

$1.20

     410         6.67         1.20         2,897   

$1.32 – $4.32

     320         6.90         1.80         2,086   

$4.44 – $5.28

     632         9.16         5.04         2,046   

$5.40 – $6.84

     73         9.46         5.52         201   

$6.96 – $10.32

     272         9.46         8.40         —     
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

$0.60 – $10.32

     1,896         7.77         3.72       $ 8,666   
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

Exercisable

     877         6.23         1.68       $ 5,778   
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest

     1,757         7.57       $ 3.24       $ 8,877   
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

We estimate the weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during 2014 and 2015, some with exercise prices less than the estimated per share value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes on the grant date, was $4.08 and $3.12 per share, respectively. We estimated the weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2016 was $2.88 (unaudited) per share. We estimated the fair value of each employee option grant for 2014 and 2015 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
   THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH  31,
     2014    2015          2015                2016      
               (unaudited)

Risk-free interest rates

   1.8% – 2.0%    1.2% – 1.6%    1.4%    1.3%

Expected term

   6.0 years    4.3 – 6.0 years    6.0 years    4.3 years

Expected dividends yield

   None    None    None    None

Volatility

   43.8% – 46.9%    41.5% – 43.4%    43.4%    41.7%

We determined that it was not practicable to calculate the volatility of our share price since our securities are not publicly traded and therefore there is no readily determinable market value for our stock. Therefore, we estimated our volatility based on reported market value data for a group of publicly-traded entities that we believe are relatively comparable after consideration of their size, stage of lifecycle, profitability, growth and risk and return on investment. We used the average volatility rates reported by the comparable group for the expected term estimated by us.

The total fair value of options vested was $1.8 million and $1.3 million during 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $210,000 (unaudited) during the three months ended March 31, 2016.

As of December 31, 2015 our total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock-based awards was $2.9 million, which will be recognized over the weighted-average remaining requisite service period of 2.8 years. As of March 31, 2016 our total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock-based awards was $2.2 million (unaudited), which will be recognized over the weighted-average remaining requisite service period of 2.7 years (unaudited).

 

F-30


Table of Contents

9. Commitments and Contingencies

We lease approximately 52,000 square feet of office space in Seattle, Washington for our corporate headquarters under a lease that expires in January 2026 with the option to renew for two five year terms. The terms of the lease provide for rental payments on a graduated scale, include an option to lease additional office space in the future and provide the right to terminate this lease beginning in December 2022, subject to the payment of certain early termination fees. We received landlord incentives totaling $4.7 million which we recorded as deferred rent obligations and are amortizing as a reduction in rental expense over the remaining term of the lease. In March 2016 (unaudited), we amended our lease agreement to increase the approximate square feet to 70,000, extend the expiration to December 2026 with the option to renew for two five year terms, provide the right to terminate this lease beginning in December 2021, and receive additional landlord incentives totaling $2.1 million.

We lease approximately 11,000 square feet of space in Seattle for a design laboratory under an operating lease that expires in October 2018 with an option to renew for an additional one or three year term. The terms of the lease provide for rental payments on a graduated scale and the right to terminate this lease early, beginning in December 2015, subject to the payment of certain early termination fees. We received landlord incentives of $108,000 and have used $95,000. We recorded these incentives as deferred rent obligations and are amortizing them as a reduction in rental expense over the term of the lease.

We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period. Total rent expense under operating leases was $828,000 and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Total rent expense under operating leases was $124,000 and $608,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited), respectively.

We lease a portion of our property and equipment under capital leases, which include options allowing us to purchase the equipment at the end of the lease term.

Future minimum lease payments under operating and capital leases as of December 31, 2015 were as follows:

 

     OPERATING      CAPITAL  
     (in thousands)  

2016

   $ 2,312       $ 1,466   

2017

     2,299         1,214   

2018

     2,327         921   

2019

     2,529         483   

2020

     2,602         241   

Thereafter

     14,169         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 26,238       $ 4,325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Portion representing interest

        (609
     

 

 

 

Present value of capital lease obligations

        3,716   

Less: Current portion of capital lease obligations

        (1,190
     

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations net of current portion

      $ 2,526   
     

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Future minimum lease payments under operating and capital leases as of March 31, 2016 were as follows:

 

     OPERATING      CAPITAL  
    

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

2016

   $ 1,949       $ 1,071   

2017

     3,083         1,230   

2018

     3,072         937   

2019

     2,947         499   

2020

     3,031         257   

Thereafter

     19,959         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 34,041       $ 3,994   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Portion representing interest

        (548
     

 

 

 

Present value of capital lease obligations

        3,446   

Less: Current portion of capital lease obligations

        (1,138
     

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations net of current portion

      $ 2,308   
     

 

 

 

In the normal course of business, we periodically enter into agreements that require us to indemnify either major customers or suppliers for specific risks. While our maximum exposure under these indemnification provisions cannot be estimated, these indemnifications are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

Obligations with Third-Party Manufacturers

We manufacture products with a third-party manufacturer under recurring one year agreements. We are committed to purchase $7.9 million and $10.8 million (unaudited) of inventory as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, respectively.

Letters of Credit

As of December 31, 2015, we had a letter of credit in the amount of $1.7 million in connection with our headquarter facility lease. As of March 31, 2016 (unaudited), we had letters of credit in the aggregate amount of $2.7 million in connection with our headquarter facility lease and obligations with third-party manufacturers. The letters of credit are not collateralized by cash and mature at various dates through February 2027.

10. Segment Reporting

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. We are organized as, and operate in, one reportable segment: the development and sale of Item Intelligence products and services. Our chief operating decision-maker is the executive team, led by our chief executive officer. Our executive team regularly reviews financial information presented on a total company basis, accompanied by information about revenue and direct material gross margin by product family for purposes of monitoring our product mix impact on total gross margin. Our executive team evaluates performance based primarily on total revenue as end users are generally deploying many of our products and services to obtain the benefits of our integrated platform in the implementation of an Item Intelligence solution. Our assets are primarily located in the United States and not allocated to any specific geographic region. Therefore, geographic information is presented only for total revenue. All of our long-lived assets are located in the United States.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

The following table is based on the location of the value-added resellers, inlay manufacturers, reader OEMs, distributors or end users who purchased products and services directly from us. For sales to our resellers and distributors, their location may be different from the locations of the ultimate end users. Sales by geography were as follows:

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH  31,
 
         2014              2015              2015              2016      
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Americas

   $ 21,738       $ 21,568       $ 5,591       $ 6,296   

Asia Pacific

     33,898         45,096         8,153         12,316   

Europe, Middle East and Africa

     8,127         11,815         2,321         3,019   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 63,763       $ 78,479       $ 16,065       $ 21,631   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue in the United States was $19.6 million and $21.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $5.5 million and $6.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively (unaudited).

11. Retirement Plans

In 2001, we adopted a salary deferral 401(k) plan for our employees. The plan allows employees to contribute a percentage of their pretax earnings annually, subject to limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. The plan also allows us to make a matching contribution, subject to certain limitations. To date, we have not made any contributions to the plan.

12. Correction of Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

In the course of preparing our annual 2015 consolidated financial statements, we identified an error related to the presentation of lease incentives in our consolidated cash flow statement for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. We determined that the error was material to our interim consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Correcting this error resulted in an increase in cash from operating activities, from a use of $3.8 million to cash provided of $500,000, and an associated increase in cash used in investing activities, from a use of $2.6 million to $7.0 million. The error will be corrected in our future filings that contain such financial information.

13. Subsequent Events

We repaid the December 31, 2015 outstanding balance on our revolver borrowings under the senior credit facility of $1.9 million in January 2016.

We evaluated events that occurred between January 1, 2016 and March 11, 2016, the date the audited consolidated financial statements were issued. For the reissuance of the audited consolidated financial statements, we evaluated subsequent events that occurred through July 8, 2016.

14. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

We repaid the March 31, 2016 outstanding balance on our revolver borrowings under the senior credit facility of $10.4 million in April 2016.

In May 2016, our board of directors approved an increase of the number of authorized shares of common stock from 15,041,666 to 17,083,333.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

In May 2016, we amended our senior credit facility to, among other things, refinance our outstanding term loan in the principal amount of $10.5 million, extend the maturity date of the revolver to December 2017, add a $5.0 million sublimit under the revolver for the issuance of standby letters of credit, reduce the interest rate applicable to revolving loans, amend the tangible net worth covenant and provide for a new equipment term loan facility of up to $2.0 million. Interest on the term loan accrues at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 2.25% during a one year interest only period and at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 1.75% after expiration of the interest only period. Beginning in June 2017, we must begin paying 36 equal monthly installments of principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest. All outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the term loan is due and payable in May 2020. We may at our option prepay the outstanding term loan balance by paying the lender all principal and accrued and unpaid interest, plus a prepayment fee equal to $210,000 if the term loan is prepaid on or prior to the first anniversary of the May 2016 amendment, and $105,000 if the term loan is prepaid after the first anniversary but on or prior to the second anniversary of the May 2016 amendment. Equipment loans are available to fund the purchase of eligible equipment for one year following the May 2016 amendment date and mature in May 2020. Equipment loans are repaid in 36 equal monthly installments of principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, following each borrowing and accrue interest at a floating rate equal to the lender’s prime rate plus 1.75%. We may at our option prepay the outstanding equipment loan balance by paying the lender all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest plus a prepayment fee equal to 2.00% of the principal amount of each equipment loan prepaid if such equipment loan is prepaid on or prior to the first anniversary of the date such equipment loan was borrowed, and 1.00% of the principal amount of each equipment loan prepaid if such equipment loan is prepaid after the first anniversary but on or prior to the second anniversary of the date such equipment loan was borrowed.

In June 2016, our board of directors and stockholders approved a modification to the conversion term for the Series 1 and Series 2 redeemable convertible preferred stock, such that they will convert into common stock at their respective conversion ratios immediately prior to the closing of a public offering with an effective date (A) on or prior to December 31, 2016, in which the gross proceeds to the Company are anticipated to be in excess of fifty million dollars ($50,000,000), or (B) after December 31, 2016, in which (1) the gross proceeds to the Company are anticipated to be in excess of fifty million dollars ($50,000,000) and (2) the pre-money equity value of the company is at least $300,000,000.

We evaluated events that occurred between April 1, 2016 and May 9, 2016, the date the unaudited consolidated financial statements were issued. For the reissuance of the unaudited interim financial statements, we evaluated subsequent events that occurred through July 8, 2016.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

LOGO

Our Mission:

Connecting Items to Applications

13 Billion Items Connected

INTERNET OF THINGS


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered under this registration statement are as follows:

 

     AMOUNT
TO BE PAID
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 7,458   

FINRA filing fee

     11,609   

Exchange listing fee

     125,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

     255,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     1,600,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     417,000   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     5,000   

Miscellaneous

     261,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,682,067   
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law empowers a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers and to purchase insurance with respect to liability arising out of their capacity or status as directors and officers, provided that the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s actions were unlawful. The Delaware General Corporation Law further provides that the indemnification permitted thereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the directors and officers may be entitled under the corporation’s bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or otherwise. The certificate of incorporation of the registrant to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides for the indemnification of the registrant’s directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, the bylaws of the registrant to be in effect upon the completion of this offering require the registrant to fully indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, or officer of the registrant, or is or was a director or officer of the registrant serving at the registrant’s request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) for payments of unlawful dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The registrant’s certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides

 

II-1


Table of Contents

that the registrant’s directors shall not be personally liable to the registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director and that if the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of the registrant’s directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved, or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the registrant has entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of the registrant’s directors and certain of the registrant’s officers which require the registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status as directors, officers or certain other employees.

The registrant expects to obtain and maintain insurance policies under which its directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of those policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of, and certain liabilities which might be imposed as a result of, actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been directors or officers. The coverage provided by these policies may apply whether or not the registrant would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the registrant and the registrant’s officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriting agreement between the registrant and the underwriters filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for the indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant’s directors and officers and certain controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act with respect to information provided by the underwriters specifically for inclusion in the registration statement.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us in the past three years. No underwriters were involved in the sales, and the certificates representing the securities sold and issued contain legends restricting transfer of the securities without registration under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption from registration.

 

   

From July 11, 2013 through July 11, 2016, the registrant granted no options under its 2000 Stock Plan. During this period, options to purchase 653,232 shares of common stock had been exercised for aggregate consideration of $448,428, at exercise prices ranging from $0.60 to $3.60 per share. Of the options, the registrant had cancelled options to purchase 29,600 shares of common stock.

 

   

From July 11, 2013 through July 11, 2016, the registrant granted options under its 2010 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase an aggregate of 1,868,731 shares of common stock to employees, consultants and directors, having exercise prices ranging from $1.44 to $10.32 per share. During this period, options to purchase 674,747 shares of common stock had been exercised for aggregate consideration of $1,279,776, at exercise prices ranging from $0.84 to $10.32 per share. Of the options, the registrant had cancelled options to purchase 531,050 shares of common stock (inclusive of the

 

II-2


Table of Contents
 

options cancelled in connection with the stock option exchange program described in the third bullet listed in this Item 15 below).

 

   

In December 2014, as part of a stock option exchange program, the registrant granted to 83 of its employees, directors and consultants under the registrant’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, each as amended, options to purchase an aggregate of 237,385 shares of the registrant’s common stock at an exercise price of $5.04 per share in exchange for cancellation by such parties of stock options to purchase an equal number of shares of the registrant’s common stock that were previously outstanding under the registrant’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

   

From July 11, 2013 through July 11, 2016, the registrant issued and sold 6,162 shares of Series 2 preferred stock to accredited investors upon exercise of warrants at an exercise price of $9.32 per share for aggregate proceeds of $57,444.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act under either (1) Rule 701 in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701 or (2) Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of such options were the registrant’s employees, consultants or directors and received the options under the registrant’s 2000 Stock Plan or 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. The recipients of such shares of Series 2 preferred stock received the warrants to purchase preferred stock in June 2010, which were subsequently amended and restated in July 2012. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

We have filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this registration statement.

(b) Financial statement schedules.

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Seattle, State of Washington, on July 11, 2016.

 

IMPINJ, INC.

By:        

 

/s/ Chris Diorio

  Chris Diorio, Ph.D.
  Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Amendment No. 1 to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    Chris Diorio        

Chris Diorio, Ph.D.

  

Chief Executive Officer and

Director (Principal Executive Officer)

 

July 11, 2016

/s/    Evan Fein        

Evan Fein

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

 

July 11, 2016

*

Peter van Oppen

   Director  

July 11, 2016

*

Tom A. Alberg

   Director  

July 11, 2016

*

Clinton Bybee

   Director  

July 11, 2016

*

Gregory Sessler

   Director  

July 11, 2016

*

Theresa Wise

   Director  

July 11, 2016

 

*By:   /s/ Chris Diorio
  Chris Diorio, Ph.D.
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

  

DESCRIPTION

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon completion of the offering
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon completion of the offering
  4.1    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the registrant
  4.2*    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated July 13, 2012, by and among the registrant and the investors and founders named therein
  4.3*    Form of Amended and Restated Warrant to purchase Series 2 preferred stock, issued to investors on July 13, 2012, in connection with the registrant’s 2012 preferred stock financing
  4.4*    Amended and Restated Warrant to purchase 17,498 shares of Series 2 Preferred Stock, issued to Silicon Valley Bank on July 13, 2012
  4.5*    Amended and Restated Warrant to purchase 24,059 shares of Series 2 Preferred Stock, issued to Silicon Valley Bank on July 13, 2012
  4.6*    Warrant to purchase Series 2 Preferred Stock, issued to Silicon Valley Bank on July 13, 2012
  4.7*    Warrant to purchase common stock, issued to Silicon Valley Bank on March 25, 2011
  5.1    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1+    Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement
10.2+*    2000 Stock Plan, as amended
10.3+*    Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement permitting early exercise under the 2000 Stock Plan
10.4+*    2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended
10.5+*    Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.6+*    Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement permitting early exercise under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.7+    2016 Equity Incentive Plan
10.8+    Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan
10.9+    2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.10+*    Amended and Restated Diorio Employment Agreement, dated December 19, 2008, between the registrant and Chris Diorio, Ph.D.
10.11+*    First Amendment to Diorio Employment Agreement, dated February 20, 2009, between the registrant and Chris Diorio, Ph.D.
10.12+*    Executive Employment Agreement, dated April 1, 2014, between the registrant and Eric Brodersen
10.13+*    First Amendment to Brodersen Employment Agreement, dated February 9, 2015, between the registrant and Eric Brodersen
10.14+*    Fein Employment Agreement, dated December 23, 2009, between the registrant and Evan Fein
10.15+*    First Amendment to Fein Employment Agreement, dated February 9, 2015, between the registrant and Evan Fein
10.16+*    Executive Employment Agreement, dated April 13, 2015, between the registrant and Walter Palhetas


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

  

DESCRIPTION

10.17†*    Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 26, 2014, between the registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended by the First Amendment dated September 29, 2014, Second Amendment dated February 4, 2015, the Third Amendment dated April 17, 2015, the Fourth Amendment dated September 25, 2015, the Fifth Amendment dated March 24, 2016 and the Six Amendment dated May 27, 2016.
10.18*    Mezzanine Loan and Security Agreement, dated September 25, 2015, by and between the registrant and SG Enterprises II, LLC
10.19*    Office Lease, dated December 10, 2014, by and between the registrant and 400 Fairview LLC
10.19A*    First Amendment to Lease, dated July 31, 2015, between the registrant and 400 Fairview LLC
10.19B*    Second Amendment to Lease, dated March 4, 2016, between the registrant and 400 Fairview LLC
10.19C*    Third Amendment to Lease, dated March 28, 2016, between the registrant and 400 Fairview LLC
10.20*    Office Lease, dated November 17, 2004, between the registrant and Bedford Property Investors, Inc., as amended by the First Amendment to Lease, dated July 21, 2006, by and between the registrant and Fremont Lake Union Center LLC and the Second Amendment to Lease, dated December 11, 2009, by and between the registrant and Fremont Lake Union Center LLC
10.21*    Lease Termination Agreement, dated December 9, 2014, by and between the registrant and Fremont Lake Union Center LLC
10.22†*    License Agreement, dated July 3, 2008, between the registrant and Intel Corporation
10.23†*    Purchase Agreement—Services Phase 2, dated December 23, 2009, by and between the registrant and Intel Corporation
10.24†*    Amendment No. 1 to Purchase Agreement—Services Phase 2, dated March 26, 2010, between the registrant and Intel Corporation
10.25†*    Amendment No. 2 to Purchase Agreement—Services Phase 2, dated April 20, 2011, between the registrant and Intel Corporation
10.26†*    Amendment No. 3 to Purchase Agreement—Services Phase 2, dated November 15, 2011, between the registrant and Intel Corporation
10.27†*    Amendment No. 4 to Purchase Agreement—Services Phase 2, dated April 25, 2013, between the registrant and Intel Corporation
10.28†*    Amendment No. 5 to Purchase Agreement—Services Phase 2, dated June 12, 2013, between the registrant and Intel Corporation
21.1*    Subsidiaries of the registrant
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1*    Power of Attorney

 

+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.
Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
* Previously filed.

Exhibit 1.1

                 Shares

IMPINJ, INC.

COMMON STOCK, $0.001 PAR VALUE

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

             , 2016


             , 2016

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

Pacific Crest Securities, a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

Piper Jaffray & Co.

c/o RBC Capital Markets, LLC

      200 Vesey Street

      New York, NY 10281-8098

c/o Pacific Crest Securities, a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

      111 S.W. Fifth Avenue, 42 nd Floor

      Portland, OR 97204

c/o Piper Jaffray & Co.

      800 Nicollet Mall

      Minneapolis, MN 55402

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “ Underwriters ”), an aggregate of                  shares of the common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Firm Shares ”).

The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional                  shares of its common stock, $0.001 par value per share, (the “ Additional Shares ”) if and to the extent that you, as managers of the offering, shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares of common stock granted to the Underwriters in Section 2 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Shares .” The shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the “ Common Stock .”

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement, including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ”; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of the Shares (or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the

 

2


Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus .” If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Rule 462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term “ Registration Statement ” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ free writing prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” means the preliminary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness, together with the free writing prospectuses, if any, each identified in Schedule II hereto, and orally communicated pricing information included on Schedule II, and “ broadly available road show ” means a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that has been made available without restriction to any person. As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement,” “preliminary prospectus,” “Time of Sale Prospectus” and “Prospectus” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein.

1. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

(a) The Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission.

(b) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 4), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iv) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (v) as of its date and the Closing Date, the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any

 

3


untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

(c) The Company is not an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Any free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule II hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to you before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without your prior consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus.

(d) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(e) Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly formed, is validly existing as a limited liability company or limited company, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; all of the issued ownership interests of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims.

 

4


(f) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(g) The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters to the description thereof contained in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(h) The shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(i) The Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

(j) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene any provision of (i) applicable law; (ii) the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or (iii) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary, except that in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) as would not have a material adverse effect on the Company or on the power and ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states or the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

(k) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its respective charter or bylaws or other organizational documents, (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, or (iii) in violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority applicable to the Company, any of its subsidiaries or their respective businesses and properties, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

5


(l) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business, management, operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(m) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject (i) other than proceedings accurately described in all material respects in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and proceedings that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the power or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described in all material respects; and there are no transactions or relationships involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or statutes, regulations, or contracts or other documents to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described in all material respects or filed as required.

(n) Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(o) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(p) The Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

6


(q) There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(r) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and except such as have been duly waived or complied with in connection with the sale and issuance of the Shares contemplated hereby, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.

(s) Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates, nor any director, officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any affiliate, agent, or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates has taken any action in violation of, or which may cause the Company or any of its subsidiaries to be in violation of, any applicable U.S. law governing imports into or exports from the United States in connection with the Company’s products, including without limitation: any executive orders or regulations issued with respect to the laws referred to in this Section 1(s), the Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C.A. § 2278), the Export Administration Act (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 2401-2420), the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (22 CFR 120-130), the Export Administration Regulations (15 CFR 730 et seq.), the Customs Laws of the United States (19 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. § 1701-1706), or any other export control regulations issued by the agencies listed in Part 730 of the Export Administration Regulations. To the Company’s knowledge, there has never been a claim or charge made, investigation undertaken, violation found, or settlement of any enforcement action under any of the laws referred to in this Section 1(t) by any governmental entity with respect to matters arising under such laws against the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or against the agents, distributors, or representative of any of the foregoing in connection with their relationship with the Company. The Company monitors compliance with the requirements of the aforementioned laws.

(t) Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates, nor any director, officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any affiliate, agent, or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates (i) has used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or

 

7


other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) has made or taken or will make or take an act in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise, or authorization or approval of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value to any foreign or domestic government official, officer or employee, including of any government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; or (iv) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit. The Company and its subsidiaries and controlled affiliates have instituted, maintained and enforced policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws and with the representation and warranties contained herein.

(u) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(v) (i) Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries, nor any director, officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any affiliate, agent, or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or its subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“ Person ”) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is:

(A) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. government (including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) or the U.S. Department of State and including, without

 

8


limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked-person”), the United Nations Security Council (“ UNSC ”), the European Union (“ EU ”), Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor

(B) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

(ii) The Company represents and covenants that it will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:

(A) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or

(B) in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

(iii) The Company represents and covenants that for the past five (5) years, it and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

(w) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends; and (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, respectively.

(x) The Company and its subsidiaries do not own any real property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them which is material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere

 

9


with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(y) Except as disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, all material Intellectual Property (as defined below) currently employed by them in connection with the business now operated by them, as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. Except as disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) the Intellectual Property rights owned by the Company and its subsidiaries have not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part; (ii) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the ownership, validity, enforceability or scope of any such Intellectual Property rights; (iii) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company and its subsidiaries infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property; (iv) the Company and its subsidiaries have not received any notice of infringement or misappropriation of or conflict with any Intellectual Property; and (v) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no infringement, misappropriation, or other violation of the Intellectual Property owned by the Company or its subsidiaries; with respect to each of (i)-(v), except as would not be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company and its subsidiaries have taken reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of all material trade secrets owned, used or held for use by the Company and its subsidiaries. There are no outstanding options, licenses or agreements of any kind relating to the Intellectual Property of the Company and its subsidiaries that are required to be described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and are not described in all material respects. The term “Intellectual Property” as used herein means registered and unregistered trademarks and service marks and all rights associated therewith, applications to register trademarks or service marks, trade names, trade dress, copyrights, foreign and domestic patents and all patent rights associated therewith, and patent applications, inventions (whether or not patentable), applications to register copyrights, databases and rights associated with databases, moral rights, mask works, applications to register mask works, know-how, trade secrets and all trade secret rights associated therewith, domain names, domain name applications, proprietary processes, and other forms of intellectual property and proprietary rights therein.

(z) No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or its subsidiaries exists, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the

 

10


Prospectus, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent; and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors that would reasonably be likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(aa) The Company and its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; neither the Company nor any subsidiary has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and neither the Company nor any subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(bb) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their businesses, except where the failure to obtain such certificates, authorizations or permits would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, and the Company and its subsidiaries have not received notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(cc) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (i) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (ii) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

11


(dd) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

(ee) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, which has expressed its opinion with respect to the financial statements of the Company filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and included in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act.

(ff) The Company and its subsidiaries have established and maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)). Such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer by others at the Company, particularly during the periods in which the periodic reports required under the Exchange Act are being prepared. Such disclosure controls and procedures are effective and timely in alerting the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer to material information required to be included in the Company’s periodic reports required under the Exchange Act.

(gg) The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”) and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof which the Company is required to comply with as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and is actively taking steps to ensure that it will be in compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act which will become applicable to the Company at all times after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

(hh) There are no transactions between the Company and any holder of 5% or more of the Common Stock, any director, any director nominee or any executive officer, or members of such individuals’ immediate families, or any enterprise in which a substantial interest in the voting power is owned, directly or indirectly, by any of such individuals that are required to be disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus other than those described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(ii) The financial statements of the Company filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and included in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly the financial position of

 

12


the Company as of the dates indicated and the results of its operations and cash flows for the periods specified. Such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The other financial information included in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby.

(jj) The statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources which the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate, and such data is consistent with the sources from which they are derived.

(kk) The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all tax returns that are required to have been filed by them through the date hereof or have timely requested extensions thereof, pursuant to applicable federal, state, local, foreign or other law, except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not result in a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company and its subsidiaries have paid all taxes due and payable, except for such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been provided and except where the failure to pay such taxes would not result in a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries. The charges, accruals and reserves in respect of any income and other tax liability in the financial statements of the Company filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and included in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus are adequate, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles to meet any assessments for any taxes of the Company accruing through the end of the last period specified in such financial statements, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not result in a material adverse effect on the Company.

(ll) The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

(mm) The Shares have been approved for listing, subject to notice of issuance, on the Nasdaq Global Market.

(nn) From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

 

13


(oo) Since September 1, 2015, the Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of RBC Capital Markets, LLC (“ RBC ”), Pacific Crest Securities, a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., and Piper Jaffray & Co. (together, the “ Managers ”) with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 of the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Managers to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Managers have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule III hereto. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(pp) As of the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, none of (A) the Time of Sale Prospectus, (B) any free writing prospectus, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, and (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(qq) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have complied, and are presently in compliance, with their privacy and security policies and with all laws and regulations applicable to their collection, use, transfer, storage, protection, disposal or disclosure of personally identifiable information or any other information collected from or provided by third parties, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole. The Company and its subsidiaries have taken commercially reasonable steps to (i) establish commercially reasonable disaster recovery plans, procedures, and facilities for the business, and (ii) protect the security of the information technology systems of the Company or its subsidiaries and the personally identifiable information held or managed by the Company or its subsidiaries in the operation of the Company or its subsidiaries, except, in the case of (i) or (ii), as would not be reasonably likely, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole. There has been no security breach or other compromise of any such information technology system or data, except for any such security breach or other compromise that has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

14


(rr) Market stand-off agreements between the Company and each security holder of the Company that has not or does not deliver to RBC the “lock-up” agreements referred to in Section 5(g) hereof relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and shall be in full force and effect as of the Closing Date.

2. Agreements to Sell and Purchase . The Company hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company at $                  a share (the “ Purchase Price ”) the number of Firm Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the number of Firm Shares to be sold by the Company as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to                  Additional Shares at the Purchase Price; provided, however, that the amount paid by the Underwriters for any Additional Shares shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on such Additional Shares. You may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least one business day after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Shares or later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 4 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an “ Option Closing Date ”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

 

15


The Company hereby agrees that without the prior written consent of RBC on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “ Restricted Period ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or (4) make any public announcement of any intention to do any of the foregoing.

The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (a) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (b) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof, provided that such option, warrant or security is identified in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (c) the grant of options or the issuance of shares of Common Stock by the Company to employees, officers, directors, advisors or consultants of the Company pursuant to employee benefit plans in effect on the date hereof and described in the Time of Sale Prospectus (provided that, prior to such issuance, to the extent that any such shares or any such options will become vested during the Restricted Period, the Company shall cause each recipient of such grant or issuance to execute and deliver a “lock-up” agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto), (d) the filing by the Company of a registration statement with the Commission on Form S-8 in respect of any shares issued under or the grant of any award pursuant to an employee benefit plan in effect on the date hereof and described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or (e) the sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock in connection with any (i) mergers, (ii) acquisition of securities, businesses, property or other assets, (iii) joint ventures, (iv) strategic alliances, (v) partnerships with experts or other talent to develop or provide content, (vi) equipment leasing arrangements or (vii) debt financing; provided, that the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock (on an as-converted or as-exercised basis, as the case may be) that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to this clause (e) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and provided further, that each recipient of shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock pursuant to this clause (e) shall execute a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

 

16


If RBC, in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 5(g) hereof by a release or waiver substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2 hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

The Company further agrees that it will not release any security holder from, or waive any provision of, any lock-up or similar agreement between the Company and any security holder without the prior written consent of the RBC.

3. Terms of Public Offering . The Company is advised by you that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your judgment is advisable. The Company is further advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $                  a share (the “ Public Offering Price ”) and to certain dealers selected by you at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $                  a share under the Public Offering Price.

4. Payment and Delivery . Payment for the Firm Shares to be sold by the Company shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on              , 2016, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than              , 2016, as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 2 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than              , 2016, as shall be designated in writing by you.

The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the

 

17


respective accounts of the several Underwriters. The Purchase Price payable by the Underwriters shall be reduced by (i) any transfer taxes paid by, or on behalf of, the Underwriters in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid and (ii) any withholding required by law.

5. Conditions to the Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Company to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than                      (New York City time) on the date hereof, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof has been issued, and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or contemplated under the Securities Act.

The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:

(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:

(i) the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be;

(ii) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any of the securities of the Company or its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act; and

(iii) there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business, management, operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

18


(b) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 5(a)(ii) above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

(c) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a letter of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, outside counsel for the Company, each dated the Closing Date, in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit C.

(d) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Fenwick & West LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, in the form and substance to be agreed upon by the Managers and such counsel.

With respect to Sections 5(c) and (d) above, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation and Fenwick & West LLP may state that their opinions and beliefs are based upon their participation in the preparation of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and review and discussion of the contents thereof, but are without independent check or verification, except as specified.

The opinions of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation described in Section 5(c) above shall be rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Company, as the case may be, and shall so state therein.

(e) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.

(f) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by the chief financial officer of the Company with respect to certain financial information of the Company, to the effect set forth in Exhibit B-3 hereto.

 

19


(g) The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and certain stockholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

(h) The Shares have been approved for listing upon notice of issuance on the Nasdaq Global Market.

(i) Such other documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Shares.

The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the applicable Option Closing Date of the following:

(i) a certificate, dated the Option Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, confirming that the certificate delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5(b) hereof remains true and correct as of such Option Closing Date;

(ii) a letter of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof;

(iii) an opinion of Fenwick & West LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d) hereof;

(iv) a letter dated the Option Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent public accountants, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Underwriters pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof; provided that the letter delivered on the Option Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than three business days prior to such Option Closing Date;

(v) such other documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Shares; and

 

20


(vi) a certificate dated the Option Closing Date and signed by the chief financial officer of the Company, confirming that the certificate delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5(f) hereof remains true and correct as of such Option Closing Date.

6. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) To furnish to you, without charge, six signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the periods mentioned in Section 6(e) or 6(f) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

(b) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

(c) To furnish to you a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which you reasonably object.

(d) Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

(e) If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement

 

21


then on file, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that (i) when the Time of Sale Prospectus is delivered to a prospective purchaser, the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not be misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, (ii) the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement or (iii) the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(f) If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(g) To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request.

(h) To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to you as soon as practicable an earning statement covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(i) With respect to the holders of any shares of Common Stock or any other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock that are subject to a lock-up agreement with the Company (including, without limitation, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated July 13, 2012, among the Company and the investors listed on

 

22


Exhibits A and B thereto, as amended from time to time), to enforce the terms of such lock-up agreement and to issue stop-transfer instructions to the transfer agent with respect to any transfer of securities that would constitute a breach of or default under such provisions.

(j) The Company will promptly notify the Managers if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (a) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (b) completion of the Restricted Period referred to in Section 2.

(k) If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Managers and will, thereafter, prior to using such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

7. Expenses .

(a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company agrees to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and the Company’s accountants in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and, except as set forth below, the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities herein and above specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 6(g) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification, (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the Nasdaq Global Market, (v) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vi) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (vii) except as set forth below, the costs and expenses of the Company associated with any “road show”

 

23


undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including travel and lodging of the representatives and officers of the Company and any road show consultants, (viii) 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement, and (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section.

(b) It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section 9 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution” and the last paragraph of Section 11 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including: (i) fees and disbursements of their counsel, (ii) stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them, (iii) any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make, (iv) the bona fide and documented costs and expenses for overnight/express mail delivery of copies of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities herein and above specified; provided that, for avoidance of doubt, this shall be limited to the costs and expenses associated with overnight/express mail delivery and the Company will pay all other costs associated with printing and mailing and delivering as set forth above, (v) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by FINRA, (vi) the following costs and expenses relating to investor presentations on any road show undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares (a) with the prior written consent of the Underwriters, bona fide and documented expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show; provided that, for avoidance of doubt, this shall not include the costs and expenses of the Company set forth in Sections 7(a)(vii) and (viii), (b) expenses incurred by the Underwriters and associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, (c) 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, and (d) direct costs of holding meetings with potential investors, and (vii) the costs and expenses incurred by or at the request of the Underwriters for acquiring any third party research reports.

The provisions of this Section shall not supersede or otherwise affect any agreement that the Company may otherwise have for the allocation of such expenses among themselves.

8. Covenants of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter severally covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission under Rule 433(d) a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the Underwriter.

 

24


9. Indemnity and Contribution . (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, each affiliate and officer and director of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any “road show” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “ road show ”), or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

(b) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not

 

25


misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

(c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 9(a) or 9(b), such person (the “ indemnified party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel chosen by the indemnifying party and reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed in writing to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them, including different defenses. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, and (ii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either such Section. In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons and affiliates of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Managers. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such

 

26


indemnified party, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statements as to any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 9(a) or 9(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 9(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 9(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.

(e) The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 9(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 9(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, no Underwriter shall be required

 

27


to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 9 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(f) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 9 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

10. Termination . The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE MKT or the Nasdaq Global Market, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities, (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in your judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or (vi) any of the events described in Section 5(a)(iii) shall have occurred.

11. Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has

 

28


or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 11 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to you and the Company for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company. In any such case either you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Company shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, which, for the purposes of this Section 11, shall not include termination by the Underwriters under items (i), (iii), (iv), or (v) of Section 10, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.

 

29


12. Entire Agreement . (a) This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the preparation of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.

(b) The Company acknowledges that in connection with the offering of the Shares: (i) the Underwriters have acted at arm’s length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company or any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.

13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

14. Applicable Law . This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or relating to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

15. Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

16. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered, mailed or sent to you in care of (a) RBC Capital Markets, LLC, 200 Vesey Street, New York, NY 10281, Attention: Michael Goldberg, Syndicate Director, Fax: (212) 428-6260, (b) Pacific Crest Securities, a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., 111 S.W. Fifth Avenue, 42nd Floor, Portland, OR 97204, Attention: Andrew Rippy, Managing Director, (c) Piper Jaffray & Co., 800 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, MN 55402, Attention: Equity Capital Markets and separately, General Counsel, and if to the Company shall be delivered, mailed or sent to Impinj, Inc., 400 Fairview Avenue North, Suite 1200, Seattle, Washington 98109, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, with a copy to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, 701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100, Seattle, Washington 98104, Attention: Michael Nordtvedt.

[ Signature pages follow ]

 

30


Very truly yours,
IMPINJ, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[ Signature page to Underwriting Agreement ]


Accepted as of the date hereof

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

Pacific Crest Securities, a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

Piper Jaffray & Co.

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and

      the several Underwriters named in

      Schedule I hereto

 

By:   RBC Capital Markets, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:   Pacific Crest Securities, a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:   Piper Jaffray & Co.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[ Signature page to Underwriting Agreement ]


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Number of Firm Shares
To Be Purchased

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Pacific Crest Securities, a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  
  

 

Total:

  
  

 

 

I-1


SCHEDULE II

Time of Sale Prospectus

 

1. Preliminary Prospectus issued [date]

 

2. [Free writing prospectuses filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act]

 

3. The following orally communicated pricing information

 

II-1


SCHEDULE III

Testing the Waters Communications

 

III-1


EXHIBIT A

LOCK-UP LETTER

             , 2016

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

Pacific Crest Securities, a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

Piper Jaffray & Co.

     as Representatives of the several Underwriters named in

     Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement referred to below

c/o RBC Capital Markets, LLC

      200 Vesey Street

      New York, NY 10281-8098

c/o Pacific Crest Securities

111 S.W. Fifth Avenue, 42 nd Floor

      Portland, OR 97204

c/o Piper Jaffray & Co.

      800 Nicollet Mall

      Minneapolis, MN 55402

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that RBC Capital Markets, LLC (“ RBC ”), Pacific Crest Securities, a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. (“ Pacific Crest ”) and Piper Jaffray & Co. (“ Piper Jaffray ”) propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), providing for the public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) by the several Underwriters, including RBC, Pacific Crest and Piper Jaffray (the “ Underwriters ”), of shares (the “ Shares ”) of the common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”).

To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of RBC on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “ Prospectus ”) (such period, the “ Lock-Up Period ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the


Exchange Act ”)), by the undersigned or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The foregoing sentence shall not apply to:

(a) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of Common Stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

(b) the sale and transfer of shares of Common Stock by the undersigned to the Underwriters in the Public Offering;

(c) the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (i) to the spouse, domestic partner, parent, child or grandchild (each, an “ immediate family member ”) of the undersigned or to a trust formed for the benefit of an immediate family member, (ii) by bona fide gift, will or intestacy, (iii) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership or other business entity (A) to another corporation, partnership or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the undersigned or (B) as part of a disposition, transfer or distribution without consideration by the undersigned to its equity holders or (iv) if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust, provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to this clause (c), each transferee, donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

(d) the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into Common Stock to the Company upon a vesting event of the Company’s securities or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase the Company’s securities, in each case on a “cashless exercise” or “net exercise” basis to the extent permitted by the instruments representing such options or warrants so long as such “cashless exercise” or “net exercise” is effected solely by the surrender of outstanding options or warrants to the Company and the Company’s cancellation of all or a portion thereof to pay the exercise price and/or withholding tax obligations, but for the avoidance of doubt, excluding all methods of exercise that would involve a sale of any shares of Common Stock relating to options or warrants, whether to cover the applicable exercise price, withholding tax obligations or otherwise, provided no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a disposition of shares of Common Stock shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such vesting or exercise;

(e) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Lock-Up Period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company;

 

2


(f) the conversion of the outstanding preferred stock of the Company into shares of Common Stock of the Company, provided that such shares of Common Stock remain subject to the terms of this agreement;

(g) the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to the Company, pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares;

(h) the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock that occurs by operation of law, pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that (i) such shares remain subject to the terms of this agreement, and (ii) if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock or other securities during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such transfer occurred by operation of law, pursuant to a domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement; and

(i) the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Common Stock after the Public Offering involving a change of control of the Company, provided that such transaction has been approved by the Company’s board of directors and further provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Common Stock owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this agreement.

For the purposes of clause (i), a “ change of control ” means the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than the Underwriters pursuant to the Public Offering), of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock if, after such transfer, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transfer do not own more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity).

In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of RBC on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the Lock-Up Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock. The undersigned may take action in preparation for a registration by the Company of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock during the Lock-Up Period without the prior written consent of RBC, provided that no transfer of the undersigned’s Common Stock registered pursuant to the exercise of such rights shall occur, no registration statement shall be filed and no public announcement regarding the exercise of such rights shall

 

3


be made by or on behalf of the undersigned, during the Lock-Up Period. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed Shares the undersigned may purchase in the offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) RBC agrees that, at least two business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, RBC will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by RBC hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. This agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (a) the date that the Company advises RBC, in writing, prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering, (b) the date of termination of the Underwriting Agreement if prior to the closing of the Public Offering, or (c) December 31, 2016 if the Public Offering of the Shares has not been completed by such date.

Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters.

[Signature page follows]

 

4


IF AN INDIVIDUAL:     IF AN ENTITY:

By:

 

 

   

 

  (duly authorized signature)     (please print complete name of entity)

Name:

 

 

   

By:

 

 

  (please print full name)       (duly authorized signature)
     

Name:

 

 

        (please print full name)
Address:     Address:

 

   

 

 

   

 


EXHIBIT B-1

FORM OF WAIVER OF LOCK-UP

             , 20     

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by Impinj, Inc. (the “ Company ”) of                  shares of common stock, $0.001 par value (the “ Common Stock ”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated              , 2016 (the “ Lock-up Letter ”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated              , 20      , with respect to                  shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”).

RBC Capital Markets, LLC hereby agrees to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective              , 20      ; provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

 

B-1-1


Very truly yours,
RBC Capital Markets, LLC Acting on behalf of itself and the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto
By:   RBC Capital Markets, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
 

 

  cc: Company

 


EXHIBIT B-2

FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

Impinj, Inc.

[Date]

Impinj, Inc. (the “ Company ”) announced today that RBC Capital Markets, LLC a book-running manager in the Company’s recent public sale of                  shares of common stock is [waiving][releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to                  shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver][release] will take effect on              , 20      , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

B-2-1


EXHIBIT B-3

IMPINJ, INC.

FORM OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

[CIRCULATED SEPARATELY]

 

B-3-1


EXHIBIT C

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI, PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION OPINION AND NEGATIVE ASSURANCE LETTER

 

C-1

Exhibit 3.1

IMPINJ, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Impinj, Inc. a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

A. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 6, 2000.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

C. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be effective as of [            ] Eastern Time on [    ], 20[16].

D. The Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Impinj, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, county of New Castle, 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE III

The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is 500,000,000, consisting of the following:

495,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.


5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, which may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including without limitation authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.

The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE IV

The number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the corporation shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the corporation. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the corporation shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal; except that if any such election shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders’ meeting called and held in accordance with the DGCL.

Effective upon the effective date of the corporation’s initial public offering (the “ Effective Date ”), the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The Board of Directors may assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time such classification becomes effective. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

-2-


Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her death, resignation, or removal. If the number of directors is hereafter changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause. Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

ARTICLE V

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation.

ARTICLE VI

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE VII

No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the corporation except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

ARTICLE VIII

To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

-3-


ARTICLE IX

Subject to any provisions in the Bylaws of the corporation related to indemnification of directors or officers of the corporation, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

The corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or a bylaw of the corporation shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the corporation after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

ARTICLE X

Except as provided in ARTICLE IX and ARTICLE X above, the corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Impinj, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation on this      day of          2016.

 

By:  

 

  Chris Dirorio, Ph.D.
  Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

IMPINJ, INC.

(as amended and restated on June 16, 2016 and effective as of the

closing of the corporation’s initial public offering)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  
ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES      1   
 

1.1

  

REGISTERED OFFICE

     1   
 

1.2

  

OTHER OFFICES

     1   
ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS      1   
 

2.1

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     1   
 

2.2

  

ANNUAL MEETING

     1   
 

2.3

  

SPECIAL MEETING

     1   
 

2.4

  

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

     2   
 

2.5

  

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     9   
 

2.6

  

QUORUM

     9   
 

2.7

  

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

     9   
 

2.8

  

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

     10   
 

2.9

  

VOTING

     10   
 

2.10

  

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     10   
 

2.11

  

RECORD DATES

     11   
 

2.12

  

PROXIES

     11   
 

2.13

  

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

     12   
 

2.14

  

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

     12   
ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS      13   
 

3.1

  

POWERS

     13   
 

3.2

  

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     13   
 

3.3

  

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

     13   
 

3.4

  

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

     13   
 

3.5

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

     14   
 

3.6

  

REGULAR MEETINGS

     14   
 

3.7

  

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

     14   
 

3.8

  

QUORUM; VOTING

     15   
 

3.9

  

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     15   
 

3.10

  

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     15   
 

3.11

  

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     16   
ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES      16   
 

4.1

  

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     16   
 

4.2

  

COMMITTEE MINUTES

     16   
 

4.3

  

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

     16   
 

4.4

  

SUBCOMMITTEES

     17   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

     Page  
ARTICLE V - OFFICERS      17   
 

5.1

  

OFFICERS

     17   
 

5.2

  

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

     17   
 

5.3

  

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

     18   
 

5.4

  

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

     18   
 

5.5

  

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

     18   
 

5.6

  

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER ENTITIES

     18   
 

5.7

  

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

     18   
ARTICLE VI - STOCK      19   
 

6.1

  

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

     19   
 

6.2

  

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

     19   
 

6.3

  

LOST CERTIFICATES

     20   
 

6.4

  

DIVIDENDS

     20   
 

6.5

  

TRANSFER OF STOCK

     20   
 

6.6

  

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

     20   
 

6.7

  

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     21   
ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER      21   
 

7.1

  

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     21   
 

7.2

  

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     21   
 

7.3

  

NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

     22   
 

7.4

  

NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

     22   
 

7.5

  

WAIVER OF NOTICE

     23   
ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION      23   
 

8.1

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

     23   
 

8.2

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

     23   
 

8.3

  

SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

     24   
 

8.4

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

     24   
 

8.5

  

ADVANCE PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     24   
 

8.6

  

LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

     25   
 

8.7

  

DETERMINATION; CLAIM

     25   
 

8.8

  

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

     26   
 

8.9

  

INSURANCE

     26   
 

8.10

  

SURVIVAL

     26   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

              Page  
 

8.11

  

EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

     26   
 

8.12

  

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     27   
ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS      27   
 

9.1

  

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

     27   
 

9.2

  

FISCAL YEAR

     27   
 

9.3

  

SEAL

     27   
 

9.4

  

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

     28   
 

9.5

  

FORUM

     28   
ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS      28   

 

-iii-


BYLAWS OF IMPINJ, INC.

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of Impinj, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the corporation’s notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business, brought in accordance with Section 2.4 of these bylaws, may be transacted. The board of directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled annual meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

(i) A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time by (A) the board of directors, (B) the chairperson of the board of directors, (C) the chief executive officer or (D) the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons. The board of directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.


(ii) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, chairperson of the board of directors, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(ii) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(i) Advance Notice of Stockholder Business.   At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. For the avoidance of doubt, except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto (the “ 1934 Act ”), and the regulations thereunder (or any successor rule and in any case as so amended), clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(a) To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment, rescheduling or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

 

-2-


(b) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting:

(1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting,

(2) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the bylaws of the corporation, the language of the proposed amendment),

(3) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between or among the stockholder and any Stockholder Associated Persons or between or among stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any other person or entity (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder,

(4) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below),

(5) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act) by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, except that the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of the corporation as to which such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future,

(6) the full notional amount of any securities that, directly or indirectly, underlie any “derivative security” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(c) under the 1934 Act) that constitutes a “call equivalent position” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the 1934 Act) (“ Synthetic Equity Position ”) and that is, directly or indirectly, held or maintained by such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any shares of any class or series of shares of the corporation; provided that, for the purposes of the definition of “ Synthetic Equity Position ,” the term “derivative security” shall also include any security or instrument that would not otherwise constitute a “derivative security” as a result of any feature that would make any conversion, exercise or similar right or privilege of such security or instrument becoming determinable only at some future date or upon the happening of a future occurrence, in which case the determination of the amount of securities into which such security or instrument would be convertible or exercisable shall be made assuming that such security or instrument is immediately convertible or exercisable at the time of such determination; and, provided, further, that a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person satisfying the requirements of Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the 1934 Act (other than a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person that so satisfies Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the 1934 Act solely by reason of Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(E)) shall not be deemed to hold or maintain the notional amount of any securities that underlie a Synthetic Equity Position held

 

-3-


by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person as a hedge with respect to a bona fide derivatives trade or position of such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person arising in the ordinary course of such stockholder’s or Stockholder Associated Person’s business as a derivatives dealer,

(7) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation,

(8) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of shares of the corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the corporation,

(9) any material shares or any Synthetic Equity Position in any principal competitor of the corporation in any principal industry of the corporation held by such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person,

(10) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business to be brought before the meeting,

(11) any material pending or threatened legal proceeding in which such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is a party or material participant involving the corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any affiliate of the corporation,

(12) any other material relationship between such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, on the one hand, and the corporation, any affiliate of the corporation or any principal competitor of the corporation, on the other hand,

(13) any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with the corporation, any affiliate of the corporation or any principal competitor of the corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement),

(14) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal, and

(15) any other information relating to such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, or relating to the proposal or item of business, that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the 1934 Act.

 

-4-


Such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (15), a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”); provided, however, that Business Solicitation Statement shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is Stockholder Associated Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner. In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented (the “ Supplement ”) not later than ten days following the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (5) through (8) above as of the record date for notice of the meeting. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, (iii) any participant (as defined in paragraphs (a)(ii)-(vi) of Instruction 3 to Item 4 of Schedule 14A) with such stockholder in such solicitation, or (iv) any associate (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act for the purposes of these bylaws) of or person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i), (ii) and (iii).

(c) Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

(ii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings.   Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors of the corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (B) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.

 

-5-


(a) To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(a) above; provided additionally, however, that if the number of directors to be elected to the board of directors is increased and there is no Public Announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased board made by the corporation at least ten days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination pursuant to the foregoing provisions, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such Public Announcement is first made by the corporation.

(b) To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person (a “ nominee ”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between or among any of the stockholder, each nominee and/or any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder or relating to the nominee’s potential service on the board of directors, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee agreeing to serve as a director if elected and acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe a fiduciary duty under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and

(2) as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (3) through (15) of Section 2.4(i)(b) above, and the

 

-6-


Supplement referenced in Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).

(c) At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given, (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director or audit committee financial expert of the corporation under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly-disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the corporation and (3) such other information that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii). Without limiting the foregoing, to be eligible to be a nominee and qualify for election as a director of the corporation, the proposed nominee must deliver (in accordance with the time period prescribed for delivery in a notice to such proposed nominee given by or on behalf of the board of directors), to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation, (1) a completed written questionnaire (in a form provided by the corporation) with respect to the background, qualifications, stock ownership and independence of such proposed nominee and (2) a written representation and agreement (in form provided by the corporation) that such proposed nominee (A) is not and, if elected as a director during his or her term of office will not become, a party to (x) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given and will not give any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “ Voting Commitment ”) or (y) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such proposed nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the corporation, with such proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law and (B) if elected as a director of the corporation, will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality, stock ownership and trading and other policies and guidelines of the corporation applicable to directors and in effect during such person’s term in office as a director (and, if requested by any proposed nominee, the secretary of the corporation shall provide to such proposed nominee all such policies and guidelines then in effect).

(d) Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an

 

-7-


untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(iii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings .

(a) For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to Section 2.3, nominations of persons for election to the board of directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) by any stockholder of the corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall any adjournment, rescheduling or postponement of a special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(b) The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

(iv) Other Requirements and Rights . In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4, including, with respect to business such stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting that involves a proposal that such stockholder requests to be included in the corporation’s proxy statement, the requirements of Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any right of the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

 

-8-


2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders, unless otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange.

Whether or not a quorum is present at a meeting of stockholders, the chairperson of the meeting shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

-9-


2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the board of directors; in the absence of such designation, the chairperson of the board, if any, the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the board and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the corporation, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting. The chairperson of any stockholder meeting shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date or time.

2.9 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the voting power of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange.

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of preferred stock or any other class of stock or series thereof that have been expressly granted the right to take action by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

 

-10-


2.11 RECORD DATES

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the board of directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the board of directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the board of directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A written proxy may be given by electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

 

-11-


2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business. If the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then such list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger of the corporation shall be the only evidence as to the identity of the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 2.13 or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.

2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy; provided further that, in any case, if no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint at least one (1) inspector to act at the meeting.

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. Such inspectors shall take all actions as contemplated under Section 231 of the DGCL.

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

-12-


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

In accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes.

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation; provided, however, that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the director. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

 

-13-


Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws or permitted in the specific case by resolution of the board of directors, and subject to the rights (if any) of holders of preferred stock, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and not by stockholders. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so chosen to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors, at such times and places as he or she or they shall designate.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

 

-14-


If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. Any person (whether or not then a director) may provide, whether through instruction to an agent or otherwise, that a consent to action will be effective at a future time (including a time determined upon the happening of an event), no later than 60 days after such instruction is given or such provision is made and such consent shall be deemed to have been given for purposes of this Section 3.9 at such effective time so long as such person is then a director and did not revoke the consent prior to such time. Any such consent shall be revocable prior to its becoming effective.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

-15-


3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

(iv) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(v) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice); and

(vi) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting)

 

-16-


with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members.  However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the board of directors or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors or a committee may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairperson of the board of directors, a vice chairperson of the board of directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws or otherwise determined by the board of directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

 

-17-


5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the board of directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors unless otherwise provided by resolution of the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER ENTITIES

The chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the chief executive officer, the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares or other equity interests of any other corporation or corporations or entity or entities standing in the name of this corporation, including the right to act by written consent. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.

 

-18-


ARTICLE VI

STOCK

6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson of the board of directors or vice-chairperson of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating,

 

-19-


optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 LOST CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond, in such sum as the corporation may direct, sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 DIVIDENDS

The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, subject to Section 6.3 of these bylaws, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

-20-


6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

-21-


(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

7.3 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

-22-


7.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

8.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including

 

-23-


attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

8.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The board of directors shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons as the board shall in its discretion determine the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

8.5 ADVANCE PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

 

-24-


8.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law; provided, however, that if any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

8.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to

 

-25-


such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

8.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

8.9 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

8.10 SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

 

-26-


8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL MATTERS

9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

9.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

9.3 SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

-27-


9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

9.5 FORUM

Unless the corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the corporation to the corporation or the corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, or these bylaws, (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce, or determine the validity of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or (v) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be a state or federal court located within the state of Delaware, in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 9.5.

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the corporation to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any provision of these bylaws. The board of directors shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the board of directors.

 

-28-

 

Exhibit 4.1

LOGO

Impinj, Inc.
CS-
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
COMMON STOCK
CUSIP 453204 109
THIS CERTIFIES THAT
IS THE OWNER OF
FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $0.001 PAR VALUE, OF
COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC
(Brooklyn, NY)
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
BY
Impinj, Inc.
transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by Attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.
This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.
IN WITNESS whereof, the facsimile signatures of the Corporation’s duly authorized officers.
Dated:
SECRETARY PRESIDENT
COMMON STOCK


LOGO

Stockholders may obtain, upon request and without charge, a statement of the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon each class or series of shares authorized to be issued and upon the holders thereof from the principal office of the Corporation.
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
TEN COM TEN ENT
JT TEN – as tenants in common
– as tenants by the entireties
– as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT– Custodian
(Cust)(Minor)
under Uniform Gifts to Minors
Act
(State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE
Shares
of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated
NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.
SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:
THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO   

701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100

Seattle, WA 98104-7036

PHONE 206.883.2500

FAX 206.883.2699

www.wsgr.com

July 11, 2016

Impinj, Inc.

400 Fairview Avenue North, Suite 1200

Seattle, Washington 98109

 

  Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-211779), as amended (the “ Registration Statement ”), filed by Impinj, Inc. (the “ Company ”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of 5,290,000 shares (including 690,000 shares issuable upon exercise of an option to purchase additional shares granted to the underwriters) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Shares ”), to be issued and sold by the Company. We understand that the Shares are to be sold to the underwriters for resale to the public as described in the Registration Statement and pursuant to an underwriting agreement, substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be entered into by and among the Company and the underwriters (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”).

We are acting as counsel for the Company in connection with the sale of the Shares by the Company. In such capacity, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of rendering this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, the authenticity of the originals of such documents and the legal competence of all signatories to such documents.

We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the statutory provisions and all applicable judicial decisions interpreting those laws) and the federal laws of the United States of America.

On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion, that the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when such Shares are issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

AUSTIN    BEIJING    BRUSSELS    HONG KONG    LOS ANGELES    NEW YORK    PALO ALTO    SAN DIEGO    

SAN FRANCISCO    SEATTLE    SHANGHAI    WASHINGTON , DC    WILMINGTON , DE


LOGO

July 11, 2016

Page 2

 

We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we consent to the reference of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI

Professional Corporation

Exhibit 10.1

IMPINJ, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of [ insert date ] and is between Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [ insert name of indemnitee ] (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

B. Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board Composition. During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;


(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity (a “ Corporate Transaction ”);

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (a “ Liquidation Transaction ”); and

(v) Other Events. Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) “ Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Person ” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(2) “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Beneficial Owner ” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

(c) “ DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(d) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “ Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “ Expenses ” include all reasonable and actually incurred attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of

 

-2-


the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(h) “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(i) Reference to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries, including as a deemed fiduciary thereto; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim,

 

-3-


issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with (a) each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this section, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, or settlement, with or without court approval, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that Indemnitee was or is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness, or is made or asked to respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

6. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

(b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “ to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

 

-4-


7. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(d) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(e) if prohibited by applicable law.

8. Advances of Expenses.

(a) The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding prior to its final disposition, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 90 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the

 

-5-


Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

(b) The Company’s obligation to advance Expenses is conditioned upon the reasonableness of the Expenses. If a dispute arises as to the reasonableness of Expenses, the Company shall have the right, either prior to or after the final disposition of the underlying Proceeding, to challenge the reasonableness of specific Expenses or the Expenses as a whole by filing an action in the Delaware Court of Chancery or, at the Company’s option, initiating an arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. In connection with such an action or arbitration, the Company shall have the right to recoup any and all amounts already advanced that are determined to be unreasonable. Indemnitee agrees not to oppose the Company’s right to bring such an action or arbitration to resolve disputes regarding the reasonableness of Expenses or the Company’s right to seek recoupment of unreasonable amounts already advanced, and Indemnitee specifically agrees not to assert that such action or arbitration (including without limitation any recoupment request included therein) is/are premature.

9. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect that may be applicable to the Proceeding, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) If the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel to the extent (i) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations or (iv) the Company shall not have

 

-6-


retained, or shall not continue to retain, counsel to defend such Proceeding. Indemnitee agrees that any such separate counsel will be a member of any approved list of panel counsel under the Company’s applicable directors’ and officers’ insurance policy, should the applicable policy provide for a panel of approved counsel. In the event that the Company was to assume the defense of a Proceeding, the Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

(d) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

(e) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(f) The Company shall not settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) in a manner that imposes any penalty or liability on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

10. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

-7-


(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(d) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel.

11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption.

(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith to the extent Indemnitee relied in good faith on (i) the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, (ii) information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or its board of

 

-8-


directors or counsel selected by any committee of the board of directors or (iv) information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise or its board of directors or any committee of the board of directors. The provisions of this Section 11(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(d) Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(d) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(d) of this Agreement, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.

(b) Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

 

-9-


(c) To the fullest extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 90 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

13. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.

14. Non-exclusivity. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15. Primary Responsibility. The Company acknowledges that to the extent Indemnitee is serving as a director on the Company’s board of directors at the request or direction of a venture capital fund or other entity and/or certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Secondary Indemnitors ”), Indemnitee may have certain

 

-10-


rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by such Secondary Indemnitors. The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Secondary Indemnitors, the Company is primarily responsible for amounts required to be indemnified or advanced under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to provide indemnification or advancement for the same amounts is secondary to those Company obligations. To the extent not in contravention of any insurance policy or policies providing liability or other insurance for the Company or any director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, the Company waives any right of contribution or subrogation against the Secondary Indemnitors with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible under this Section 15. In the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitors of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, the Secondary Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement or, to the extent such subrogation is unavailable and contribution is found to be the applicable remedy, shall have a right of contribution with respect to the amounts paid. The Secondary Indemnitors are express third-party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 15.

16. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

17. Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position.

18. Subrogation. In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

 

-11-


20. Duration. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable; or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.

21. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

22. Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

23. Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

24. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.

25. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

-12-


26. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 400 Fairview Avenue North, Suite 1200, Seattle, WA 98109, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to Patrick J. Schultheis and Michael Nordtvedt at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100, Seattle, WA 98104.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

27. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, or except as mutually agreed by the parties in writing the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, Corporation Service Company, Wilmington, Delaware as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

28. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

-13-


29. Captions. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

( signature page follows )

 

-14-


The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

IMPINJ, INC.

 

( Signature )

 

( Print name )

 

( Title )
[ INDEMNITEE ]

 

( Signature )

 

( Print name )

 

( Street address )

 

( City, State and ZIP

Exhibit 10.7

IMPINJ, INC.

2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

    to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

    to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

    to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units and Performance Shares.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not


be considered a Change in Control. Further, if the stockholders of the Company immediately before such change in ownership continue to retain immediately after the change in ownership, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the change in ownership, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or of the ultimate parent entity of the Company, such event shall not be considered a Change in Control under this subsection (i). For this purpose, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities; or

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12)-month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12)-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

-2-


Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or a duly authorized committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k) “ Consultant ” means any natural person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render bona fide services to such entity, provided the services (i) are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and (ii) do not directly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities, in each case, within the meaning of Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act, and provided, further, that a Consultant will include only those persons to whom the issuance of Shares may be registered under Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

 

-3-


(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) For purposes of any Awards granted on the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement in Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock.

(ii) For purposes of any Awards granted on any other date, the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for Common Stock as quoted on any established stock exchange or national market system (including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market) on which the Common Stock is listed on the date of determination (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable. If the determination date for the Fair Market Value occurs on a non-trading day (i.e., a weekend or holiday), the Fair Market Value will be such price on the immediately preceding trading day, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator. In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

The determination of fair market value for purposes of tax withholding may be made in the Administrator’s discretion subject to Applicable Laws and is not required to be consistent with the determination of Fair Market Value for other purposes.

(r) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(s) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t) “ Inside Director ” means a Director who is an Employee.

(u) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(x) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.

(y) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

-4-


(z) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(aa) “ Performance Share ” means an Award denominated in Shares which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 10.

(bb) “ Performance Unit ” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 10.

(cc) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(dd) “ Plan ” means this 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ee) “ Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

(ff) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 7 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(gg) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 8. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(hh) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(ii) “ Section   16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(jj) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(kk) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(ll) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

(mm) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 9 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(nn) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

-5-


3. Stock   Subject   to   the   Plan .

(a) Stock   Subject   to   the   Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan and the automatic increase set forth in Section 3(b) of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is 1,096,234 Shares, plus (i) any Shares that, as of immediately prior to the termination of the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2010 Plan”), have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the 2010 Plan, and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder and (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2010 Plan or the Company’s 2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended (together with the 2010 Plan, the “Existing Plans”) that following the Registration Date, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the Existing Plans that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) equal to 2,561,245 Shares. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2017 Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the least of (i) five percent (5%) of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, (ii) 1,825,000 Shares, or (iii) a number of Shares determined by the Board.

(c) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares), which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3(b) and 3(c).

(d) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

-6-


4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Section   162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii) Rule 16b-3 . To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iv) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

 

-7-


(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 19 of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(b) of the Plan regarding Incentive Stock Options);

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 15 of the Plan;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s   Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options .

(a) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate fair market value of the shares with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such options will be treated as nonstatutory stock options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), incentive stock options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The fair market value of the shares will be determined as of the time the option with respect to such shares is granted.

(b) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an

 

-8-


Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(c) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

(1) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(2) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

-9-


(d) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) a notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination.

 

-10-


Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(v) Tolling of Expiration . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any reason and is not permitted to exercise his or her Option prior to its expiration (pursuant to Sections 6(d)(ii) through (iv), as applicable) due to Applicable Laws (other than the rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted), then the Option will remain exercisable for thirty (30) days after the first date on which exercise would no longer be prevented by such provisions to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement).

7. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 7 or the Award Agreement, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

 

-11-


(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

8. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may only settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

 

-12-


9. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(b) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(d) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; multiplied by

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

 

-13-


10. Performance Units and Performance Shares .

(a) Grant of Performance Units/Shares . Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant.

(b) Value of Performance Units/Shares . Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

(c) Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. The time period during which the performance objectives or other vesting provisions must be met will be called the “Performance Period.” Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(d) Earning of Performance Units/Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Unit/Share.

(e) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.

(f) Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

11. Outside Director Limitations . No Outside Director may be granted, in any Fiscal Year, Awards with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of more than $500,000.

 

-14-


12. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

13. Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

14. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the numerical Share limits in Section 3 of the Plan.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Change in Control . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines subject to the restriction in the following paragraph, including, without limitation, that each Award be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. The Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards or Participants similarly in the transaction.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all

 

-15-


other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit or Performance Share, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 14(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

(d) Outside Director Awards . With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director that are assumed or substituted for, if on the date of or following such assumption or substitution the Participant’s status as a Director or a director of the successor corporation, as applicable, is terminated other than upon a voluntary resignation by the Participant (unless such resignation is at the request of the acquirer), then the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares underlying such Award, including those Shares which would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

 

-16-


15. Tax .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or such earlier time as any tax withholding obligations are due, the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a fair market value not in excess of the maximum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (c) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a fair market value not in excess of the maximum statutory amount required to be withheld. The fair market value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

(c) Compliance With Code Section   409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

16. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

17. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

-17-


18. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 22 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon the later to occur of (i) its adoption by the Board or (ii) the business day immediately prior to the Registration Date. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the date adopted by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 19 of the Plan.

19. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

20. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

21. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state, federal or foreign law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock exchange on which Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained.

22. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

-18-

Exhibit 10.8

IMPINJ, INC.

2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Impinj, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement including the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Notice of Grant”), the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, and the exhibits attached thereto (all together, the “Award Agreement”).

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Participant:    «Name»   
Address:    «Address»   
   «CityStateZip»   

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of Impinj, Inc. (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number   

 

  
Date of Grant    «GrantDate»   
Vesting Commencement Date    «VCD»   
Number of Shares Granted    «Shares»   
Exercise Price per Share    $«Purchase_Price»   
Total Exercise Price    $«Purchase_Price»   
Type of Option         Incentive Stock Option   
        Nonstatutory Stock Option   
Term/Expiration Date    «Date»   

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to accelerated vesting as set forth below or in the Plan, this Option will be exercisable, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

[Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

 

- 1 -


Termination Period :

This Option will be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option will be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 14(c) of the Plan.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Award Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Award and the Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     IMPINJ, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

«Name»

   

 

Print Name     Print Name
   

 

    Title

 

- 2 -


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to the individual (the “Participant”) named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant of this Award Agreement (the “Notice of Grant”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

(a) For U.S. taxpayers, the Option will be designated as either an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”) or a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). If designated in the Notice of Grant as an ISO, this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). However, if this Option is intended to be an ISO, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it will be treated as an NSO. Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) will not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event will the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

(b) For non-U.S. taxpayers, the Option will be designated as an NSO.

2. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 3, the Option awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

3. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

4. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Award Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice (the “Exercise Notice”) in the form attached as Exhibit A or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares together and of any Tax Obligations (as defined in Section 6(a)). This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

 

- 1 -


5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) if Participant is a U.S. employee, surrender of other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares, provided that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Tax Obligations .

(a) Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Participant’s employer (the “Employer”) or Parent or Subsidiary to which Participant is providing services (together, the Company, Employer and/or Parent or Subsidiary to which the Participant is providing services, the “Service Recipient”), the ultimate liability for any tax and/or social insurance liability obligations and requirements in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, (a) all federal, state, and local taxes (including the Participant’s Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) obligation) that are required to be withheld by the Company or the Service Recipient or other payment of tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant, (b) the Participant’s and, to the extent required by the Company (or Service Recipient), the Company’s (or Service Recipient’s) fringe benefit tax liability, if any, associated with the grant, vesting, or exercise of the Option or sale of Shares, and (c) any other Company (or Service Recipient) taxes the responsibility for which the Participant has, or has agreed to bear, with respect to the Option (or exercise thereof or issuance of Shares thereunder) (collectively, the “Tax Obligations”), is and remains Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Service Recipient. Participant further acknowledges that the Company and/or the Service Recipient (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax Obligations in connection with any aspect of the

 

- 2 -


Option, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends or other distributions, and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax Obligations or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant is subject to Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Service Recipient (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required Tax Obligations hereunder at the time of the applicable taxable event, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares.

(b) Tax Withholding . When the Option is exercised, Participant generally will recognize immediate U.S. taxable income if Participant is a U.S. taxpayer. If Participant is a non-U.S. taxpayer, Participant will be subject to applicable taxes in his or her jurisdiction. Pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, the Company and/or Service Recipient shall withhold the minimum amount required to be withheld for the payment of Tax Obligations or withhold such higher amount as would not result in adverse financing accounting consequences. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit Participant to satisfy such Tax Obligations, in whole or in part (without limitation), if permissible by applicable local law, by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a fair market value equal to the amount of such Tax Obligations, (c) withholding the amount of such Tax Obligations from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the company and/or the Service Recipient, (d) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a fair market value equal to such Tax Obligations, or (e) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount of the Tax Obligations. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any Tax Obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. Further, if Participant is subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and a date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company and/or the Service Recipient (and/or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for tax in more than one jurisdiction. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required Tax Obligations hereunder at the time of the Option exercise, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(c) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant will immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(d) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the fair market value of a share on the date of grant (a “Discount Option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The Discount Option may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest charges to Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share Exercise Price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share Exercise Price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

 

- 3 -


7. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares (which may be in book entry form) will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant (including through electronic delivery to a brokerage account). After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

8. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE SERVICE RECIPIENT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE SERVICE RECIPIENT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

9. Nature of Grant . In accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

 

- 4 -


(b) all decisions with respect to future option or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(c) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(d) the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(e) the Option and Shares acquired under the Plan and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(f) the future value of the Shares underlying the Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(g) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

(h) if Participant exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

(i) for purposes of the Option, Participant’s engagement as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Award Agreement (including by reference in the Notice of Grant to other arrangements or contracts) or determined by the Administrator, (i) Participant’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period ( e.g ., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any, unless Participant is providing bona fide services during such time); and (ii) the period (if any) during which Participant may exercise the Option after such termination of Participant’s engagement as a Service Provider will commence on the date Participant ceases to actively provide services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or terms of Participant’s engagement agreement, if any; the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of his or her Option grant (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence);

(j) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Option and the benefits evidenced by this Award Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

 

- 5 -


(k) the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing services outside the United States:

 

  (i) the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose;

 

  (ii) Participant acknowledges and agrees that none of the Company, the Service Recipient, or any Parent or Subsidiary shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise; and

 

  (iii) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from the termination of Participant’s engagement as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Option to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, any Parent, any Subsidiary or the Service Recipient, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary and the Service Recipient from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

10. No Advice Regarding Grant . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

11. Data Privacy . Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Award Agreement and any other Option grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer or other Service Recipient, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

 

- 6 -


Participant understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Participant understands that Data will be transferred to a stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country of operation (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purposes of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her engagement as a Service Provider and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant Options or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

12. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Impinj, Inc., 400 Fairview Ave. North, Suite 1200, Seattle, Washington 98109, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

 

- 7 -


13. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.

14. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Award Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Award Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Award Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Award Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

15. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign law, the tax code and related regulations or under the rulings or regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body or the clearance, consent or approval of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the purchase by, or issuance of Shares, to Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such purchase or issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, clearance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Subject to the terms of the Award Agreement and the Plan, the Company shall not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for Shares hereunder prior to the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of exercise of the Option as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

16. Language . If Participant has received this Award Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

17. Interpretation . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any person acting on behalf of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

18. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Options awarded under the Plan or future options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

- 8 -


19. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

20. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement.

21. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Option under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

22. Governing Law and Venue . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Washington , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of King County, Washington, or the federal courts for the United States for the Western District of Washington, and no other courts, where this Option is made and/or to be performed.

23. Country Addendum . Notwithstanding any provisions in this Award Agreement, this Option shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in the appendix (if any) to this Award Agreement for Participant’s country (the “Country Addendum”). Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included in the Country Addendum (if any), the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country Addendum constitutes part of this Award Agreement.

24. Modifications to the Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection with the Option.

25. No Waiver . Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Award Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Award Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

 

- 9 -


26. Tax Consequences . Participant has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement. With respect to such matters, Participant relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement.

 

- 10 -


EXHIBIT B

IMPINJ, INC.

2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Impinj, Inc.

400 Fairview Ave. North

Suite 1200

Seattle, Washington 98109

Attention: Stock Administration

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,             ,         , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase          shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Impinj, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement, dated                      and including the Notice of Grant, the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, and exhibits attached thereto (the “Award Agreement”). The purchase price for the Shares will be $        , as required by the Award Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any Tax Obligations (as defined in Section 6(a) of the Award Agreement) to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Award Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Purchaser as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

5. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

- 1 -


6. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Award Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Award Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This Award Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Washington.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
PURCHASER     IMPINJ, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Its
Address :    

 

   

 

   
   

 

    Date Received

 

- 2 -


IMPINJ, INC.

2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

COUNTRY ADDENDUM

[APPROPRIATE ADDENDA, IF ANY, TO BE INCLUDED AS NEEDED]

 

- 1 -

Exhibit 10.9

IMPINJ, INC.

2016 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1. Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company and its Designated Companies with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock through accumulated Contributions. The Company intends for the Plan to have two components: a component that is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code (the “423 Component”) and a component that is not intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code (the “Non-423 Component”). The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed so as to extend and limit Plan participation in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. An option to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Non-423 Component will be granted pursuant to rules, procedures, or sub-plans adopted by the Administrator designed to achieve tax, securities laws, or other objectives for Eligible Employees and the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.

2. Definitions .

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 14.

(b) “ Affiliate ” means any entity, other than a Subsidiary, in which the Company has an equity or other ownership interest.

(c) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where options are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(d) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control. Further, if the stockholders of the Company immediately before such change in ownership continue to retain immediately after the change in ownership, in


substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the change in ownership, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or of the ultimate parent entity of the Company, such event shall not be considered a Change in Control under this subsection (i). For this purpose, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities; or

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12)-month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12)-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase, or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final U.S. Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

- 2 -


Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(f) “ Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code will include such section, any valid regulation or other official applicable guidance promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(g) “ Committee ” means a committee of the Board appointed in accordance with Section 14 hereof.

(h) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(i) “ Company ” means Impinj, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(j) “ Compensation ” includes an Eligible Employee’s base straight time gross earnings, commissions (to the extent such commissions are an integral, recurring part of compensation). The Administrator, in its discretion, may, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, establish a different definition of Compensation for a subsequent Offering Period.

(k) “ Contributions ” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments that the Company may permit to be made by a Participant to fund the exercise of options granted pursuant to the Plan.

(l) “ Designated Company ” means any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company that has been designated by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan. For purposes of the 423 Component, only the Company and its Subsidiaries may be Designated Companies; provided, however, that at any given time, a Subsidiary that is a Designated Company under the 423 Component will not be a Designated Company under the Non-423 Component.

(m) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(n) “ Eligible Employee ” means any individual who is a common law employee providing services to the Company or a Designated Company and is customarily employed for at least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months in any calendar year by the Employer, or any lesser number of hours per week and/or number of months in any calendar year established by the Administrator (if required under applicable local law) for purposes of any separate Offering or the Non-423 Component. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship will be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence that the Employer approves or is legally protected under Applicable Laws. Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by

 

- 3 -


statute or by contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated three (3) months and one (1) day following the commencement of such leave. The Administrator, in its discretion, from time to time may, prior to an Enrollment Date for all options to be granted on such Enrollment Date in an Offering, determine (on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis or as otherwise permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2) that the definition of Eligible Employee will or will not include an individual if he or she: (i) has not completed at least two (2) years of service since his or her last hire date (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (ii) customarily works not more than twenty (20) hours per week (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iii) customarily works not more than five (5) months per calendar year (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iv) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code, or (v) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code with compensation above a certain level or is an officer or subject to the disclosure requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, provided the exclusion is applied with respect to each Offering in an identical manner to all highly compensated individuals of the Employer whose Eligible Employees are participating in that Offering. Each exclusion will be applied with respect to an Offering in a manner complying with U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e)(2)(ii).

(o) “ Employer ” means the employer of the applicable Eligible Employee(s).

(p) “ Enrollment Date ” means the first Trading Day of an Offering Period.

(q) “ Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(r) “ Exercise Date ” means the last Trading Day of the Purchase Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that an Offering Period is terminated prior to its expiration pursuant to Section 20(a), the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine that any Purchase Period also terminating under such Offering Period will terminate without options being exercised on the Exercise Date that otherwise would have occurred on the last Trading Day of such Purchase Period.

(s) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) For purposes of the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period under the Plan, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement in Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock.

(ii) For all other purposes, the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for Common Stock as quoted on any established stock exchange or national market system (including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market) on

 

- 4 -


which the Common Stock is listed on the date of determination (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable. If the determination date for the Fair Market Value occurs on a non-trading day (i.e., a weekend or holiday), the Fair Market Value will be such price on the immediately preceding trading day, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator. In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

The determination of fair market value for purposes of tax withholding may be made in the Administrator’s discretion subject to Applicable Laws and is not required to be consistent with the determination of Fair Market Value for other purposes.

(t) “ Fiscal Year ” means a fiscal year of the Company.

(u) “ New Exercise Date ” means a new Exercise Date if the Administrator shortens any Offering Period then in progress.

(v) “ Offering ” means an offer under the Plan of an option that may be exercised during an Offering Period as further described in Section 4. For purposes of the Plan, the Administrator may designate separate Offerings under the Plan (the terms of which need not be identical) in which Eligible Employees of one or more Employers will participate, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Periods of each such Offering are identical and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. To the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(a)(1), the terms of each Offering need not be identical provided that the terms of the Plan and an Offering together satisfy U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(a)(2) and (a)(3).

(w) “ Offering Periods ” means the periods of approximately 6 months during which an option granted pursuant to the Plan may be exercised, commencing on the first Trading Day on or after February 20 and August 20 of each year and terminating on the last Trading Day on or before August 20 and February 20, approximately 6 months later; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence with the first Trading Day on or after the date on which the Securities and Exchange Commission declares the Company’s Registration Statement effective and will end on the last Trading Day on or before February 20, 2017. The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be changed pursuant to Sections 4, 20 and 30.

(x) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(y) “ Participant ” means an Eligible Employee that participates in the Plan.

(z) “ Plan ” means this Impinj, Inc. 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(aa) “ Purchase Period ” means an approximately 6-month period (i) commencing on the first Trading Day on or after February 20 and August 20 of each year and (ii) ending on the last Trading Day on or before August 20 and February 20, approximately 6 months later.

 

- 5 -


(bb) “ Purchase Price ” means an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value on the Enrollment Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower; provided however, that the Purchase Price may be determined for subsequent Offering Periods by the Administrator subject to compliance with Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any other Applicable Law, regulation or stock exchange rule) or pursuant to Section 20.

(cc) “ Registration Date ” means the effective date of the Registration Statement.

(dd) “ Registration Statement ” means the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Common Stock.

(ee) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(ff) “ Trading Day ” means a day on which the national stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed is open for trading.

(gg) “ U.S. Treasury Regulations ” means the Treasury regulations of the Code. Reference to a specific Treasury Regulation will include such Treasury Regulation, the section of the Code under which such regulation was promulgated, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing, or superseding such Section or regulation.

3. Eligibility .

(a) First Offering Period . Any individual who is an Eligible Employee immediately prior to the first Offering Period will be automatically enrolled in the first Offering Period.

(b) Subsequent Offering Periods . Any Eligible Employee on a given Enrollment Date subsequent to the first Offering Period will be eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 5.

(c) Non-U.S. Employees . Eligible Employees who are citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they also are citizens or residents of the United States or resident aliens (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the participation of such Eligible Employees is prohibited under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or if complying with the laws of the applicable jurisdiction would cause the Plan or an Offering to violate Section 423 of the Code. In the case of the Non-423 Component, Eligible Employees may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the Administrator determines that participation of such Eligible Employees is not advisable or practicable.

(d) Limitations . Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Eligible Employee will be granted an option under the Plan (i) to the extent that, immediately after the grant, such Eligible Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such

 

- 6 -


Eligible Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own capital stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of the capital stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) to the extent that his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (as defined in Section 423 of the Code) of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company accrues at a rate, which exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) worth of stock (determined at the Fair Market Value of the stock at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time, as determined in accordance with Section 423 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

4. Offering Periods . The Plan will be implemented by consecutive Offering Periods with a new Offering Period commencing on the first Trading Day on or after February 20 and August 20 each year, or on such other dates as the Administrator will determine; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence with the first Trading Day on or after the Registration Date and end on the last Trading Day on or before February 20, 2017. The Administrator will have the power to change the duration of Offering Periods (including the commencement dates thereof) with respect to future Offerings without stockholder approval if such change is announced prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected thereafter; provided, however, that no Offering Period may last more than twenty-seven (27) months.

5. Participation .

(a) First Offering Period . An Eligible Employee will be entitled to continue to participate in the first Offering Period pursuant to Section 3(a) only if such individual submits a subscription agreement authorizing Contributions in a form determined by the Administrator (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit A ) to the Company’s designated plan administrator (i) no earlier than the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement with respect to the issuance of Common Stock under this Plan and (ii) no later than ten (10) business days following the effective date of such Form S-8 registration statement or such other date as the Administrator may determine (the “Enrollment Window”). An Eligible Employee’s failure to submit the subscription agreement during the Enrollment Window will result in the automatic termination of such individual’s participation in the first Offering Period.

(b) Subsequent Offering Periods . An Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b) by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee) a properly completed subscription agreement authorizing Contributions in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose or (ii) following an electronic or other enrollment procedure determined by the Administrator, in either case on or before a date determined by the Administrator prior to an applicable Enrollment Date.

 

- 7 -


6. Contributions .

(a) At the time a Participant enrolls in the Plan pursuant to Section 5, he or she will elect to have Contributions (in the form of payroll deductions or otherwise, to the extent permitted by the Administrator) made on each pay day during the Offering Period in an amount not exceeding fifteen percent (15%) of the Compensation that he or she receives on the pay day; provided, however, that should a pay day occur on an Exercise Date, a Participant will have any Contributions made on such day applied to his or her account under the subsequent Purchase Period). The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit all Participants in a specified Offering to contribute amounts to the Plan through payment by cash, check or other means set forth in the subscription agreement prior to each Exercise Date of each Purchase Period. A Participant’s subscription agreement will remain in effect for successive Offering Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(b) In the event Contributions are made in the form of payroll deductions, such payroll deductions for a Participant will commence on the first pay day following the Enrollment Date and will end on the last pay day prior to the last Exercise Date of such Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10 hereof; provided, however, that for the first Offering Period, payroll deductions will commence on the first pay day on or following the end of the Enrollment Window.

(c) All Contributions made for a Participant will be credited to his or her account under the Plan and Contributions will be made in whole percentages of his or her Compensation only. A Participant may not make any additional payments into such account.

(d) A Participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan as provided under Section 10. If permitted by the Administrator, as determined in its sole discretion, for an Offering Period, a Participant may increase or decrease the rate of his or her Contributions during the Offering Period by (i) properly completing and submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee) a new subscription agreement authorizing the decrease in Contribution rate in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose or (ii) following an electronic or other procedure prescribed by the Administrator, in either case on or before a date determined by the Administrator prior to the Exercise Date of the Offering Period. If a Participant has not followed such procedures to change the rate of Contributions, the rate of his or her Contributions will continue at the originally elected rate throughout the Offering Period and future Offering Periods (unless the Participant’s participation is terminated as provided in Sections 10 or 11). The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, amend the nature and/or number of Contribution rate changes that may be made by Participants during any Offering Period and may establish other conditions or limitations as it deems appropriate for Plan administration. Any change in the rate of Contributions made pursuant to this Section 6(d) will be effective as of the first full payroll period following five (5) business days after the date on which the change is made by the Participant (unless the Administrator, in its sole discretion, elects to process a given change in payroll deduction rate more quickly).

 

- 8 -


(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(d), a Participant’s Contributions may be decreased to zero percent (0%) at any time during a Purchase Period. Subject to Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(d) hereof, Contributions will recommence at the rate originally elected by the Participant effective as of the beginning of the first Purchase Period scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10.

(f) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may allow Participants to participate in the Plan via cash contributions instead of payroll deductions if (i) payroll deductions are not permitted under applicable local law, (ii) the Administrator determines that cash contributions are permissible under Section 423 of the Code; or (iii) the Participants are participating in the Non-423 Component.

(g) At the time the option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs), the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s or Employer’s federal, state, local or any other tax liability payable to any authority (including withholding obligations for taxes imposed by jurisdictions outside of the U.S., national insurance, social security or other taxes), if any, that arise upon the exercise of the option or the disposition of the Common Stock (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs). At any time, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company or the Employer to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or the Employer any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Eligible Employee. In addition, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the proceeds of the sale of Common Stock or any other method of withholding the Company or the Employer deems appropriate to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

7. Grant of Option . On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period will be granted an option to purchase on each Exercise Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price) up to a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Eligible Employee’s Contributions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Eligible Employee’s account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price; provided that in no event will an Eligible Employee be permitted to purchase during each Purchase Period more than 4,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19) and provided further that such purchase will be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(d) and 13. The Eligible Employee may accept the grant of such option (i) with respect to the first Offering Period by submitting a properly completed subscription agreement in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 on or before the last day of the Enrollment Window, and (ii) with respect to any subsequent Offering Period under the Plan, by electing to participate in the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Section 5. The Administrator may, for future Offering Periods, increase or decrease, in its absolute discretion, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that an

 

- 9 -


Eligible Employee may purchase during each Purchase Period of an Offering Period. Exercise of the option will occur as provided in Section 8, unless the Participant has withdrawn pursuant to Section 10. The option will expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

8. Exercise of Option .

(a) Unless a Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 10, his or her option for the purchase of shares of Common Stock will be exercised automatically on each Exercise Date, and the maximum number of full shares subject to the option will be purchased for such Participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated Contributions from his or her account. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be purchased; any Contributions accumulated in a Participant’s account, which are not sufficient to purchase a full share will be retained in the Participant’s account for the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period, subject to earlier withdrawal by the Participant as provided in Section 10. Any other funds left over in a Participant’s account after the Exercise Date will be returned to the Participant. During a Participant’s lifetime, a Participant’s option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.

(b) If the Administrator determines that, on a given Exercise Date, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options are to be exercised may exceed (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that were available for sale under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock available for sale under the Plan on such Exercise Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion (x) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and continue all Offering Periods then in effect or (y) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 20. The Company may make a pro rata allocation of the shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date.

9. Delivery . As soon as reasonably practicable after each Exercise Date on which a purchase of shares of Common Stock occurs, the Company will arrange the delivery to each Participant of the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option in a form determined by the Administrator (in its sole discretion) and pursuant to rules established by the Administrator. The Company may permit or require that shares be deposited directly with a broker designated by the Company or to a designated agent of the Company, and the Company may utilize electronic or automated methods of share transfer. The Company may require that shares be retained with such broker or agent for a designated period of time and/or may establish other procedures to permit

 

- 10 -


tracking of disqualifying dispositions of such shares. No Participant will have any voting, dividend, or other stockholder rights with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to any option granted under the Plan until such shares have been purchased and delivered to the Participant as provided in this Section 9.

10. Withdrawal .

(a) A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all the Contributions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her option under the Plan at any time by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee) a written notice of withdrawal in the form determined by the Administrator for such purpose (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit B ), or (ii) following an electronic or other withdrawal procedure determined by the Administrator. All of the Participant’s Contributions credited to his or her account will be paid to such Participant promptly after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s option for the Offering Period will be automatically terminated, and no further Contributions for the purchase of shares will be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, Contributions will not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offering Period, unless the Participant re-enrolls in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.

(b) A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period will not have any effect on his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods that commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

11. Termination of Employment . Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason, he or she will be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the Contributions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period but not yet used to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan will be returned to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 15, and such Participant’s option will be automatically terminated. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, a Participant whose employment transfers between entities through a termination with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by the Company or a Designated Company will not be treated as terminated under the Plan; however, if a Participant transfers from an Offering under the 423 Component to the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the option will be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent it complies with Section 423 of the Code, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator.

12. Interest . No interest will accrue on the Contributions of a participant in the Plan, except as may be required by Applicable Law, as determined by the Company, and if so required by the laws of a particular jurisdiction, will apply to all Participants in the relevant Offering under the 423 Component, except to the extent otherwise permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

 

- 11 -


13. Stock .

(a) Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 19 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that will be made available for sale under the Plan will be 365,411 shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2017 Fiscal Year equal to the least of (i) one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, (ii) 365,411 shares of Common Stock, or (iii) an number of shares of Common Stock determined by the Board.

(b) Until the shares of Common Stock are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), a Participant will have only the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares, and no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to such shares.

(c) Shares of Common Stock to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant or in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse.

14. Administration . The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee will be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws. The Administrator will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to delegate ministerial duties to any of the Company’s employees, to designate separate Offerings under the Plan, to designate Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Company as participating in the 423 Component or Non-423 Component, to determine eligibility, to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan and to establish such procedures that it deems necessary for the administration of the Plan (including, without limitation, to adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit the participation in the Plan by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the U.S., the terms of which sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 13(a) hereof, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan will govern the operation of such sub-plan). Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Eligible Employees eligible to participate in each sub-plan will participate in a separate Offering or in the Non-423 Component. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of Contributions, making of Contributions to the Plan (including, without limitation, in forms other than payroll deductions), establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates that vary with applicable local requirements. The Administrator also is authorized to determine that, to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f), the terms of an option granted under the Plan or an Offering to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction will be less favorable than the terms of options granted under the Plan or the same Offering to employees resident solely in the U.S. Every finding, decision, and determination made by the Administrator will, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties.

 

- 12 -


15. Designation of Beneficiary .

(a) If permitted by the Administrator, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares of Common Stock and cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to an Exercise Date on which the option is exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such shares and cash. In addition, if permitted by the Administrator, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the option. If a Participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent will be required for such designation to be effective.

(b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by notice in a form determined by the Administrator. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company will deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

(c) All beneficiary designations will be in such form and manner as the Administrator may designate from time to time. Notwithstanding Sections 15(a) and (b) above, the Company and/or the Administrator may decide not to permit such designations by Participants in non-U.S. jurisdictions to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

16. Transferability . Neither Contributions credited to a Participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares of Common Stock under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 15 hereof) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 10 hereof.

17. Use of Funds . The Company may use all Contributions received or held by it under the Plan for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be obligated to segregate such Contributions except under Offerings or for Participants in the Non-423 Component for which Applicable Laws require that Contributions to the Plan by Participants be segregated from the Company’s general corporate funds and/or deposited with an independent third party. Until shares of Common Stock are issued, Participants will have only the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares.

18. Reports . Individual accounts will be maintained for each Participant in the Plan. Statements of account will be given to participating Eligible Employees at least annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of Contributions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

 

- 13 -


19. Adjustments, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger, or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust the number and class of Common Stock that may be delivered under the Plan, the Purchase Price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan that has not yet been exercised, and the numerical limits of Sections 7 and 13.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering Period then in progress will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date, and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Administrator. The New Exercise Date will be before the date of the Company’s proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically, prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the Offering Period with respect to which such option relates will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date on which such Offering Period will end. The New Exercise Date will occur before the date of the Company’s proposed merger or Change in Control. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

20. Amendment or Termination .

(a) The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated, the Administrator, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods either immediately or upon completion of the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the next Exercise Date (which may be sooner than originally scheduled, if determined by the Administrator in its

 

- 14 -


discretion), or may elect to permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19). If the Offering Periods are terminated prior to expiration, all amounts then credited to Participants’ accounts that have not been used to purchase shares of Common Stock will be returned to the Participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under Applicable Laws, as further set forth in Section 12 hereof) as soon as administratively practicable.

(b) Without stockholder consent and without limiting Section 20(a), the Administrator will be entitled to change the Offering Periods or Purchase Periods, designate separate Offerings, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit Contributions in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed Contribution elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with Contribution amounts, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

(c) In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(i) amending the Plan to conform with the safe harbor definition under the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto), including with respect to an Offering Period underway at the time;

(ii) altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period or Purchase Period including an Offering Period or Purchase Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

(iii) shortening any Offering Period or Purchase Period by setting a New Exercise Date, including an Offering Period or Purchase Period underway at the time of the Administrator action;

(iv) reducing the maximum percentage of Compensation a Participant may elect to set aside as Contributions; and

(v) reducing the maximum number of shares of Common Stock a Participant may purchase during any Offering Period or Purchase Period.

Such modifications or amendments will not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Participants.

 

- 15 -


21. Notices . All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan will be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form and manner specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

22. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares of Common Stock will not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto will comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

23. Code Section 409A. The 423 Component of the Plan is exempt from the application of Code Section 409A and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so be exempt from Code Section 409A. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Administrator determines that an option granted under the Plan may be subject to Code Section 409A or that any provision in the Plan would cause an option under the Plan to be subject to Code Section 409A, the Administrator may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding option granted under the Plan, or take such other action the Administrator determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding option or future option that may be granted under the Plan from or to allow any such options to comply with Code Section 409A, but only to the extent any such amendments or action by the Administrator would not violate Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Code Section 409A is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Administrator with respect thereto. The Company makes no representation that the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan is compliant with Code Section 409A.

24. Term of Plan . The Plan will become effective upon the later to occur of (i) its adoption by the Board or (ii) the business day immediately prior to the Registration Date. It will continue in effect for a term of twenty (20) years, unless sooner terminated under Section 20.

25. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

- 16 -


26. Governing Law . The Plan will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Washington (except its choice-of-law provisions).

27. No Right to Employment . Participation in the Plan by a Participant will not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, as applicable. Further, the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company may dismiss a Participant from employment at any time, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan.

28. Severability . If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason in any jurisdiction or as to any Participant, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as to such jurisdiction or Participant as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been included.

29. Compliance with Applicable Laws . The terms of this Plan are intended to comply with all Applicable Laws and will be construed accordingly.

 

- 17 -


EXHIBIT A

IMPINJ, INC.

2016 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

         Original Application    Offering Date:                    

         Change in Payroll Deduction Rate

1.                     (“Employee”) hereby elects to participate in the Impinj, Inc. 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) and subscribes to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with this Subscription Agreement and the Plan. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Subscription Agreement.

2. Employee hereby authorizes payroll deductions from each paycheck in the amount of     % (from 0 to 15 percent) of his or her Compensation on each payday during the Offering Period in accordance with the Plan. (Please note that no fractional percentages are permitted.)

3. Employee understands that said payroll deductions will be accumulated for the purchase of shares of Common Stock at the applicable Purchase Price determined in accordance with the Plan. Employee understands that if he or she does not withdraw from an Offering Period, any accumulated payroll deductions will be used to automatically exercise his or her option and purchase Common Stock under the Plan.

4. Employee has received a copy of the complete Plan and its accompanying prospectus. Employee understands that his or her participation in the Plan is in all respects subject to the terms of the Plan.

5. Shares of Common Stock purchased by Employee under the Plan should be issued in the name(s) of                      (Employee or Employee and Spouse only).

6. Employee understands that if he or she disposes of any shares that he or she purchased under the Plan within two (2) years after the Enrollment Date (the first day of the Offering Period during which he or she purchased such shares) or one (1) year after the applicable Exercise Date, he or she will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such disposition in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time such shares were purchased over the price paid for the shares. Employee hereby agrees to notify the Company in writing within thirty   (30) days after the date of any disposition of such shares and to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, that arise upon the disposition of such shares . The Company may, but will not be obligated to, withhold

 

- 18 -


from Employee’s compensation the amount necessary to meet any applicable withholding obligation including any withholding necessary to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to Employee’s sale or early disposition of such shares. Employee understands that if he or she disposes of such shares at any time after the expiration of the two (2)-year and one-(1) year holding periods, he or she will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received income only at the time of such disposition, and that such income will be taxed as ordinary income only to the extent of an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such disposition over the purchase price paid for the shares, or (ii) fifteen percent (15%) of the fair market value of the shares on the first day of the Offering Period. The remainder of the gain, if any, recognized on such disposition will be taxed as capital gain.

7. Employee hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan. The effectiveness of this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon Employee’s eligibility to participate in the Plan.

 

Employee’s Social      
Security Number:      

 

Employee’s Address:      

 

     

 

     

 

EMPLOYEE UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT WILL REMAIN IN EFFECT THROUGHOUT SUCCESSIVE OFFERING PERIODS UNLESS TERMINATED BY EMPLOYEE.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

    Signature of Employee

 

- 19 -


EXHIBIT B

IMPINJ, INC.

2016 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Notice of Withdrawal.

The undersigned Participant in the Offering Period of the Impinj, Inc. 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that began on             ,          (the “ Offering Date ”) hereby notifies the Company that he or she hereby withdraws from the Offering Period. He or she hereby directs the Company to pay to the undersigned as promptly as practicable all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account with respect to such Offering Period. The undersigned understands and agrees that his or her option for such Offering Period will be terminated automatically. The undersigned understands further that no further payroll deductions will be made for the purchase of shares in the current Offering Period and the undersigned will be eligible to participate in succeeding Offering Periods only by delivering to the Company a new Subscription Agreement.

 

Name and Address of Participant:

 

 

 

Signature:

 

Date:  

 

 

- 20 -

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Impinj, Inc. of our report dated March 11, 2016, except for the effects of the reverse stock split described in Note 2, as to which the date is July 8, 2016, relating to the consolidated financial statements, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Seattle, Washington

July 8, 2016